[go: up one dir, main page]

NO342745B1 - Inhibitors of E1-activating enzyme - Google Patents

Inhibitors of E1-activating enzyme Download PDF

Info

Publication number
NO342745B1
NO342745B1 NO20083581A NO20083581A NO342745B1 NO 342745 B1 NO342745 B1 NO 342745B1 NO 20083581 A NO20083581 A NO 20083581A NO 20083581 A NO20083581 A NO 20083581A NO 342745 B1 NO342745 B1 NO 342745B1
Authority
NO
Norway
Prior art keywords
hydrogen
group
mmol
pyrrolo
compound
Prior art date
Application number
NO20083581A
Other languages
Norwegian (no)
Other versions
NO20083581L (en
Inventor
Steven P Langston
Edward J Olhava
Stepan Vyskocil
Original Assignee
Millennium Pharm Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=38180115&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=NO342745(B1) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Application filed by Millennium Pharm Inc filed Critical Millennium Pharm Inc
Publication of NO20083581L publication Critical patent/NO20083581L/en
Publication of NO342745B1 publication Critical patent/NO342745B1/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/505Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
    • A61K31/519Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/02Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D487/04Ortho-condensed systems
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/505Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
    • A61K31/519Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic rings
    • A61K31/52Purines, e.g. adenine
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/02Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/14Vasoprotectives; Antihaemorrhoidals; Drugs for varicose therapy; Capillary stabilisers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/04Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/14Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/04Ortho-condensed systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D473/00Heterocyclic compounds containing purine ring systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D473/00Heterocyclic compounds containing purine ring systems
    • C07D473/26Heterocyclic compounds containing purine ring systems with an oxygen, sulphur, or nitrogen atom directly attached in position 2 or 6, but not in both
    • C07D473/32Nitrogen atom
    • C07D473/34Nitrogen atom attached in position 6, e.g. adenine
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D519/00Heterocyclic compounds containing more than one system of two or more relevant hetero rings condensed among themselves or condensed with a common carbocyclic ring system not provided for in groups C07D453/00 or C07D455/00
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07HSUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H19/00Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof
    • C07H19/02Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof sharing nitrogen
    • C07H19/04Heterocyclic radicals containing only nitrogen atoms as ring hetero atom
    • C07H19/14Pyrrolo-pyrimidine radicals
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07HSUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H19/00Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof
    • C07H19/02Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof sharing nitrogen
    • C07H19/04Heterocyclic radicals containing only nitrogen atoms as ring hetero atom
    • C07H19/16Purine radicals
    • C07H19/173Purine radicals with 2-deoxyribosyl as the saccharide radical

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)
  • Saccharide Compounds (AREA)
  • Heterocyclic Carbon Compounds Containing A Hetero Ring Having Oxygen Or Sulfur (AREA)
  • Epoxy Compounds (AREA)
  • Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)

Abstract

Denne oppfinnelsen er tilknyttet forbindelser som hemmer E1-aktiverende enzymer, farmasøytiske sammensetninger som utgjør forbindelsene samt metoder for bruk av forbindelsene. Forbindelsene er nyttige for behandling av lidelser, særlig celleproliferative lidelser, inkludert kreft, betennelses- og nevrodegenerative tilstander, og betennelser i forbindelse med infeksjon og kakeksi.This invention relates to compounds which inhibit E1-activating enzymes, pharmaceutical compositions constituting the compounds, and methods of using the compounds. The compounds are useful for the treatment of disorders, especially cell proliferative disorders, including cancer, inflammatory and neurodegenerative conditions, and inflammation associated with infection and cachexia.

Description

O p<p>fmnelsesområdet O p<p>fmnation area

[001] Denne oppfinnelsen dreier seg om kjemiske forbindelser, egnet for å behandle forskjellige lidelser, særlig lidelser tilknyttet celleproliferasjon, inkludert krefttyper samt betennelseslidelser. Helt bestemt gir beskrivelsen forbindelser som hemmer aktiviteten tilknyttet El-type aktiverende enzymer. [001] This invention relates to chemical compounds, suitable for treating various disorders, in particular disorders associated with cell proliferation, including types of cancer as well as inflammatory disorders. Specifically, the description provides compounds that inhibit the activity associated with E1-type activating enzymes.

O ppfinnelsens bakgrunn The background of the invention

[002] Post-translasjonsmodifikasjonen av proteiner ved ubikitin-lignende molekyler (ubl-er) er en viktig regulerende prosess inni celler og spiller nøkkelroller når det gjelder kontroll av mange biologiske prosesser inkludert celledeling, cellesignalisering og immunrespons. Ubl-er er små proteiner som er kovalent bundet til et lysin på et målprotein via en isopeptid kjedeforbindelse med et C-terminal glysin på ubl. Den ubikitin-lignende molekylet endrer den molekylære overflaten på målproteinet og kan påvirke egenskaper som protein-protein interaksjoner, enzymatisk aktivitet, stabilitet og cellulær lokalisering av målet. [002] The post-translational modification of proteins by ubiquitin-like molecules (ubl's) is an important regulatory process inside cells and plays key roles in the control of many biological processes including cell division, cell signaling and immune response. Ubls are small proteins that are covalently linked to a lysine on a target protein via an isopeptide chain link with a C-terminal glycine on ubl. The ubiquitin-like molecule changes the molecular surface of the target protein and can affect properties such as protein-protein interactions, enzymatic activity, stability and cellular localization of the target.

[003] Ubikitin og andre ubl-molekyler aktiveres av et bestemt El-enzym som katalyserer danning av en acyl-adenylat intermediær med C-terminal glysinet på ubl. Det aktiverte ubl-molekylet overføres deretter til det katalytiske cystein restkonsentrasjonen inni El-enzymet gjennom dannelse av en tioester bindingsintermediær. El-ubl intermediæren og en E2-medvirker resulterer i en tioester utveksling der ubl overføres til det aktive stedscysteinet på E2. Ubl konjugeres deretter til målproteinet enten direkte eller i forbindelse med en E3-ligase ved hjelp av en isopeptid bindingsformasjon med en aminogruppe som tilhører en lysinsidekjede i målproteinet. [003] Ubiquitin and other ubl molecules are activated by a specific E1 enzyme that catalyzes the formation of an acyl-adenylate intermediate with the C-terminal glycine on ubl. The activated ubl molecule is then transferred to the catalytic cysteine residue concentration inside the E1 enzyme through the formation of a thioester binding intermediate. The E1-ubl intermediate and an E2 helper result in a thioester exchange in which ubl is transferred to the active site cysteine of E2. Ubl is then conjugated to the target protein either directly or in conjunction with an E3 ligase by means of an isopeptide bond formation with an amino group belonging to a lysine side chain in the target protein.

[004] Den biologiske konsekvensen av ubl-modifikasjon er avhengig av hvilket mål det dreier seg om. Ubikitin er den best beskrevne av ubl-ene og en konsekvens av modifikasjon gjennom ubikitinasjon er nedbrytning av poly-ubikitinerte proteiner ved 26S-proteasomene. Ubikitin konjugeres til sine målproteiner ved hjelp av en enzymkaskade som involverer dets bestemte El-aktiverende enzym, Ubal (ubikitin aktiverende enzym, UAE), et konjugerende enzym fra E2-familien og en ubikitin ligase enten fra RING- eller HECT-klassen tilknyttet E3-er. Se, Huang et ah, Oncogene. 23:1958-71 (2004). Målspesifisitet kontrolleres gjennom den bestemte kombinasjonen av E2- og E3-protein, med >40 E2-er og >100 E3-er som er kjent for tiden. I tillegg til bikitin finnes det minst 10 ubikitin-lignende proteiner der hver er antatt å kunne aktiveres gjennom et bestemt El-aktiverende enzym og behandles gjennom lignende, men særpregede nedstrømskonjugerende metoder. Andre ubl-er der El-aktiverende enzym er identifisert inkluderer Nedd8 (APPBPI-Uba3), ISG15 (UBE1L) og SUMO-familien (Aosl-Uba2). [004] The biological consequence of ubl modification depends on the target in question. Ubiquitin is the best described of the ubls and a consequence of modification through ubiquitination is the degradation of poly-ubiquitinated proteins by the 26S proteasomes. Ubiquitin is conjugated to its target proteins by an enzyme cascade involving its specific E1-activating enzyme, Ubal (ubiquitin-activating enzyme, UAE), a conjugating enzyme from the E2 family and a ubiquitin ligase from either the RING or HECT class associated with E3- is. See, Huang et ah, Oncogene. 23:1958-71 (2004). Target specificity is controlled through the particular combination of E2 and E3 protein, with >40 E2s and >100 E3s currently known. In addition to ubiquitin, there are at least 10 ubiquitin-like proteins, each of which is thought to be activated by a specific E1-activating enzyme and processed through similar but distinctive downstream conjugating methods. Other ubls in which E1-activating enzymes have been identified include Nedd8 (APPBPI-Uba3), ISG15 (UBE1L), and the SUMO family (Aosl-Uba2).

[005] Ubl-Nedd8 aktiveres gjennom det heterodimer Nedd8-aktiverende enzymet (APPBP1-Uba3) (NAE) og overføres til en enkel E2 (Ubcl2) som til syvende og sist resulterer i ligasjon til cullinproteiner. Funksjonen tilknyttet Nedd8-konjugasjonsprosessen består av aktiveringen av cullin-baserte ubikitin-ligaser involvert i ubikitinasjonen og følgelig omsetting av mange cellesyklus- og [005] Ubl-Nedd8 is activated through the heterodimeric Nedd8-activating enzyme (APPBP1-Uba3) (NAE) and transferred to a single E2 (Ubcl2) that ultimately results in ligation to cullin proteins. The function associated with the Nedd8 conjugation process consists of the activation of cullin-based ubiquitin ligases involved in the ubiquitination and consequently turnover of many cell cycle and

cellesignaliseringsproteiner, inkludert p27 og I-kB. Se Pan et ah, Oncogene. 23:1985-97, cell signaling proteins, including p27 and I-kB. See Pan et ah, Oncogene. 23:1985-97,

(2004). Ubl-SUMO aktiveres gjennom det heterodimer sumo-aktiverende enzymet (Aosl-Uba2) (SAE) og overføres til en enkel E2 (Ubc9), etterfulgt av koordinering med flere E3-ligaser, som til syvende og sist resulterer i sumoylasjon av målproteiner. Sumo-modifikasjon kan påvirke celle lokaliseringen av målproteiner og proteiner modifisert av SUMO-familiemedlemmer involveres i nukleær transport, signaltransduksjon og stressrespons. Se Seler og Dejean, Nat Rev Mol Celle Biol. 4:690-9, (2003). Funksjonen tilknyttet sumoylasjon inkluderer aktivering av cellesignaliseringsmetoder ( for eksempel, cytokin, WNT, vekstfaktor og steroidhormonsignalisering) involvert i overdragelsesregulering i tillegg til metoder involvert i kontroll av genomintegritet ( for eksempel, DNA-replikasjon, respons til DNA-skade, rekombinasjon og reparasjon). Se Muller et al, Oncogene. 23:1998-2006, (2004). Det finnes andre ubl-er ( for eksempel, ISG15, FAT 10, Apgl2p) der de biologiske funksjonene fremdeles er underkastet undersøkelse. (2004). Ubl-SUMO is activated through the heterodimeric sumo-activating enzyme (Aosl-Uba2) (SAE) and transferred to a single E2 (Ubc9), followed by coordination with several E3 ligases, ultimately resulting in sumoylation of target proteins. SUMO modification can affect the cell localization of target proteins and proteins modified by SUMO family members are involved in nuclear transport, signal transduction and stress response. See Seler and Dejean, Nat Rev Mol Cell Biol. 4:690-9, (2003). The function associated with sumoylation includes the activation of cell signaling pathways (eg, cytokine, WNT, growth factor, and steroid hormone signaling) involved in transfer regulation in addition to pathways involved in the control of genome integrity (eg, DNA replication, response to DNA damage, recombination, and repair). See Muller et al, Oncogene. 23:1998-2006, (2004). There are other ubls (eg, ISG15, FAT 10, Apgl2p) whose biological functions are still under investigation.

[006] En bestemt metode av betydning som reguleres via El-aktiverende enzymaktiviteter er ubikitin-proteasom-banen (UPP). Som diskutert ovenfor, regulerer enzymene UAE og NAE UPP i løpet av to forskjellige trinn i ubikitinasjonskaskaden. UAE aktiverer ubikitin i løpet av det første trinnet av kaskaden, mens NAE via aktivering av Nedd8, er ansvarlig for aktiveringen av de cullin-baserte ligasene som deretter er nødvendige for den endelige overføringen av ubikitin til visse målproteiner. En funksjonell UPP-metode er nødvendig for normalt cellevedlikehold. UPP spiller en sentral rolle i omsetning av mange viktige regulerende proteiner involvert i transkripsjon, cellesyklusprogresjon og apoptose som alle er viktige i sykdomstilstander, inkludert tumorceller. Se, for eksempel, King et al, Science 274:1652-1659 (1996), Vorhees et al, Clin. Kreft Res., 9:6316-6325 (2003) og Adams et al, Nat. Rev. Kreft, 4: 349-360 (2004). Proliferative celler er spesielt følsomme mot hemming av UPP. Se, Drexler, Proe. Nati. Acad. Sel, USA 94: 855-860 (1977). UPP-banens rolle i onkogenese har ført til undersøkelse av proteasomhemming som potensiell antikreftterapi. For eksempel, har modulering av UPP-banen ved hemming av 26S-proteasom ved VELCADE<®>(bortezomib) vist seg å være en effektiv behandling av visse krefttyper og er godkjent til behandling av residiv og refraktær multippel myelom. Eksempler på proteiner der nivåene kontrolleres av cullin-baserte ubikitin-ligaser som er nedstrøms for NAE og UAE-aktivitet inkluderer CDK-inhibitoren p27K<ipl>og inhibitoren tilknyttet NFkB, IkB. Se, Podust et al, Proe. Nati. Acad. Sei., 97: 4579-4584, (2000), og Read et al., Mol. Celle Biol, 20: 2326-2333, (2000). Hemming av nedbrytning av p27 ventes å blokkere utviklingen av celler i løpet av Gl- og S-fasen av cellesyklusen. Innblanding gjennom nedbrytning av IkB skulle forhindre nukleærlokalisering av NF-kB, overdragelse av forskjellige NF-KB-avhengige gener i forbindelse med den ondartede fenotypen og motstand mot standard cytotoksiske terapier. I tillegg spiller NF-kB en nøkkelrolle i uttrykk av et antall pro-betennelsesformidlere som trekker inn en rolle for slike inhibitorer i betennelsessykdommene. I tillegg er hemming av UPP inkludert som et nyttig mål for ekstra terapi, som f.eks. betennelsestilstander, inkludert, for eksempel, reumatoid artritt, astma, multippel sklerose, psoriasis og reperfusjonsskade, nevrodegenerative tilstander, inkludert for eksempel, Parkinsons sykdom, Alzheimers sykdom, «triplet repeat» tilstander, nevropatisk smerte, iskemiske tilstander,yør eksempel, slag, infarkt, nyresykdom og kakseksi. Se, for eksempel, Elliott and Ross, Am J Clin Pathol.\\ 6:637- 46 (2001), Elliott et al., J Mol Med. 81:235-45 (2003), Tarlac and Storey, J. Neurosci. Res. 74: 406-416 (2003), Mori et al, Neuropath. Appl. Neurobiol., 31: 53-61 (2005), Manning, CurrPain Headache Rep. 8: 192-8 (2004), Dawson og Dawson, Science 302: 819-822 (2003), Kukan, JPhysiolPharmacol. 55: 3-15 (2004), Wojcik and DiNapoli, Stroke. 35:1506-18 (2004), Lazarus et al., Am JPhysiol. 27:E332-41 (1999). [006] One particular method of importance that is regulated via E1-activating enzyme activities is the ubiquitin-proteasome pathway (UPP). As discussed above, the enzymes UAE and NAE regulate UPP during two different steps of the ubiquitination cascade. UAE activates ubiquitin during the first step of the cascade, while NAE, via activation of Nedd8, is responsible for the activation of the cullin-based ligases that are then necessary for the final transfer of ubiquitin to certain target proteins. A functional UPP method is necessary for normal cell maintenance. The UPP plays a central role in the turnover of many important regulatory proteins involved in transcription, cell cycle progression and apoptosis, all of which are important in disease states, including tumor cells. See, for example, King et al, Science 274:1652-1659 (1996), Vorhees et al, Clin. Cancer Res., 9:6316-6325 (2003) and Adams et al., Nat. Fox. Cancer, 4: 349-360 (2004). Proliferative cells are particularly sensitive to inhibition of the UPP. See, Drexler, Proe. Nati. Acad. Seal, USA 94: 855-860 (1977). The role of the UPP pathway in oncogenesis has led to the investigation of proteasome inhibition as a potential anticancer therapy. For example, modulation of the UPP pathway by inhibition of the 26S proteasome with VELCADE<®>(bortezomib) has been shown to be an effective treatment for certain cancers and is approved for the treatment of relapsed and refractory multiple myeloma. Examples of proteins whose levels are controlled by cullin-based ubiquitin ligases downstream of NAE and UAE activity include the CDK inhibitor p27K<ipl>and the NFkB-associated inhibitor, IkB. See, Podust et al, Proe. Nati. Acad. Sci., 97: 4579-4584, (2000), and Read et al., Mol. Cell Biol, 20: 2326-2333, (2000). Inhibition of degradation of p27 is expected to block the development of cells during the G1 and S phases of the cell cycle. Interference through degradation of IkB should prevent nuclear localization of NF-kB, transfer of various NF-kB-dependent genes associated with the malignant phenotype and resistance to standard cytotoxic therapies. In addition, NF-kB plays a key role in the expression of a number of pro-inflammatory mediators implicating a role for such inhibitors in the inflammatory diseases. In addition, inhibition of the UPP is included as a useful target for additional therapy, such as e.g. inflammatory conditions, including, for example, rheumatoid arthritis, asthma, multiple sclerosis, psoriasis and reperfusion injury, neurodegenerative conditions, including, for example, Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease, triplet repeat conditions, neuropathic pain, ischemic conditions, for example, stroke, infarction , kidney disease and cachexia. See, for example, Elliott and Ross, Am J Clin Pathol.\\ 6:637-46 (2001), Elliott et al., J Mol Med. 81:235-45 (2003), Tarlac and Storey, J. Neurosci. Res. 74: 406-416 (2003), Mori et al, Neuropath. Appl. Neurobiol., 31: 53-61 (2005), Manning, CurrPain Headache Rep. 8: 192-8 (2004), Dawson and Dawson, Science 302: 819-822 (2003), Kukan, JPhysiolPharmacol. 55: 3-15 (2004), Wojcik and DiNapoli, Stroke. 35:1506-18 (2004), Lazarus et al., Am JPhysiol. 27:E332-41 (1999).

[007] Ved å målsøke El-aktiverende enzymer får man en unik anledning til å gripe inn med en rekke biokjemiske metoder som er viktige for å opprettholde integriteten ved celledeling og cellesignalisering. El-aktiverende enzymer fungerer under første trinnet tilknyttet ubl konjugasjonsmetoder, og følgelig vil hemming av et El-aktiverende enzym helt bestemt modulere nedstrømskonsekvensene tilknyttet ubl-modifikasjon. På denne måten representerer hemming av disse aktiverende enzymenes og den resulterende hemmingen av nedstrømsvirkningene tilknyttet ubl-konjugasjon, en metode for å kunne gripe inn i integriteten tilknyttet celledeling, cellesignalisering og flere betraktningsmåter tilknyttet cellefysiologi som er viktig for sykdomsmekanismer. Følgelig er El-enzymer som UAE, NAE og SAE, som regulatorer av diverse cellulærfunksjoner, potensielt viktige terapeutiske mål for identifikasjon av nye fremgangsmåter for behandling av sykdommer og lidelser. [007] By targeting E1-activating enzymes, one gets a unique opportunity to intervene with a number of biochemical methods that are important for maintaining the integrity of cell division and cell signalling. E1-activating enzymes function during the first step associated with ubl conjugation methods, and consequently inhibition of an E1-activating enzyme will definitely modulate the downstream consequences associated with ubl modification. In this way, inhibition of these activating enzymes and the resulting inhibition of the downstream effects associated with ubl conjugation represents a method to be able to intervene in the integrity associated with cell division, cell signaling and several aspects associated with cell physiology that are important for disease mechanisms. Accordingly, E1 enzymes such as UAE, NAE and SAE, as regulators of various cellular functions, are potentially important therapeutic targets for the identification of new methods for the treatment of diseases and disorders.

Beskrivelse av oppfinnelsen Description of the invention

[008] Denne oppfinnelsen gir kjemiske forbindelser. Forbindelsene er nyttige for hemming av El-aktivitet in vitro og in vivo og er nyttige for behandling av lidelser tilknyttet celleproliferasjon, særlig krefttyper og andre lidelser i forbindelse med El-aktivitet. Forbindelsene tilknyttet oppfinnelsen har den generelle formelen ( I) : [008] This invention provides chemical compounds. The compounds are useful for inhibiting E1 activity in vitro and in vivo and are useful for treating disorders associated with cell proliferation, particularly types of cancer and other disorders associated with E1 activity. The compounds associated with the invention have the general formula (I):

eller et farmasøytisk akseptabelt salt av den der or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof

stereokjemiske konfigurasjoner fremstilte ved posisjoner med stjernetegn viser relativ stereokjemi, stereochemical configurations drawn at positions with asterisks show relative stereochemistry,

Ring A velges fra gruppen som består av: Ring A is selected from the group consisting of:

der ett ringnitrogenatom i ring A valgfritt oksideres, where one ring nitrogen atom in ring A is optionally oxidized,

Ra er hydrogen eller OH, Ra is hydrogen or OH,

R<b>er hydrogen, fluoro eller Ci-4alifatisk gruppe, R<b>is hydrogen, fluoro or C1-4 aliphatic group,

R° er hydrogen, fluoro eller OH R° is hydrogen, fluoro or OH

Rd er hydrogen, fluoro eller Ci-4alifatisk gruppe, R d is hydrogen, fluoro or C 1-4 aliphatic group,

Re er hydrogen eller Ci-4alifatisk gruppe, Re is hydrogen or C1-4 aliphatic group,

Re er hydrogen, Re is hydrogen,

hver Rf er hydrogen, each Rf is hydrogen,

R<g>er hydrogen, halogen, -OR<5>, -SR<6>, -N(R<4>)2, -NR<4>C(0)R<5>eller en valgfritt substituert R<g>is hydrogen, halogen, -OR<5>, -SR<6>, -N(R<4>)2, -NR<4>C(0)R<5>or an optionally substituted

alifatisk gruppe, aliphatic group,

hver Rh er hydrogen, each Rh is hydrogen,

Rj er hydrogen, Rj is hydrogen,

R<k>er hydrogen eller halogen, R<k>is hydrogen or halogen,

hver R<4>er hver for seg hydrogen eller en valgfritt substituert alifat-, aryl-, heteroaryl-eller heterosyklylgruppe, each R<4> is independently hydrogen or an optionally substituted aliphatic, aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl group,

hver R<5>er hver for seg hydrogen eller en valgfritt substituert alifat-, aryl-, heteroaryl-eller heterosyklylgruppe, each R<5> is independently hydrogen or an optionally substituted aliphatic, aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl group,

hver R<6>er hver for seg er en valgfritt substituert alifat-, aryl- eller heteroarylgruppe, each R<6> is individually an optionally substituted aliphatic, aryl or heteroaryl group,

og and

m er 1, og m is 1, and

hvor den eventuelle substituenten er halogen, Ci-4alifatisk gruppe, Ci-4alkoksyl, Ci-4halogenalifatisk gruppe, Ci-4halogenalkoksyl, fenyl, eller fenyl substituert med halogen, Ci-4alifatisk gruppe, Ci-4alkoksyl, Ci-4halogen alifatisk gruppe, Ci-4halogenalkoksyl. where the optional substituent is halogen, C1-4aliphatic group, C1-4alkyl, C1-4halogenaliphatic group, C1-4halogenalkoxy, phenyl, or phenyl substituted with halogen, C1-4aliphatic group, C1-4alkyl, C1-4halogenaliphatic group, C1-4 4halogenoalkyl.

Foretrukket er forbindelse med formel (I) kjennetegnet av følgende egenskaper A compound of formula (I) characterized by the following properties is preferred

(a) X er -O-, (a) X is -O-,

(b) Y er -CH2-, (b) Y is -CH2-,

(c) Ra er -OH, (c) Ra is -OH,

(d)R<b>og Rd er hydrogen, (d)R<b>and Rd are hydrogen,

(e) R° er hydrogen, (e) R° is hydrogen,

(f)Re og Re er hver hydrogen, (f)Re and Re are each hydrogen,

(g) hver Rf er hydrogen, (g) each Rf is hydrogen;

(h) hver Rh er hydrogen, (h) each Rh is hydrogen,

(i) R<>>er hydrogen, (i) R<>>is hydrogen,

(j) R<k>er hydrogen, (j) R<k>is hydrogen,

(k) m er 1, og (k) m is 1, and

(1) stereokj emisk konfigurasj oner avbildet som posisj oner med stjernetegn viser absolutt stereokjemi. (1) stereochemical configurations depicted as asterisked positions show absolute stereochemistry.

En annen utførelsesform er forbindelse med formel (I) kjennetegnet ved formel Another embodiment is compound of formula (I) characterized by formula

( VII) : (VII) :

eller et farmasøytisk godtatt salt av det der: Q er =N eller =C(R<k>)- hvor R<k>er hydrogen, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof wherein: Q is =N or =C(R<k>)- where R<k> is hydrogen,

V<2>er -N(R<8>)-, -O- eller -S-, V<2> is -N(R<8>)-, -O- or -S-,

R<8>er hydrogen eller Ci-4alifat, og R<8> is hydrogen or C1-4 aliphatic, and

ring D er valgfritt, et substituert mono-, bi- eller trisyklisk ringsystem hvor ring D velges fra gruppen som består av furanyl, tienyl, pyrrolyl, oksazolyl, tiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isoksazolyl, isotiazolyl, oksadiazolyl, triazolyl, tiadiazolyl, fenyl, naftyl, pyranyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, indolizinyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benztiazolyl, benzotienyl, benzofuranyl, purinyl, kinolyl, isokinolyl, kinnolinyl, ftalazinyl, kinazolinyl, kinoksalinyl, naftyridinyl, pteridinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrotienyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolidonyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolinyl, tetrahydrokinolinyl, tetrahydroisokinolinyl, dekahydrokinolinyl, oksazolidinyl, piperazinyl, dioksanyl, dioksolanyl, diazepinyl, oksazepinyl, tiazepinyl, morfolinyl, kinuklidinyl, tetrahydrokinolinyl, tetrahydroisokinolinyl, indanyl, penantridinyl, tetrahydronaftyl, indolinyl, benzodioksanyl, benzodioksolyl, kromanyl, syklopropyl, syklobutyl, syklopentyl, syklopentenyl, sykloheksyl, sykloheksenyl, sykloheptyl, sykloheptenyl, syklooktyl, syklooktenyl, syklooktadienyl, bisykloheptanyl og bisyklooktanyl, og ring D is optional, a substituted mono-, bi- or tricyclic ring system wherein ring D is selected from the group consisting of furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, thiadiazolyl, phenyl, naphthyl, pyranyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, indolizinyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzthiazolyl, benzothienyl, benzofuranyl, purinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, quinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothienyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolidonyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, oxazolidinyl, piperazinyl, dioxanyl, dioxolanyl, diazepinyl, oxazepinyl, thiazepinyl, morpholinyl, quinuclidinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, indanyl, penanthridinyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indolinyl, benzodioxanyl, cromanyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclope ntenyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptyl, cycloheptenyl, cyclooctyl, cyclooctenyl, cyclooctadienyl, bicycloheptanyl and bicyclooctanyl, and

hvor den eventuelle substituenten er halogen, Ci-4alifatisk gruppe, Ci-4alkoksyl, Ci-4halogenalifatisk gruppe, Ci-4eller halogenalkoksyl. where the optional substituent is halogen, C 1-4 aliphatic group, C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloaliphatic group, C 1-4 or halogeno alkoxy.

Foretrukket er forbindelsene med formel (VII) der ring D er valgfritt en substituert indanyl, tetrahydronaftyl eller kromanyl. Preferred are the compounds of formula (VII) where ring D is optionally a substituted indanyl, tetrahydronaphthyl or chromanyl.

Ytterligere foretrukket er forbindelsene med formel (VII) der: Further preferred are the compounds of formula (VII) where:

ring D velges fra gruppen som består av: ring D is selected from the group consisting of:

hver R<p>som hver for seg velges fra gruppen som består av halogen, -OR<5x>og en Ci-4 each R<p>which is individually selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OR<5x>and a Ci-4

alifatisk gruppe, aliphatic group,

hver R<8p>som hver for seg velges fra gruppen som består av fluoro, -OR<5x>, og en Ci-4each R<8p>which is individually selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -OR<5x>, and a Ci-4

alifatisk gruppe, forutsatt at R<8P>er noe annet enn -OR<5x>når det befinner seg ved en posisjon tilstøtende et ringoksygenatom og videre forutsatt at når to R<8P>er aliphatic group, provided that R<8P>is something other than -OR<5x>when located at a position adjacent to a ring oxygen atom and further provided that when two R<8P>s

festet til det samme karbonatomet, må et velges fra gruppen som består av fluoro, hver R<5x>er valgfritt hydrogen eller C1-4alkyl, attached to the same carbon atom, must be selected from the group consisting of fluoro, each R<5x>is optionally hydrogen or C1-4alkyl,

serO, 1,2,3 eller 4, serO, 1,2,3 or 4,

t er 0, 1 eller 2. t is 0, 1 or 2.

En annen utføreslesform er forbindelse med formel (VII) kjennetegnet ved formel ( Villa) : Another embodiment is a compound of formula (VII) characterized by formula (Villa):

eller et farmasøytisk godtatt salt av det der: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof wherein:

Ra er -OH, Ra is -OH,

R<b>og Rd er hydrogen, R<b>and Rd are hydrogen,

R° er hydrogen, fluoro eller OH, R° is hydrogen, fluoro or OH,

R<8>er hydrogen, R<8>is hydrogen,

Q er =N- eller =C(R<k>) hvor R<k>er hydrogen, Q is =N- or =C(R<k>) where R<k> is hydrogen,

hver R<p>er hver for seg velges fira gruppen som består av fluoro og -OR<5x>, each R<p> is individually selected from the group consisting of fluoro and -OR<5x>,

hver R<8p>hver for seg velges fira gruppen som består av fluoro og -OR<5x>, each R<8p> individually is selected from the group consisting of fluoro and -OR<5x>,

hver R<5x>hver for seg er hydrogen og Ci-4alifatisk gruppe, each R<5x> individually is hydrogen and C1-4 aliphatic group,

s er 0, 1 eller 2, og s is 0, 1 or 2, and

t er 0, 1 eller 2. t is 0, 1 or 2.

Foretrukket er forbindelser med formel (I) hvor forbindelsen er Preferred are compounds of formula (I) where the compound is

Foretrukket er forbindelse med formel (I) som er Preferred is a compound of formula (I) which is

eller et farmasøytisk akseptabelt salt derav. or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

Generell syntetisk metologi General synthetic methodology

[0109] Forbindelsene tilknyttet den foreliggende oppfinnelsen kan fremstilles ved bruk av metoder som er kjente til en person med vanlige ferdigheter i faget og/eller ved henvisning til fremstillingene som vises nedenfor og de syntetiske eksemplene som følger. Eksempler på syntetiske metoder finnes i fremstilling 1 til 10 nedfor samt i eksemplene. [0109] The compounds associated with the present invention can be prepared using methods known to a person of ordinary skill in the art and/or by reference to the preparations shown below and the synthetic examples that follow. Examples of synthetic methods can be found in preparations 1 to 10 below as well as in the examples.

Fremstilling 1: Generell metode ved syntesen av 4-substituerte ((lS,2S,4R)-2-hydroksy-4-{7//-pyrrolo[2,3-(/]pyrimidin-7-yl}syklopentyl)metylsulfamater Preparation 1: General method for the synthesis of 4-substituted ((1S,2S,4R)-2-hydroxy-4-{7//-pyrrolo[2,3-(/]pyrimidin-7-yl}cyclopentyl)methylsulfamates

[0110] Fremstilling 1 ovenfor viser en generell metode for å fremstille forbindelser tilknyttet formel (i) der ring A har formel A-ii. Personer med vanlige ferdigheter i faget vil være klar over at forbindelser tilknyttet formel ( I) der ring A som er annerledes enn A-ii, kan fremstilles ved bruk av samme generelle metode for å begynne med egnede startmaterialer som er analoge med i. [0110] Preparation 1 above shows a general method for preparing compounds associated with formula (i) where ring A has formula A-ii. Persons of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that compounds of formula (I) wherein ring A is different from A-ii can be prepared using the same general method starting with suitable starting materials analogous to i.

[0111] Metoder for syntesen av kloro-substituerte pyrrolopyrimidiner som f.eks. formel i, er kjente (P. Reigan et at., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett., 2004,14, 5247-5250, J. Heterocyclic Chem., 1988,25,1633-1639). Som vist i fremstilling 1, oppnås konvertering av forbindelser tilknyttet karbonformel i til substituerte pyrrolopyrimi diner ved kopling med de egnede substituerte aminene eller merkaptaner (se Pathak, A.K.; Pathak, V.; Seitz, L.E.; Suling, W.J.; Reynolds, R.C., J. Med. Chem. 2004, 47, 273-276) ved forhøyet temperatur i protiske løsningsmidler, som f.eks. butanol eller isopropanol, ved bruk av en egnet base, som f.eks. DIPEA eller Et3N (metode A). Som et annet alternativ kan pyrrolopyrimidiner i koples med en egnet substituert alkohol i H2O der det finnes en base, som f.eks. KOH, ved reflukserende temperaturer (metode B). Forbindelser tilknyttet formel i kan også behandles med Grignard-reagenser der det finnes jernholdig acetylacetonat i THF (metode C) for å gi karbon-substituerte pyrrolopyrimidiner. Forbindelser iv fremstilles fra ii gjennom åpningen av epoksid iii med en egnet base, som f.eks. NaH, LiHMDS eller cesiumkarbonat, ved forhøyde temperaturer i DMF (metode [0111] Methods for the synthesis of chloro-substituted pyrrolopyrimidines such as e.g. formula i, are known (P. Reigan et at., Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett., 2004, 14, 5247-5250, J. Heterocyclic Chem., 1988, 25, 1633-1639). As shown in Preparation 1, conversion of compounds of formula I to substituted pyrrolopyrimidines is achieved by coupling with the appropriate substituted amines or mercaptans (see Pathak, A.K.; Pathak, V.; Seitz, L.E.; Suling, W.J.; Reynolds, R.C., J . Med. Chem. 2004, 47, 273-276) at elevated temperature in protic solvents, such as e.g. butanol or isopropanol, using a suitable base, such as e.g. DIPEA or Et3N (method A). As another alternative, pyrrolopyrimidines can be coupled with a suitable substituted alcohol in H2O where there is a base, such as e.g. KOH, at refluxing temperatures (method B). Compounds of formula i can also be treated with Grignard reagents in the presence of ferrous acetylacetonate in THF (Method C) to give carbon-substituted pyrrolopyrimidines. Compounds iv are prepared from ii through the opening of epoxide iii with a suitable base, such as e.g. NaH, LiHMDS or cesium carbonate, at elevated temperatures in DMF (method

D). D).

[0112] Til fremstilling av forbindelser tilknyttet formel ( I) der R° og Rd begge er hydrogen, kan deoksygenering påvirkes under dette stadium. Følgelig tilknyttes alkylasjon av forbindelser formel iv for å gi xantogenater v påvirkes gjennom behandling med klorofenyltionokarbonat og en egnet base, som f.eks. DMAP, i DCM (metode E). Avoksygenerering av forbindelser tilknyttet formel v oppnås ved behandling med en radikal kilde, som f.eks. Bu3SnH og en radikalinitiativtaker, som f.eks. AIBN, i reflukserende toluen (metode F). Etterfølgende avbeskyttelse med en vandig syre, som f.eks. AcOH (metode G), gir forbindelsene tilknyttet formel vii. [0112] For the preparation of compounds related to formula (I) where R° and Rd are both hydrogen, deoxygenation can be effected during this stage. Accordingly, alkylation of compounds of formula iv to give xanthogenates v is effected by treatment with chlorophenylthiocarbonate and a suitable base, such as e.g. DMAP, in DCM (method E). Aboxygenation of compounds associated with formula v is achieved by treatment with a radical source, such as e.g. Bu3SnH and a radical initiator, such as e.g. AIBN, in refluxing toluene (method F). Subsequent deprotection with an aqueous acid, such as AcOH (method G), gives the compounds associated with formula vii.

[0113] Den primære alkoholen tilknyttet diolene til formel vii beskyttes selektivt for eksempel, med en stor silyl-beskyttende gruppe som f.eks. TBDMS. Etterfølgende behandling med sur anhydrid gir de beskyttende alkoholene tilknyttet formel viii (metode H). Selektiv avbeskyttelse av den primære alkoholen ved bruk av en fluorid reagens, som f.eks. pyridin hydrofluorid, i et grunnleggende løsningsmiddel, som f.eks. pyridin, gir forbindelser tilknyttet formel ix (metode I). Videre behandling med nylig fremstilt klorosulfonamid x gir de nest siste sulfamatene xi (metode J). Acetatfjerning ved behandling med en base, som f.eks. ammoniakk i MeOH iht. med metode K, gir forbindelser tilknyttet formel xii. [0113] The primary alcohol associated with the diols of formula vii is selectively protected, for example, with a large silyl protecting group such as TBDMS. Subsequent treatment with acid anhydride gives the protective alcohols associated with formula viii (method H). Selective deprotection of the primary alcohol using a fluoride reagent, such as pyridine hydrofluoride, in a basic solvent, such as pyridine, gives compounds related to formula ix (method I). Further treatment with newly prepared chlorosulfonamide x yields the penultimate sulfamates xi (method J). Acetate removal by treatment with a base, such as ammonia in MeOH according to by method K, gives compounds of formula xii.

Fremstilling 2: Alternativ metode ved syntesen av 4-7V-substituerte ((lS,2S,4R)-2-hydroksy-4- {7i7-pyrrolo[2,3-£npyrimidin-7-yl)syktopentyl)metylsulfamater Preparation 2: Alternative method in the synthesis of 4-7V-substituted ((1S,2S,4R)-2-hydroxy-4-{7i7-pyrrolo[2,3-βnpyrimidin-7-yl)cyclopentyl)methylsulfamates

[0114] Forbindelser tilknyttet formel ( l) der Rs er -N(R4)2 kan fremstilles med en alternativ fremgangsmåte der en intermediær av et senere stadium innlemmer en gruppe som byttes ut eller fjernes, som f.eks. en sulfon som fortrenges direkte av en substituert amin. Som vist i fremstilling 2, gir behandling av forbindelsene tilknyttet formel i med benzylmerkaptan under forhold beskrevet i metode B benzylsulfanylpyrrolopyrimidin tilknyttet formel xiii. Etterfølgende behandling med de forholdene som er skissert i metodene D-F gir forbindelser tilknyttet formel xiv. Forbindelsene xiv reageres med et oksideringsmiddel, som f.eks. wj-CPBA, i DCM der det finnes en base, som f.eks. natriumbikarbonat, for å gi sulfoner med formel xv (metode L). [0114] Compounds related to formula (l) where R s is -N(R 4 ) 2 can be prepared by an alternative method where a later stage intermediate incorporates a group that is replaced or removed, such as e.g. a sulfone which is directly displaced by a substituted amine. As shown in preparation 2, treatment of the compounds associated with formula i with benzyl mercaptan under conditions described in method B yields benzylsulfanylpyrrolopyrimidine associated with formula xiii. Subsequent treatment with the conditions outlined in methods D-F gives compounds associated with formula xiv. The compounds xiv are reacted with an oxidizing agent, such as e.g. wj-CPBA, in DCM where there is a base, such as e.g. sodium bicarbonate, to give sulfones of formula xv (Method L).

[0115] Forbindelser tilknyttet formel xvi syntetiseres deretter ved behandling av xv med en egnet substituert amin ved bruk av en base, som f.eks. DIPEA, i et høyt kokende protisk løsningsmiddel, som f.eks. EtOH, ved forhøyde temperaturer (metode M) som ligner på litteraturprosedyrer (Lin, X.; Robins, M.J., Organic Lett. 2000, 2, 3497-3499). Fjerning av beskyttelsesgruppen oppnås på en måte som er analog med den som vises i fremstilling 1, ved bruk av fremgangsmåten beskrevet i metode G, for å gi dioler tilknyttet formel xvii. Metoder for syntesen av ter?-butylklorosulfonylkarbamat xviii er kjent (Hirayama et al, Biorg. Med. Chem., 2002, 10, 1509-1523), og denne reagensen reageres selektivt med med den primære alkoholen ved bruk en hemmet base, som f.eks. 2,6-di-te/t-butyl-4-metylpyridin, i et løsningsmiddel, som f.eks. AcCN, for å gi Boe sulfamater tilknyttet formel xix (metode N). TFA-avbeskyttelse i samsvar med Metode O gir forbindelsene tilknyttet formel xx. Omdanningen av forbindelsene xv til xvi har de potensielle fordelene at de kan være mottagelig mot løsningsfasens biblioteksyntese. [0115] Compounds of formula xvi are then synthesized by treating xv with a suitable substituted amine using a base, such as DIPEA, in a high-boiling protic solvent, such as EtOH, at elevated temperatures (method M) similar to literature procedures (Lin, X.; Robins, M.J., Organic Lett. 2000, 2, 3497-3499). Removal of the protecting group is achieved in a manner analogous to that shown in Preparation 1, using the procedure described in Method G, to give diols of formula xvii. Methods for the synthesis of tert-butylchlorosulfonylcarbamate xviii are known (Hirayama et al, Biorg. Med. Chem., 2002, 10, 1509-1523), and this reagent is selectively reacted with the primary alcohol using a hindered base, such as .ex. 2,6-di-te/t-butyl-4-methylpyridine, in a solvent, such as e.g. AcCN, to give Boe sulfamates of formula xix (Method N). TFA deprotection in accordance with Method O affords the compounds of formula xx. The conversion of compounds xv to xvi has the potential advantages of being amenable to solution phase library synthesis.

Fremstilling 3: Syntese av substituerte epoksider Preparation 3: Synthesis of substituted epoxides

[0116] Metoder for syntesen av den intermediære alkendiolen xxi er kjente ( Nucleosides, Nucleotides & Nucleic Syrer, 2002, 21, 65-72). Etter behandling med m- CPBA omdannes diol xxi til epoksydiol xxvii. Etterfølgende beskyttelse av diolen ved bruk avp-anisaldehyd dimetylacetal gir epoksy iii. Som et annet alternativ gir TBDPS-beskyttelse av den primære alkoholen til xxi etterfulgt av PDC-oksidering a,|3-umettet keton xxii. Tilsetning av MeLi til ketonen i ET2O gir tertiær alkohol xxiii, og behandling medTBAF i THF gir diol xxiv. Epoksidering og diolbeskyttelse gir den beskyttede substituerte epoksiden xxvi. [0116] Methods for the synthesis of the intermediate alkene diol xxi are known (Nucleosides, Nucleotides & Nucleic Acids, 2002, 21, 65-72). After treatment with m-CPBA, diol xxi is converted to epoxydiol xxvii. Subsequent protection of the diol using p-anisaldehyde dimethylacetal gives epoxy iii. Alternatively, TBDPS protection of the primary alcohol of xxi followed by PDC oxidation affords a,|3-unsaturated ketone xxii. Addition of MeLi to the ketone in ET2O gives tertiary alcohol xxiii, and treatment with TBAF in THF gives diol xxiv. Epoxidation and diol protection gives the protected substituted epoxide xxvi.

Fremstilling 4: Generell metode ved syntesen av substituert aminoindans Preparation 4: General method for the synthesis of substituted aminoindane

[0117] Aminoindansen som brukes til fremstilling av 4-aminoindanyl forbindelser tilknyttet formel xxx, er enten kommersielt tilgjengelig eller så fremstilles de gjennom litteraturmetodene uthevet i fremstilling 4. Passende substituerte indanoner tilknyttet xxviii behandles med (R)-2-amino-2-fenyletanol for å gi den ønskede intermediære iminen. Etterfølgende reaksjon med et egnet reduksjonsmiddel, som f.eks. natriumborohydrid der det finnes AcOH, gir aminoalkoholer tilknyttet formel xxix (metode P). Behandling med bly tetraacetat, etterfulgt av refluks i HC1, gir aminoindans av formel xxx (metode Q). En person med ferdigheter i faget vil være klar over at bruk av (S)-2-amino-2-fenyletanol i metode P kan brukes til å gi de motsatte enantiomene av indan xxx. [0117] The aminoindane used to prepare 4-aminoindanyl compounds associated with formula xxx are either commercially available or they are prepared through the literature methods highlighted in Preparation 4. Appropriately substituted indanones associated with xxviii are treated with (R)-2-amino-2-phenylethanol to give the desired intermediate imine. Subsequent reaction with a suitable reducing agent, such as e.g. sodium borohydride in which AcOH is present gives amino alcohols of formula xxix (method P). Treatment with lead tetraacetate, followed by reflux in HC1, gives the aminoindane of formula xxx (Method Q). One of skill in the art will appreciate that using (S)-2-amino-2-phenylethanol in method P can be used to give the opposite enantiomers of indane xxx.

Fremstilling 5: Generell metode ved syntesen av 4-substituerte ((1S,2S,4R)-2,3-dihy droksy-4- {7/7-py r rolo [2, 3- d] pyrimidin-7-yl}syklopentyl)metylsulfamater Preparation 5: General method for the synthesis of 4-substituted ((1S,2S,4R)-2,3-dihydroxy-4-{7/7-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl} cyclopentyl)methylsulfamates

[0118] Forbindelser tilknyttet formel ( I) der R<c>-OR<5>kan fremstilles som skissert i fremstilling 5. Følgelig omdannes forbindelsene tilknyttet formel iv, som fremstilt i fremstilling 1, direkte til trioler tilknyttet formel xxxi (metode G). Beskyttelse av det to sekundære alkoholene med 2,2-dimetoksypropan og en syrekatalysator, som f.eks. p-TSA monohydrat, i aceton gir isopropyliden xxxii (metode R). Videre reaksjon med klorosulfonamid x med metode J, som beskrevet i fremstilling 1, gir sulfamater tilknyttet formel xxxiii. Fjerning av isopropyliden ved bruk av syre, som f.eks. TFA der det finnes vann, gir forbindelser tilknyttet formel xxxiv ( II- C) i samsvar med metode S. Som et annet alternativ kan triol xxxi selektivt sulfamoylateres ved den primære hydroksylen som beskrevet i fremstilling 2, metoder N-0 for å gi forbindelser tilknyttet formel xxxiv. [0118] Compounds associated with formula (I) where R<c>-OR<5> can be prepared as outlined in preparation 5. Accordingly, the compounds associated with formula iv, as prepared in preparation 1, are converted directly to triols associated with formula xxxi (method G) . Protection of the two secondary alcohols with 2,2-dimethoxypropane and an acid catalyst, such as p-TSA monohydrate, in acetone gives the isopropylidene xxxii (Method R). Further reaction with chlorosulfonamide x using method J, as described in preparation 1, gives sulfamates associated with formula xxxiii. Removal of the isopropylidene using acid, such as TFA in the presence of water gives compounds of formula xxxiv (II-C) according to method S. Alternatively, triol xxxi can be selectively sulfamoylated at the primary hydroxyl as described in Preparation 2, Methods N-0 to give compounds of formula formula xxxiv.

Fremstilling 6: Generell metode ved syntesen av 4-amino og 4-acylamino substituerte ((lS,2S,4R)-2-hydroksy-4-[7JH-pyrrolo[2,3-</]pyrimidin-7-yl}-syklopentyl)metylsulfamater Preparation 6: General method in the synthesis of 4-amino and 4-acylamino substituted ((1S,2S,4R)-2-hydroxy-4-[7JH-pyrrolo[2,3-</]pyrimidin-7-yl}- cyclopentyl)methylsulfamates

[0119] Forbindelser tilknyttet formel xxxv fremstilles med de metodene som beskrives i fremstilling 1. Behandling av benzylaminer xxxv med en vandig syre, som f.eks. AcOH, gir aminer xxxvi (metode G). Selektiv beskyttelse av den primære alkoholen ved bruk av TBDMSC1 og en egnet base, som f.eks. imidazol, i DMF gir forbindelser tilknyttet formel xxxvii (metode T). Bis-asylasjon påvirkes gjennom behandling med en egnet substituert asylaterende reagens tilknyttet formel xxxviii (X = Cl, OH, -OC(0)R<5>) og en egnet base, som f.eks. pyridin, for å kunne gi forbindelser tilknyttet formel xxxix (metode U). Ved å bruke forholdene som beskrives i metodene I-K på forbindelsene xxxix avgis både de fullstendig avbeskyttede analogene xl og amindene xli. [0119] Compounds associated with formula xxxv are prepared using the methods described in preparation 1. Treatment of benzylamines xxxv with an aqueous acid, such as e.g. AcOH, gives amines xxxvi (Method G). Selective protection of the primary alcohol using TBDMSC1 and a suitable base, such as imidazole, in DMF gives compounds of formula xxxvii (method T). Bis-acylation is effected through treatment with a suitable substituted acylating reagent associated with formula xxxviii (X = Cl, OH, -OC(0)R<5>) and a suitable base, such as e.g. pyridine, to be able to give compounds related to formula xxxix (method U). Applying the conditions described in Methods I-K to compounds xxxix yields both the fully deprotected analogs xl and the amines xli.

Fremstilling 7: Generell metode ved syntesen av-substituerte ((lS,2S,4R)-4-{7//-pyrrolo-[2,3-</]pyrimidin-7-yl}syklopentyl)metylsulfamater Preparation 7: General method in the synthesis of -substituted ((1S,2S,4R)-4-{7//-pyrrolo-[2,3-</]pyrimidin-7-yl}cyclopentyl)methylsulfamates

[0120] Forbindelser tilknyttet formel ( l) der Ra og R<c>sammen danner en binding og forbindelser tilknyttet formel ( I) der hver av Ra-Rd er hydrogen, kan fremstilles som skissert i fremstilling 7. Trioler tilknyttet formel xlii fremstilles etter fremgangsmåten i fremstilling 5. Den primære alkoholen er selektivt beskyttet for å gi diolene tilknyttet formel xliii (metode T), som deretter alkyliseres ved l,r-tiokarbonyldiimidazol i et egnet løsningsmiddel, som f.eks. DMF, for å gi dioksol-tioner xliv (metode U). Behandling med l,3-dimetyl-2-fenyl-l,3,2-diazafofolidin i et egnet løsningsmiddel, som f.eks. THF, gir alkenene tilknyttet formel xiv (metode V), som er underkastet de forholdene som er skissert i metoder I-J for å gi sulfamater xlvi. Hydrogenerering under hydrogenatmosfære der det finnes en katalysator, som f.eks. palladium på karbon i EtOAc, gir mettede sulfamater tilknyttet formel xlvii (metode W). [0120] Compounds associated with formula (l) where Ra and R<c>together form a bond and compounds associated with formula (I) where each of Ra-Rd is hydrogen can be prepared as outlined in preparation 7. Triols associated with formula xlii are prepared according to the method in Preparation 5. The primary alcohol is selectively protected to give the diols associated with formula xliii (Method T), which are then alkylated by 1,1-thiocarbonyldiimidazole in a suitable solvent, such as e.g. DMF, to give dioxol ions xliv (Method U). Treatment with 1,3-dimethyl-2-phenyl-1,3,2-diazaphopholidin in a suitable solvent, such as e.g. THF, gives the alkenes of formula xiv (method V), which are subjected to the conditions outlined in methods I-J to give sulfamates xlvi. Hydrogenation under a hydrogen atmosphere where there is a catalyst, such as e.g. palladium on carbon in EtOAc gives saturated sulfamates of formula xlvii (Method W).

Fremstilling 8: Syntese av 5-fluoro pyrrolo[2,3-</]pyrimidiner Preparation 8: Synthesis of 5-fluoro pyrrolo[2,3-</]pyrimidines

[0121] Forbindelser tilknyttet formel ( l) der R<k>er annet enn hydrogen, fremmstilles som skissert i fremstilling 8 og 9. Omdanning av i til fluorokloropyrrolopyrimidin xlvii utføres ved behandling med Selectfluor™ (1-klorometyl-4-fluoro-l,4-diazoniabisyklo[2.2.2]oktan bis(tetrafluoroborat)) og AcOH i AcCN. Forbindelse xlviii substitueres deretter med de egnede substituentene iht. metode A-C og overført til forbindelser tilknyttet formel ( I) i samsvar med fremstilling 1. [0121] Compounds related to formula (l) where R<k>is other than hydrogen are prepared as outlined in Preparations 8 and 9. Conversion of i to fluorochloropyrrolopyrimidine xlvii is carried out by treatment with Selectfluor™ (1-chloromethyl-4-fluoro-l ,4-diazoniabicyclo[2.2.2]octane bis(tetrafluoroborate)) and AcOH in AcCN. Compound xlviii is then substituted with the suitable substituents according to method A-C and transferred to compounds associated with formula (I) in accordance with preparation 1.

Fremstilling 9: Alternativ metode til 4,5-disubstituerte ((lS,2S,4R)-2-hydroksy-4-{7/7-pyrrolo-[2,3-rf]pyrimidin-7-yl}syklopentyl)metylsulfamater Preparation 9: Alternative method to 4,5-disubstituted ((1S,2S,4R)-2-hydroxy-4-{7/7-pyrrolo-[2,3-rf]pyrimidin-7-yl}cyclopentyl)methylsulfamates

[0122] Forbindelser tilknyttet formel xlix fremstilles som vist i fremstilling 1 og omdannes til jodid 1 ved behandling med NIS (metode X). Iodid 1 kan omdannes til forbindelser tilknyttet formel li ved bruk av forskjellige palladium-katalyserte koplingsforhold, som f.eks. Sonagashira-kopling (Cul, PdCh(PPh3)2, D1PEA, R'C=CH, Metode Y). Etter at metodene som vises i fremstilling 1, følges, omdannes forbindelsene tilknyttet formel li til endelige forbindelser tilknyttet formel (/). [0122] Compounds associated with formula xlix are prepared as shown in preparation 1 and converted to iodide 1 by treatment with NIS (method X). Iodide 1 can be converted to compounds of formula li using various palladium-catalyzed coupling conditions, such as Sonagashira coupling (Cul, PdCh(PPh3)2, D1PEA, R'C=CH, Method Y). After the methods shown in preparation 1 are followed, the compounds associated with formula li are converted to final compounds associated with formula (/).

Fremstilling 10: Syntese av ((2S,3S,4R,SR)-5-(4-(alkylamino)-7i/-pyrrolo[2,3-</]pyrimidin-7-yl)-3,4-dihydroksy-tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)metylsulfamater Preparation 10: Synthesis of ((2S,3S,4R,SR)-5-(4-(alkylamino)-7i/-pyrrolo[2,3-</]pyrimidin-7-yl)-3,4-dihydroxy- tetrahydrofuran-2-yl)methylsulfamates

[0123] Forbindelser tilknyttet formel (/) der Y er -O- kan fremstilles fra forbindelser lviii. Syntesen tilknyttet forbindelsene til formel lviii henvises til i litteraturen (Ugarkar, B.G.; Castellino, AJ.; DaRe, J.S.; Ramirez-Weinhouse, M.; Kopcho, J.J.; Rosengren, S.; Erion, M.D., J. Med. Chem., 2003, 46, 4750-4760) og er skissert i fremstilling 10. Metoder for konvertering av D-ribose til lii er kjente (Inokawa, S.; Kitagawa, H.; Seo, K.; Yoshida, H.; Ogata, T., Karbohydr. Hydr. Res., 1973, 30, 127-132). Hydroborering-oksidering ved bruk av boran THF-kompleks gir liii som globalt avbeskyttes med svovelsyre. Tetraol liv er beskyttet ved bruk av 2,2-dimetoksypropan og etterfølgende beskyttelse av den primære alkoholen ved bruk av TBDMS-C1 gir alkohol lvi. Selektiv klorering ved bruk av CCU og HMPT i toluen gir den enkle enantiomeneren lvii. Glykosylering ved bruk av forbindelser tilknyttet formel i gir intermediærer tilknyttet formel lviii som kan videre utdypes som f.eks. beskrevet i fremstilling 1, 2 og 6 ovenfor. Fremstilling 11: Syntese av 2-((lS,2S,4R)-4-4-[(lS)-2,3-dihydro-l#-inden-l- ylaminol-7//-pyrrolo [2,3-*/] pyrimidin-7-yl-2-hydroksysyklopentyl) etansulfonamid [0123] Compounds associated with formula (/) where Y is -O- can be prepared from compounds lviii. The synthesis associated with the compounds of formula lviii is referred to in the literature (Ugarkar, B.G.; Castellino, AJ.; DaRe, J.S.; Ramirez-Weinhouse, M.; Kopcho, J.J.; Rosengren, S.; Erion, M.D., J. Med. Chem. , 2003, 46, 4750-4760) and is outlined in preparation 10. Methods for the conversion of D-ribose to lii are known (Inokawa, S.; Kitagawa, H.; Seo, K.; Yoshida, H.; Ogata, T., Carbohydr. Hydr. Res., 1973, 30, 127-132). Hydroboration-oxidation using borane THF complex gives liii which is globally deprotected with sulfuric acid. Tetraol liv is protected using 2,2-dimethoxypropane and subsequent protection of the primary alcohol using TBDMS-C1 gives alcohol lvi. Selective chlorination using CCU and HMPT in toluene gives the single enantiomer lvii. Glycosylation using compounds associated with formula i gives intermediates associated with formula lviii which can be further elaborated as e.g. described in preparation 1, 2 and 6 above. Preparation 11: Synthesis of 2-((1S,2S,4R)-4-4-[(1S)-2,3-dihydro-1#-inden-1- ylaminol-7//-pyrrolo [2,3-*/] pyrimidin-7-yl-2-hydroxycyclopentyl) ethanesulfonamide

[0124] Forbindelser tilknyttet formel ( I) der X er CFhkan fremstilles fra forbindelser vii. Som vist i fremstilling 11, er diol vii beskyttet som en bis-TBDMS-eter lix ved bruk av TBDMS-C1, egnet base, som f.eks. trietylamin og 4-DMAP (metode Z). Selektiv avbeskyttelse av primær TBDMS-gruppe til lx gjøres ved bruk av vandig syre ved forhøyet temperatur (metode AA). Aldehyd lxi oppnås ved oksidering av alkohol lx ved bruk av TPAP og en egnet oksydant, som f.eks. NMO (metode AB). Behandling av aldehyd lxi med (dietoksyfosforyl)-metansulfonsyre etylester og rø-BuLi (metode AC) gir alken lxii som deretter reduseres til sulfonylester lxiii ved bruk av et egnet reduksjonsmiddel, som f.eks. natriumborohydrid i etanol (metode AD). Hydrolyser av den tidligere ester ved bruk avTBAI under mikrobølgeforhold (metode AE) gir sulfonsyre lxiv som omdannes til beskyttet sulfonamid lxv via intermediær sulfonylklorid [0124] Compounds related to formula (I) where X is CFhkan are prepared from compounds vii. As shown in Preparation 11, diol vii is protected as a bis-TBDMS ether lix using TBDMS-C1, suitable base, such as triethylamine and 4-DMAP (method Z). Selective deprotection of primary TBDMS group to lx is done using aqueous acid at elevated temperature (method AA). Aldehyde lxi is obtained by oxidizing alcohol lx using TPAP and a suitable oxidant, such as e.g. NMO (method AB). Treatment of aldehyde lxi with (diethoxyphosphoryl)-methanesulfonic acid ethyl ester and red-BuLi (method AC) gives alkene lxii which is then reduced to sulfonyl ester lxiii using a suitable reducing agent, such as e.g. sodium borohydride in ethanol (method AD). Hydrolysis of the former ester using TBAI under microwave conditions (method AE) yields sulfonic acid lxiv which is converted to protected sulfonamide lxv via intermediate sulfonyl chloride

(ved bruk av tionylklorid og deretter ammoniakk i dioksan, metode AF). TBDMS-avbeskyttelse ved bruk av en egnet reagens, som f.eks. TBAF i THF (metode AG) gir sulfonamid lxvi. (using thionyl chloride and then ammonia in dioxane, method AF). TBDMS deprotection using a suitable reagent, such as TBAF in THF (Method AG) gives sulfonamide lxvi.

Fremstilling 12: Syntese av (£)-2-((IS,2S,4R)-4-(4-[(lS)-2,3-dihydro-l#-inden-l-ylamino]-7/Z-pyrrolo[2,3-*/]pyrimidin-7-yl}-2-hydroksysyklopentyl)etylensulfonamid Preparation 12: Synthesis of (£)-2-((1S,2S,4R)-4-(4-[(1S)-2,3-dihydro-1#-inden-1-ylamino]-7/Z- pyrrolo[2,3-*/]pyrimidin-7-yl}-2-hydroxycyclopentyl)ethylenesulfonamide

[0125] Forbindelser tilknyttet formel ( I) der X er -CH= kan fremstilles fra forbindelser lxi. Som f.eks. vist i fremstilling 12, behandles tert-butyl([(difenylfosforyl)metyl]sulfonyl}karbamat med rø-BuLi og den dannede reagensen blandes med aldehyd lxi (metode AH) for å kunne gi beskyttet vinylsulfonamid lxvi. Boc-gruppen er avbeskyttet ved bruk av en egnet Lewis-syre, som f.eks. ZnBn, (metode AI) for å kunne gi lxvii. Den endelige avbeskyttelsen av en TBDMS-gruppe utføres ved bruk av en egnet reagens som f.eks. TBAF i THF (metode AJ), for å gi lxviii. [0125] Compounds associated with formula (I) where X is -CH= can be prepared from compounds lxi. Like for example. shown in Preparation 12, tert-butyl([(diphenylphosphoryl)methyl]sulfonyl}carbamate is treated with r-BuLi and the resulting reagent is mixed with aldehyde lxi (Method AH) to afford protected vinylsulfonamide lxvi. The Boc group is deprotected using of a suitable Lewis acid such as ZnBn (Method AI) to give lxvii The final deprotection of a TBDMS group is carried out using a suitable reagent such as TBAF in THF (Method AJ ), to give lxviii.

Fremstilling 13: Generell metode til 4-substituerte ((lS,2S,4R)-2-hydroksy-4-(7//-pyrrolo[2,3-</|-pyrimidin-7-yl}syklopentyl)metylsulfamider Preparation 13: General method for 4-substituted ((1S,2S,4R)-2-hydroxy-4-(7//-pyrrolo[2,3-</|-pyrimidin-7-yl}cyclopentyl)methylsulfamides

[0126] Forbindelser tilknyttet formel (/) der X er NH kan fremstilles fra forbindelser lx. Som vist i fremstilling 13 behandles alkohol lx med A^-Boc-sulfonamid under Mitsunobu-forhold, som f.eks. trifenylfosfm og EAD i etylacetat under forhøyet temperatur for å kunne gi sulfamid lxix (metode AK). TBDMS-gruppen avbeskyttes ved bruk av en egnet syre, som f.eks. vandig HC1 (metode AL) for å kunne gi lxx. Den endelige avbeskyttelsen av en Boc-gruppe utføres ved bruk av en egnet reagens, som f.eks. TFA i metylenklorid (metode AM) for å gi lxxi. [0126] Compounds associated with formula (/) where X is NH can be prepared from compounds lx. As shown in preparation 13, alcohol 1x is treated with A 2 -Boc-sulfonamide under Mitsunobu conditions, which e.g. triphenylphosphm and EAD in ethyl acetate under elevated temperature to be able to give sulfamide lxix (method AK). The TBDMS group is deprotected using a suitable acid, such as e.g. aqueous HC1 (method AL) to give lxx. The final deprotection of a Boc group is carried out using a suitable reagent, such as e.g. TFA in methylene chloride (Method AM) to give lxxi.

Fremstilling 14: Generell metode ved 4-substituerte ((lS,2S,4R)-2-hydroksy-4-{7//-pyrrolo[2,3-</]-pyrimidin-7-yl}syklopentyl)metyl N-metylsulfamider Preparation 14: General method by 4-substituted ((1S,2S,4R)-2-hydroxy-4-{7//-pyrrolo[2,3-</]-pyrimidin-7-yl}cyclopentyl)methyl N- methylsulfamides

[0127] Forbindelser tilknyttet formel (i) der X er -N(CH3)- kan fremstilles fra forbindelser lxix. Som vist i fremstilling 14, reduseres sulfamid lxix med en egnet reagens, som f.eks. LiAlFLt i THF under forhøyet temperatur for å kunne gi beskyttet N-metylsulfamid lxxii (metode AN). TBDMS-gruppen avbeskyttes ved bruk av en egnet syre som f.eks. vandig HC1 (metode AL) for å kunne gi lxxiii. [0127] Compounds related to formula (i) where X is -N(CH3)- can be prepared from compounds lxix. As shown in Preparation 14, sulfamide lxix is reduced with a suitable reagent, such as LiAlFLt in THF under elevated temperature to give protected N-methylsulfamide lxxii (method AN). The TBDMS group is deprotected using a suitable acid such as e.g. aqueous HC1 (method AL) to give lxxiii.

Fremstilling 15: Syntese av ((lS,2S,4R)-2-{[tert-butyl(dimetyl)silyl]oksy}-4-[4-[(lS)-2,3-dihydro-l//-inden-l-ylamino}-7//-pyrrolo[2,3-É?]pyrimidin-7-yl)syklopentyl)metylmetansulonat Preparation 15: Synthesis of ((1S,2S,4R)-2-{[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}-4-[4-[(1S)-2,3-dihydro-1/-indene -1-ylamino}-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-E?]pyrimidin-7-yl)cyclopentyl)methylmethanesulonate

[0128] Forbindelser tilknyttet formel ( I) der X er O og m = 2 kan fremstilles fra forbindelser lx. Som vist i fremstilling 15, omdannes alkohol lx til en egnet gruppe som byttes ut eller fjernes, som f.eks. mesylat lxxix, ved bruk av metansulfonylklorid og en egnet base, som f.eks. trietylamin i DCM (metode AO). Det dannede mesylatet omplasseres med en nitrilgruppe ved bruk av en egnet nukleofil, som f.eks. natriumcyanid i DMSO under forhøyet temperatur (metode AP) for å kunne gi nitril lxxx som reduseres til aldehyd lxxxi ved bruk av et egnet reduksjonsmiddel, som f.eks. DIBAL i DCM (metode AQ). Videre reduksjon av lxxxi ved bruk av en egnet reagens, som f.eks. natriumtetrahydroborat i metanol gir alkohol lxxxii (metode AR). Behandling av lxxxii med en sulfamaterende reagens, som f.eks. klorosulfonamid i acetonitril der det finnes en egnet base, som f.eks. trietylamin, gir beskyttet sulfamat lxxxiii (metode J). TBDMS-fjerning gjennom behandling med en syre, som f.eks. HF. pyridin, i pyridin/THF iht. metode AS, gir forbindelser tilknyttet formel lxxxiv. [0128] Compounds associated with formula (I) where X is O and m = 2 can be prepared from compounds lx. As shown in preparation 15, alcohol lx is converted to a suitable group which is replaced or removed, such as mesylate lxxix, using methanesulfonyl chloride and a suitable base, such as e.g. triethylamine in DCM (method AO). The mesylate formed is rearranged with a nitrile group using a suitable nucleophile, such as e.g. sodium cyanide in DMSO under elevated temperature (method AP) to be able to give nitrile lxxx which is reduced to aldehyde lxxxi using a suitable reducing agent, such as e.g. DIBAL in DCM (method AQ). Further reduction of lxxxi using a suitable reagent, such as e.g. sodium tetrahydroborate in methanol gives alcohol lxxxii (Method AR). Treatment of lxxxii with a sulphating reagent, such as chlorosulfonamide in acetonitrile where there is a suitable base, such as e.g. triethylamine, gives protected sulfamate lxxxiii (Method J). TBDMS removal by treatment with an acid, such as HF. pyridine, in pyridine/THF acc. method AS, gives compounds associated with formula lxxxiv.

Fremstilling 16: Syntese av Diastereoisomerblanding av (lS,2R,4R)-4-{4-[(lS)-2,3-dihydro- l//-inden-l-ylamino] -7//-pyrrolo [2,3-rf] pyrimidin-7-yl] -2-hydroksysyklopentylsulfamat og (lR,2S,4S)-4-[4-[(lS)-2,3-dihydro-l//-inden-l-ylamino]-7//-pyrrolo[2,3<f|pyrimidin-7-yl}-2-hydroksysyklopentylsulfamat Preparation 16: Synthesis of Diastereoisomer Mixture of (1S,2R,4R)-4-{4-[(1S)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-ylamino]-7H-pyrrolo [2, 3-rf]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-hydroxycyclopentylsulfamate and (1R,2S,4S)-4-[4-[(1S)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-ylamino]- 7/-pyrrolo[2,3<f|pyrimidin-7-yl}-2-hydroxycyclopentylsulfamate

[0129] Forbindelser tilknyttet formel ( I) der X er O og m = 0 kan fremstilles fra 3-syklopenten-l-ol (lxxxv). Som vist i fremstilling 16, aktiveres alkohol lxxxv ved konvertering til en egnet gruppe som byttes ut eller fjernes, som f.eks. mesylat lxxxvi ved bruk av etansulfonylklorid og en egnet base, som f.eks. pyridin og AP i DCM (metode AT). Behandling av mesylat lxxxvi med base lxxxvii der det finnes cesiumkarbonat i DMF under forhøyet temperatur (metode AU) gir lxxxviii. Behandling av alken lxxxviii med et egnet kiralt dihydroksylasjonsmiddel, som f.eks. AD-nnix-a (Sigma-Aldrich) i teTt-butylalkohol (metode AV) gir diol lxxxix som etter sulfamasjon med klorosulfonamid som beskrevet i metode J, gir en diastereoisomerblanding av sulfamater xc og xci (metode AW). [0129] Compounds associated with formula (I) where X is O and m = 0 can be prepared from 3-cyclopenten-1-ol (lxxxv). As shown in Preparation 16, alcohol lxxxv is activated by conversion to a suitable group that is replaced or removed, such as mesylate lxxxvi using ethanesulfonyl chloride and a suitable base, such as e.g. pyridine and AP in DCM (method AT). Treatment of mesylate lxxxvi with base lxxxvii in which cesium carbonate is present in DMF under elevated temperature (method AU) gives lxxxviii. Treatment of alkene lxxxviii with a suitable chiral dihydroxylating agent, such as e.g. AD-nnix-a (Sigma-Aldrich) in tert-butyl alcohol (method AV) gives diol lxxxix which, after sulfation with chlorosulfonamide as described in method J, gives a diastereoisomer mixture of sulfamates xc and xci (method AW).

[0130] Beskrivelsen gir i tillegg syntetiske intermediærer som er nyttige ved fremstilling av forbindelsene tilknyttet formel ( I). I én utforming gir oppfinnelsen en sammensetning tilknyttet formel ( IX) : [0130] The description additionally provides synthetic intermediates which are useful in the preparation of the compounds associated with formula (I). In one embodiment, the invention provides a composition associated with formula (IX):

der: there:

stereokjemiske konfigurasjoner vises som viser absolutt stereokjemi, stereochemical configurations are shown showing absolute stereochemistry,

Rb er fluoro, Ci-4 alifiatisk eller Ci-4 fluoroalifiatisk, Rb is fluoro, C1-4 aliphatic or C1-4 fluoroaliphatic,

R<aa>og R<bb>er hver for seg hydrogen eller en hydroksylbeskyttelsesgruppe eller der R<aa>og R<bb>sammen danner en syklisk diol beskyttelsesgruppe, og R<aa>and R<bb>are each hydrogen or a hydroxyl protecting group or where R<aa>and R<bb>together form a cyclic diol protecting group, and

variablene Rd, Re og Rf har verdiene og de fortrakkede verdiene beskrevet ovenfor for formel ( I). the variables Rd, Re and Rf have the values and the preferred values described above for formula (I).

[0131] Som brakt her refererer betegnelsen «hydroksylbeskyttelsesgruppe» til en kjemisk gruppe som i) reagerer med en hydroksylfunksjonsgrappe til et substrat for å kunne danne et beskyttende substrat ii) er stabil mot reaksjonforhoIdene som det beskyttede substratet underkastes og iii) kan fjernes fira et beskyttet substrat for å frigjøre hydroksylfunksjonsgrappen under forhold som er kompatible med annen funksjonalitet til stede i substratet. Hydroksylgrapper på 1,2- og 1,3-dioler kan være individuelt beskyttet eller kan være sammen beskyttet av en syklisk beskyttelsesgruppe. Eksempler på egnede hydroksylbeskyttelsesgrupper finnes i T.W. Greene and P.G.M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd Ed., John Wiley & Sons Inc., NY (1999). [0131] As used herein, the term "hydroxyl protecting group" refers to a chemical group that i) reacts with a hydroxyl functional group of a substrate to be able to form a protective substrate ii) is stable against the reaction conditions to which the protected substrate is subjected and iii) can be removed for a protected substrate to release the hydroxyl functionality gap under conditions compatible with other functionality present in the substrate. Hydroxyl groups on 1,2- and 1,3-diols may be individually protected or may be jointly protected by a cyclic protecting group. Examples of suitable hydroxyl protecting groups are found in T.W. Greene and P.G.M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd Ed., John Wiley & Sons Inc., NY (1999).

[0132] I en bestemt utforming representeres forbindelsen tilknyttet formel (VIII) ved formelen: [0132] In a specific design, the compound associated with formula (VIII) is represented by the formula:

[0133] Oppfinnelsen fremstilles også som en forbindelse av formel ( X) : [0133] The invention is also produced as a compound of formula (X):

der: there:

stereokjemiske konfigurasjoner vises som viser absolutt stereokjemi, stereochemical configurations are shown showing absolute stereochemistry,

R<aa>er hydrogen eller en hydroksylbeskyttelsesgruppe, og R<bb>er hydrogen eller en hydroksylbeskyttelsesgruppe, eller R<a>a ogRb<b>som sammen danner a syklisk diol beskyttelsesgruppe, og R<aa>is hydrogen or a hydroxyl protecting group, and R<bb>is hydrogen or a hydroxyl protecting group, or R<a>a and Rb<b>which together form a cyclic diol protecting group, and

variablene R<b>, Rd, Re og Rf har de verdiene og de foretrukkede verdiene beskrevet ovenfor for formel ( I). the variables R<b>, Rd, Re and Rf have the values and the preferred values described above for formula (I).

[0134] I én utforming er forbindelsen tilknyttet formel ( X), kjennemerket ved formel ( Xa) : [0134] In one embodiment, the compound is associated with formula (X), characterized by formula (Xa):

der Ar er, om man velger, en substituert arylgruppe. I noen utforminger er Ar, om man velger, en substituert fenylgruppe. I visse utforminger er Ar para-metoksy-fenyl. where Ar is, if chosen, a substituted aryl group. In some embodiments, Ar is optionally a substituted phenyl group. In certain embodiments, Ar is para-methoxy-phenyl.

[0135] I visse utforminger velges forbindelsen tilknyttet formel ( Xa) fra gruppen som består av: [0135] In certain embodiments, the compound associated with formula (Xa) is selected from the group consisting of:

der Ar er som beskrevet ovenfor for formel ( Xa). where Ar is as described above for formula (Xa).

[0136] Oppfinnelsen fremstilles også som en forbindelse tilknyttet formel ( XI) eller formel ( XII). [0136] The invention is also produced as a compound associated with formula ( XI ) or formula ( XII ).

der: there:

stereokjemiske konfigurasjoner vises som viser absolutt stereokjemi, stereochemical configurations are shown showing absolute stereochemistry,

R<a>aer hydrogen eller en hydroksylbeskyttelsesgruppe, og R<a>a is hydrogen or a hydroxyl protecting group, and

R<bb>er hydrogen eller en hydroksylbeskyttelsesgruppe, R<bb>is hydrogen or a hydroxyl protecting group,

R<cc>er hydrogen eller en hydroksylbeskyttelsesgruppe, eller R<cc>is hydrogen or a hydroxyl protecting group, or

R<aa>og R<bb>som sammen danner en syklisk diolbeskyttelsesgruppe, eller R<aa>and R<bb>which together form a cyclic diol protecting group, or

R<a>a ogRccsom sammen danner en syklisk diolbeskyttelsesgruppe, og R<a>a and Rccwhich together form a cyclic diol protecting group, and

Ring A og variablene R<b>, Rd, Re og Rf har de verdiene og de foretrukkede verdiene beskrevet ovenfor for formel (i). Ring A and the variables R<b>, Rd, Re and Rf have the values and the preferred values described above for formula (i).

[0137] I noen utforminger er forbindelsen kjennemerket ved formel ( Xla) eller [0137] In some embodiments, the compound is characterized by formula (Xla) or

( Xlla) (Xlla)

[0138] I visse utforminger er oppfinnelsen tilknyttet en forbindelse som velges fra gruppen som består av: [0138] In certain embodiments, the invention is associated with a compound selected from the group consisting of:

[0139] I visse andre utforminger er oppfinnelsen tilknyttet en forbindelse som velges fra gruppen som består av: [0139] In certain other embodiments, the invention is associated with a compound selected from the group consisting of:

derRaa og R<c>chver for seg er en hydroksylbeskyttelsesgruppe eller R<aa>og Rcc som sammen danner en syklisk diolbeskyttelsesgruppe. whereRaa and R<c>each individually is a hydroxyl protecting group or R<aa>and Rcc which together form a cyclic diol protecting group.

[0140] I visse andre utforminger er oppfinnelsen tilknyttet en forbindelse som velges fra gruppen som består av: [0140] In certain other embodiments, the invention is associated with a compound selected from the group consisting of:

derRaa og R<bb>hver for seg er en hydroksylbeskyttelsesgruppe. I noen utforminger velges Raa ogRbbfor å kunne gi selektiv beskyttelse og avbesksyttelse. I visse utforminger erRaaen akylbeskyttelsesgruppe, og Rbber en silylbeskyttelsesgruppe. I en bestemt utforming, er R<aa>acetyl eller substituert acetyl, og Rbb er te/t-butyl-dimetylsilyl eller ter?-butyldifenylsilyl. derRaa and R<bb>are each a hydroxyl protecting group. In some designs, Raa and Rbb are chosen to be able to provide selective protection and shielding. In certain embodiments, Raa is an acyl protecting group, and Rbber is a silyl protecting group. In a particular embodiment, R<aa> is acetyl or substituted acetyl, and Rbb is tert-butyldimethylsilyl or tert-butyldiphenylsilyl.

Bruksområder til forbindelser tilknyttet oppfinnelsen Areas of use for compounds associated with the invention

[0141] Forbindelsene tilknyttet denne beskrivelsen er praktiske inhibitorer av El-enzymaktivitet. Helt bestemt er forbindelsene utformet til å være inhibitorer av NAE, UAE, og/eller SAE. Inhibitorene har til hensikt å inkludere forbindelser som reduserer de aktiverende virkningene til El-enzymene i ubl-konjugasjon for å kunne utpeke proteiner ( for eksempel, reduksjon av ubikitinasjon, Nedd8-konjugasjonsprosess, sumoylasjon), redusere intracellulær signalisering formidlet ved ubl-konjugasjon, og/eller redusere proteolyse formidlet ved ubl-konjugasjon ( for eksempel, hemming av cullin-avhengig ubikitinasjon og proteolyse ( for eksempel, ubiuitin-proteasom-banen)). Følgelig kan forbindelsene tilknyttet denne oppfinnelsen analyseres for evnen til å hemme El-enzymet in vitro eller in vivo eller i celler eller dyremodeller ifølge metoder som fremstilles mer i detalj her eller metoder som er kjente i faget. Forbindelsene kan vurderes for deres evne til å binde eller formidle El-enzymaktivitet direkte. Som et alternativ kan forbindelsenes aktivitet vurderes gjennom indirekte celleundersøkelser eller undersøkelser av nedstrømsvirkningene til El-aktivering for å vurdere inhibering av nedstrømsvirkninger på El-hemming ( for eksempel, hemming av cullin- avhengig ubikitinasjon og proteolyse). Aktivitet kan for eksempel, vurderes ved påvisning av ubl-konjugerte substrater ( for eksempel, ubl-konjugerte E2-er, Nedd8-konjugerte culliner, ubikitinerte substrater, sumoylaterte substrater), påvisning av nedstrømsprotein substratstabilisering ( for eksempel, stabilisering av p27, stabilisering av IkB), påvisning av hemming av UPP-aktivitet, påvisning av nedstrømsvirkninger på protein El-hemming og substratstabilisering ( for eksempel, «reporter assays», for eksempel, NFkB reporter assays, p27 reporter assays). Analyser for å vurdere aktiviteter beskrives nedenfor i eksperimentaldelen og/eller er kjent i faget. [0141] The compounds associated with this disclosure are practical inhibitors of E1 enzyme activity. Specifically, the compounds are designed to be inhibitors of NAE, UAE, and/or SAE. The inhibitors are intended to include compounds that reduce the activating effects of the E1 enzymes in ubl conjugation to target proteins (eg, reduction of ubiquitination, Nedd8 conjugation process, sumoylation), reduce intracellular signaling mediated by ubl conjugation, and /or reduce proteolysis mediated by ubl conjugation (eg, inhibition of cullin-dependent ubiquitination and proteolysis (eg, the ubiuitin-proteasome pathway)). Accordingly, the compounds associated with this invention can be analyzed for the ability to inhibit the E1 enzyme in vitro or in vivo or in cells or animal models according to methods which are prepared in more detail herein or methods which are known in the art. The compounds can be assessed for their ability to bind or mediate E1 enzyme activity directly. Alternatively, the compounds' activity can be assessed through indirect cell assays or assays of the downstream effects of E1 activation to assess inhibition of downstream effects of E1 inhibition (eg, inhibition of cullin-dependent ubiquitination and proteolysis). Activity can, for example, be assessed by detection of ubl-conjugated substrates (eg, ubl-conjugated E2s, Nedd8-conjugated cullins, ubiquitinated substrates, sumoylated substrates), detection of downstream protein substrate stabilization (eg, stabilization of p27, stabilization of IkB), detection of inhibition of UPP activity, detection of downstream effects on protein E1 inhibition and substrate stabilization (eg, reporter assays, eg, NFkB reporter assays, p27 reporter assays). Analyzes to assess activities are described below in the experimental section and/or are known in the art.

[0142] En utforming av denne oppfinnelsen er tilknyttet en sammensetning som inkluderer en forbindelse i denne oppfinnelsen eller et farmasøytisk godtatt salt av den og en farmasøytisk godtatt bærer. Det vil bli forstått at forbindelsene tilknyttet denne beskrivelsen kan avledes ved funksjonelle grupper for å kunne gi prodrugderivater som kan konverteres tilbake til moderforbindelsene in vivo. Eksempler på slike prodruger inkluderer de fysiologisk akseptable og metabolisk labile esterderivatene, som f.eks. metoksymetylestere, metyltiometylestere eller pivaloyloksymetylestere avledet fra en hydroksylgruppe tilknyttet forbindelsen eller en karbamoyl halvdel avledet fra en aminogruppe av forbindelsen. [0142] One embodiment of this invention relates to a composition that includes a compound of this invention or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. It will be understood that the compounds associated with this disclosure can be derivatized by functional groups to provide prodrug derivatives which can be converted back to the parent compounds in vivo. Examples of such prodrugs include the physiologically acceptable and metabolically labile ester derivatives, such as e.g. methoxymethyl esters, methylthiomethyl esters or pivaloyloxymethyl esters derived from a hydroxyl group attached to the compound or a carbamoyl moiety derived from an amino group of the compound.

[0143] Hvis farmasøytisk akseptable salter tilknyttet oppfinnelsens forbindelser brukes i disse sammensetningene, avledes saltene helst fra uorganiske eller organiske syrer og baser. For gjennomgang av egnede salter, se, for eksempel, Berge et al, J. Pharm. Sei. 66:1-19 (1977) og Remington: The Science og Practice of Pharmacy, 20th Ed., ed. A. Gennaro, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 2000. [0143] If pharmaceutically acceptable salts associated with the compounds of the invention are used in these compositions, the salts are preferably derived from inorganic or organic acids and bases. For review of suitable salts, see, for example, Berge et al, J. Pharm. Pollock. 66:1-19 (1977) and Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 20th Ed., ed. A. Gennaro, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 2000.

[0144] Eksempler på egnede syretilleggssalter inkluderer følgende: acetat, adipat, alginat, aspartat, benzoat, benzensulfonat, bisulfat, butyrat, citrat, kamferat, kamfer sulfonat, syklopentanpropionat, diglukonat, dodesylsulfat, etansulfonat, fumarat, lucoheptanoat, glyserofosfat, hemisulfat, heptanoat, heksanoat, hydroklorid, hydrobromid, hydrojodid, 2-hydroksyetansulfonat, laktat, maleat, metansulfonat, 2- naftalinsulfonat, nikotinat, oksalat, pamoat, pektinat, persulfat, 3-fenyl-propionat, pikrat, pivalat, propionat, suksinat, tartrat, tiocyanat, tosylat og undekanoat. [0144] Examples of suitable acid addition salts include the following: acetate, adipate, alginate, aspartate, benzoate, benzene sulfonate, bisulfate, butyrate, citrate, camphorate, camphor sulfonate, cyclopentane propionate, digluconate, dodecyl sulfate, ethanesulfonate, fumarate, lucoheptanoate, glycerophosphate, hemisulfate, heptanoate , hexanoate, hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonate, lactate, maleate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalene sulfonate, nicotinate, oxalate, pamoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3-phenyl-propionate, picrate, pivalate, propionate, succinate, tartrate, thiocyanate , tosylate and undecanoate.

[0145] Egnede basetilleggssalter inkluderer ammoniumsalter, alkali metallsalter, som f.eks. natrium- og kaliumsalter, alkalin jordmetall salter, som f.eks. kalsium- og magnesiumsalter, salter med organiske baser, som f.eks. disykloheksylaminsalter, N-metyl-D-glukamin og salter med aminosyrer som f.eks. arginin, lysin og så videre. [0145] Suitable base addition salts include ammonium salts, alkali metal salts, such as sodium and potassium salts, alkaline earth metal salts, such as calcium and magnesium salts, salts with organic bases, such as e.g. Dicyclohexylamine salts, N-methyl-D-glucamine and salts with amino acids such as arginine, lysine and so on.

[0146] I noen utforminger er oppfinnelsen tilknyttet et syretilleggssalt fra en forbindelse tilknyttet formel / dannet av protonasjon av en grunnleggende halvdel i molekylet. I visse utforminger er denne oppfinnelsen tilknyttet et hydrokloridsalt av forbindelsen tilknyttet formel /. [0146] In some embodiments, the invention relates to an acid addition salt of a compound of formula / formed by protonation of a basic moiety in the molecule. In certain embodiments, this invention relates to a hydrochloride salt of the compound of formula /.

[0147] I noen andre utforminger er oppfinnelsen tilknyttet et grunnleggende tilleggssalt fra forbindelsen tilknyttet formel / dannet ved protontap av sulfamat- (X = O) halvdelen, sulfamid (X = NH) halvdelen eller sulfonamid (X = CEh) halvdelen , slik det gjelder. I noen slike utforminger er oppfinnelsen tilknyttet et natrium- eller kaliumsalt fra forbindelsen tilknyttet formel /. [0147] In some other embodiments, the invention relates to a basic addition salt of the compound associated with formula / formed by proton loss of the sulfamate (X = O) moiety, sulfamide (X = NH) moiety or sulfonamide (X = CEh) moiety, as applicable . In some such embodiments, the invention is associated with a sodium or potassium salt of the compound associated with formula /.

[0148] I tillegg kan grunnleggende grupper som inneholder nitrogen, være gjørt om til kvartære forbindelser med slike midler som lave alkylhalider, som f.eks. metyl, etyl, propyl og butylklorid, bromider og jodider, dialkylsulfater, som f.eks. dimetyl, dietyl, dibutyl- og diamylsulfater, lang lenke halider som f.eks. dekyl, lauryl, myristyl- og stearylklorideer, bromider og jodider, aralkylhalider, som f.eks. benzyl- og fenetylbromider og andre. Vann eller olje-oppløselige eller spredbare produkter oppnås på den måten. [0148] In addition, nitrogen-containing basic groups can be converted to quaternary compounds by such agents as lower alkyl halides, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl and butyl chloride, bromides and iodides, dialkyl sulphates, such as dimethyl, diethyl, dibutyl and diamyl sulphates, long chain halides such as decyl, lauryl, myristyl and stearyl chlorides, bromides and iodides, aralkyl halides, such as e.g. benzyl and phenethyl bromides and others. Water or oil-soluble or dispersible products are thus obtained.

[0149] Benevnelsen «farmasøytisk akseptabel bærer» brukes her til å henvise til et materiale som er kompatibelt med et mottakeremne, helst et pattedyr og aller helst et menneske og egner seg til avlevering av et aktivt middel til et målsted uten å avbryte midlets aktivitet. Eventuell toksisiteten eller negative virkningene i forbindelse med bæreren tilsvarer helst en rimelig nytte-risiko-ratio for den tiltenkte bruken av det aktive midlet. [0149] The term "pharmaceutically acceptable carrier" is used here to refer to a material that is compatible with a recipient subject, preferably a mammal and most preferably a human, and is suitable for delivering an active agent to a target site without interrupting the agent's activity. Any toxicity or negative effects associated with the carrier preferably correspond to a reasonable benefit-risk ratio for the intended use of the active agent.

[0150] De farmasøytiske sammensetningene tilknyttet beskrivelsen kan fremstilles ved metoder som er godt kjente i faget som f.eks. konvensjonell granulering, blanding, oppløsning, innkapsling-, lyofiliserings- eller emulgeringsprosesser, blant annet. Sammensetningene kan være fremstilt i forskjellige former, inkludert granulater, utfellingsprodukter eller partikler, pulver, inkludert frysetørking, roterende tørkede eller spraytørkede pulver, amorfepulver, tabletter, kapsler, sukkeroppløsninger, stikkpiller, injeksjoner, emulsjoner, eliksirer, suspensjoner eller oppløsninger. Formuleringer kan, om man velger, inneholde stabiliseringsmidler, pH blandingsmaterialer, tensidpiller, alkaliseringsmidler, biologisk tilgjengelige blandingsmaterialer og kombinasjoner av disse. [0150] The pharmaceutical compositions associated with the description can be prepared by methods that are well known in the art such as e.g. conventional granulation, mixing, dissolution, encapsulation, lyophilization or emulsification processes, among others. The compositions may be prepared in various forms, including granules, precipitates or particles, powders, including freeze-dried, spin-dried or spray-dried powders, amorphous powders, tablets, capsules, sugar solutions, suppositories, injections, emulsions, elixirs, suspensions or solutions. Formulations may, if chosen, contain stabilizers, pH mixing materials, surfactant pills, alkalizing agents, biologically available mixing materials and combinations thereof.

[0151] Farmasøytisk godtatte bærere som kan brukes i disse sammensetningene inkluderer ionvekslere, alumina, aluminium stearat, lecitin, serumproteiner, som f.eks. humant serum albumin, buffersubstanser som f.eks. fosfater eller karbonater, glysin, sorbinsyre, kaliumsorbat, delvise glyseridblandinger av mettede vegetabilske fettsyrer, vann, salter eller elektrolytter, som f.eks. protaminsulfat, dinatrium hydrogenfosfat, kalium hydrogenfosfat, natriumklorid, sinksalter, kolloidalsilika, magnesiumtrisilikat, polyvinylpyrrolidon, cellulose-baserte substanser, polyetylenglykol, natrium karboksymetylcellulose, polyakrylater, voks, polyetylen-polyoksypropylen-blokk polymerer, polyetylen glykol og ullfett. [0151] Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers that can be used in these compositions include ion exchangers, alumina, aluminum stearate, lecithin, serum proteins, such as human serum albumin, buffer substances such as phosphates or carbonates, glycine, sorbic acid, potassium sorbate, partial glyceride mixtures of saturated vegetable fatty acids, water, salts or electrolytes, such as e.g. protamine sulfate, disodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate, sodium chloride, zinc salts, colloidal silica, magnesium trisilicate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, cellulose-based substances, polyethylene glycol, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, polyacrylates, waxes, polyethylene-polyoxypropylene block polymers, polyethylene glycol and wool grease.

[0152] Ifølge en foretrukket utforming formuleres sammensetningene i denne beskrivelsen til farmasøytiske administrasjon til et pattedyr, helst et menneske. Slike farmasøytiske sammensetninger av den foreliggende beskrivelse kan administreres oralt, parenteralt, ved inhaleringsspray, lokalt, gjennom rektum, gjennom nesen, bukalt, vaginalt eller via et implantert reservoar. Benevnelsen «parenteral» som brukt her, inkluderer subkutane, intravenøse, intraperitoneale, intramuskulære, intra-artikulære, intrasynoviale, intrasternale, intratekale, intrahepatiske, intralesjonale og intrakraniale injeksjons- eller infusjonsteknologier. Helst bør sammensetningene administreres oralt, intravenøst eller subkutant. Formuleringene tilknyttet beskrivelsen kan være utformet til å være korttidsvirkende, hurtigvirkende eller langtidsvirkende. I tillegg kan forbindelsene administreres lokalt i stedet for systemisk, som f.eks. administrasjon (for eksempel, ved injeksjon) ved et tumorområde. [0152] According to a preferred design, the compositions in this description are formulated for pharmaceutical administration to a mammal, preferably a human. Such pharmaceutical compositions of the present disclosure may be administered orally, parenterally, by inhalation spray, topically, rectally, nasally, buccally, vaginally, or via an implanted reservoir. The term "parenteral" as used herein includes subcutaneous, intravenous, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, intra-articular, intrasynovial, intrasternal, intrathecal, intrahepatic, intralesional and intracranial injection or infusion technologies. Preferably, the compositions should be administered orally, intravenously or subcutaneously. The formulations associated with the description can be designed to be short-acting, fast-acting or long-acting. In addition, the connections can be managed locally instead of systemically, such as administration (eg, by injection) at a tumor site.

[0153] Farmasøytiske formuleringer kan fremstilles som væskesuspensjoner eller oppløsninger ved bruk av en væske, som f.eks., men ikke begrenset til, en olje, vann, en alkohol og kombinasjoner av disse. Alkaliseringsmidler som f.eks. syklodekstriner kan inkluderes. Farmasøytiske egnede tensider, suspensjonsmidler eller emulsjonsmidler, kan tilføyes for oral eller parenteral administrasjon. Suspensjoner kan inkludere oljer, som f.eks., men ikke begrenset til peanøttolje, sesamolje, bomullsfrøolje, maisolje og olivenolje. Suspensjonspreparater kan også bestå av estere av fettsyrer som f.eks. etyloleat, isopropylmyristat, fettsyreglyserider og acetylerte fettsyreglyserider. Suspensjonsformuleringer kan inkludere alkoholer, som f.eks. etanol, isopropylalkohol, heksadesylalkohol, glyserol og propylenglykol. Etere, som f.eks. poly(etylenglykol), petroleum hydrokarboner som f.eks. mineralolje og petrolatum, og vann kan også brukes i suspensjonsformuleringer. [0153] Pharmaceutical formulations can be prepared as liquid suspensions or solutions using a liquid, such as, but not limited to, an oil, water, an alcohol and combinations thereof. Alkalizing agents such as e.g. cyclodextrins may be included. Pharmaceutically suitable surfactants, suspending agents or emulsifying agents may be added for oral or parenteral administration. Suspensions may include oils such as, but not limited to, peanut oil, sesame oil, cottonseed oil, corn oil, and olive oil. Suspension preparations can also consist of esters of fatty acids such as ethyl oleate, isopropyl myristate, fatty acid glycerides and acetylated fatty acid glycerides. Suspension formulations may include alcohols, such as ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, hexadecyl alcohol, glycerol and propylene glycol. Ethers, such as poly(ethylene glycol), petroleum hydrocarbons such as e.g. mineral oil and petrolatum, and water can also be used in suspension formulations.

[0154] Sterile innsprøytbare former av sammensetningene tilknyttet denne beskrivelsen kan være vandige eller oljeholdige suspensjoner. Disse suspensjonene kan være formulerte ifølge fremgangsmåter kjente i faget ved bruk av egnede sprednings-eller fuktemidler og suspensjonsmidler. Det sterile innsprøytbare preparatet kan også være en steril innsprøytbar oppløsning eller suspensjon i et ikke-toksisk parenteralt akseptabelt fortynningsmiddel eller løsningsmiddel, for eksempel som en oppløsning i 1,3-butandiol. Blant de akseptable bindemidlene og oppløsningsmidlene som kan brukes er vann, Ringers oppløsning og isotonisk natriumkloridoppløsning. I tillegg brukes sterile, faste oljer vanligvis som et løsningsmiddel eller suspensjonsmiddel. Til dette formålet kan enhver mild fast olje benyttes inkludert syntetiske mono- eller di-glyserider. Fettsyrer, som f.eks. oljesyre og dets glyseridderivater er nyttige til fremstilling av innsprøytbare midler i tillegg til naturlige farmasøytisk-akseptable oljer, som f.eks. olivenolje eller lakserolje, spesielt i sine polyoksyetylaterte utgaver. Disse oljeoppløsningene eller suspensjonene kan også bestå av et lang-lenket alkohol fortynningsmiddel eller sprøytemiddel, som f.eks. karboksymetylcellulose eller sprøytemidler som vanligvis brukes i formuleringer av farmasøytiske akseptable doseformer inkludert emulsjoner og suspensjoner. Andre vanlig brukte tensider, som f.eks. Tweens, Spans og andre emulgeringsmidler eller biologisk tilgjengelige forsterkere som vanligvis brukes til fremstilling av farmasøytisk akseptabel fast stoff, væske eller andre doseformer kan også brukes til formulering. Forbindelsene kan være formulerte for parenteral administrasjon ved injeksjon med bolusinjeksjon eller kontinuerlig infusjon. En enhetsdoseform for injeksjon kan være i ampuller eller i beholdere med flere doser. [0154] Sterile injectable forms of the compositions associated with this description may be aqueous or oily suspensions. These suspensions can be formulated according to methods known in the art using suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents. The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, for example as a solution in 1,3-butanediol. Among the acceptable binders and solvents that may be used are water, Ringer's solution, and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile, solid oils are usually used as a solvent or suspending agent. For this purpose any mild fixed oil can be used including synthetic mono- or di-glycerides. Fatty acids, such as Oleic acid and its glyceride derivatives are useful for the preparation of injectables in addition to natural pharmaceutically acceptable oils, such as olive oil or castor oil, especially in their polyoxyethylated versions. These oil solutions or suspensions can also consist of a long-chain alcohol diluent or spraying agent, such as e.g. carboxymethylcellulose or sprays commonly used in formulations of pharmaceutically acceptable dosage forms including emulsions and suspensions. Other commonly used surfactants, such as Tweens, Spans, and other emulsifiers or bioavailable enhancers commonly used in the preparation of pharmaceutically acceptable solid, liquid, or other dosage forms may also be used for formulation. The compounds may be formulated for parenteral administration by injection by bolus injection or continuous infusion. A unit dosage form for injection may be in ampoules or in multi-dose containers.

[0155] De farmasøytiske sammensetningene tilknyttet denne beskrivelsen kan administreres oralt i en hvilken som helst oral akseptable doseform inkludert kapsler, [0155] The pharmaceutical compositions associated with this disclosure may be administered orally in any orally acceptable dosage form including capsules,

tabletter, vandige suspensjoner eller oppløsninger. Når vandige suspensjoner er nødvendig til oral bruk, kombineres den aktive ingrediensen med emulgerende og suspenderte midler. Hvis ønskelig, kan visse søtningsmidler, smakstilsetninger eller fargestoffer også tilsettes. For oral administrasjon i en kapselform inkluderer nyttige fortynningsmidler laktose og tørr maisstivelse. Når det gjelder tabletter til oral bruk, brukes vanligvis bærere som laktose og maisstivelse. Smøremidler, som f.eks. magnesiumstearat, tilsettes også vanligvis. Belegg kan brukes til en hel rekke formåler eksempel, til å skjule en smak, til å påvirke et oppløsnings- eller absorpsjonsområde eller til å forlenge medikamentets virkning. Belegg kan påføres en tablett eller til granulerte partikler som skal brukes i en kapsel. tablets, aqueous suspensions or solutions. When aqueous suspensions are required for oral use, the active ingredient is combined with emulsifying and suspending agents. If desired, certain sweeteners, flavorings or coloring agents may also be added. For oral administration in a capsule form, useful diluents include lactose and dry corn starch. In the case of tablets for oral use, carriers such as lactose and corn starch are usually used. Lubricants, such as magnesium stearate, is also usually added. Coatings can be used for a variety of purposes, for example, to mask a taste, to affect a dissolution or absorption area or to prolong the drug's effect. Coatings can be applied to a tablet or to granulated particles to be used in a capsule.

[0156] Som et annet alternativ kan de farmasøytiske sammensetningene tilknyttet denne beskrivelsen administreres i form av stikkpiller til innføring gjennom rektum. Disse kan fremstilles ved å blande midlet med et egnede ikke-irriterende bindemiddel som er fast ved romtemperatur, men flytende ved rektumtemperatur og vil derfor smelte i rektum for å utløse medikamentet. Slike materialer inkluderer kakaosmør, bivoks og polyetylenglykoler. [0156] As another alternative, the pharmaceutical compositions associated with this description can be administered in the form of suppositories for introduction through the rectum. These can be prepared by mixing the agent with a suitable non-irritating binder which is solid at room temperature but liquid at rectal temperature and will therefore melt in the rectum to release the drug. Such materials include cocoa butter, beeswax and polyethylene glycols.

[0157] De farmasøytiske sammensetningene tilknyttet denne beskrivelsen kan også administreres lokalt, spesielt når behandlingsfokuset inkluderer områder eller organer som er lett tilgjengelige ved lokal tilføring, inkludert øye- eller hudsykdommer eller den nedre del av fordøylseskanalen. Egnede lokale formuleringer er lett å fremstille for hvert av disse områdene eller organene. [0157] The pharmaceutical compositions associated with this disclosure may also be administered locally, particularly when the focus of treatment includes areas or organs readily accessible by local administration, including eye or skin diseases or the lower part of the digestive tract. Suitable local formulations are easy to prepare for each of these areas or organs.

[0158] Lokal påføring i den nedre delen av fordøylseskanalen kan utføres med en stikkpilleformulering i rektum (se ovenfor) eller i en egnet klystérformulering. Lokale-transdermale lapper kan også benyttes. For lokal påføring kan de farmasøytiske sammensetningenes være formulerte i en egnet salve som inneholder den aktive komponenten enten suspendert eller oppløst i én eller flere bærere. Bærere for lokal administrasjon i forbindelsene tilknyttet denne oppfinnelse inkluderer mineralolje, væskepetrolatum, hvit petrolatum, propylenglykol, polyoksyetylen, polyoksypropylen-forbindelse, emulgerende voks og vann. Som et annet alternativ kan farmasøytiske sammensetninger formuleres i en egnet krem som inneholder de aktive komponentene suspendert eller oppløst i én eller flere farmasøytisk akseptable bærere. Egnede bærere inkluderer mineralolje, sorbitan monostearat, polysorbat 60, cetylestere voks, cetearylalkohol, 2-oktyldodekanol, benzylalkohol og vann. [0158] Local application in the lower part of the digestive tract can be carried out with a rectal suppository formulation (see above) or in a suitable enema formulation. Local transdermal patches can also be used. For local application, the pharmaceutical compositions may be formulated in a suitable ointment containing the active component either suspended or dissolved in one or more carriers. Carriers for topical administration in the compounds of this invention include mineral oil, liquid petrolatum, white petrolatum, propylene glycol, polyoxyethylene, polyoxypropylene compound, emulsifying wax and water. Alternatively, pharmaceutical compositions may be formulated in a suitable cream containing the active components suspended or dissolved in one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. Suitable carriers include mineral oil, sorbitan monostearate, polysorbate 60, cetyl ester wax, cetearyl alcohol, 2-octyldodecanol, benzyl alcohol and water.

[0159] Til bruk på øyner kan de farmasøytiske sammensetningene være formulerte som mikroniserte suspensjoner i isotonisk, pH-justert sterilt saltvann eller helst, som oppløsninger i isotonisk, pH-justert steril salt, enten med eller uten et konserveringsmiddel som f.eks. benzylalkoniumklorid. Som et annet alternativ, til øynebruk, kan de farmasøytiske sammensetningene formuleres i en salve som f.eks. petrolatum. [0159] For use on eyes, the pharmaceutical compositions can be formulated as micronized suspensions in isotonic, pH-adjusted sterile saline or preferably, as solutions in isotonic, pH-adjusted sterile salt, either with or without a preservative such as e.g. benzylalkonium chloride. As another alternative, for eye use, the pharmaceutical compositions can be formulated in an ointment such as petrolatum.

[0160] De farmasøytiske sammensetningene tilknyttet denne beskrivelsen kan også administreres gjennom nesen med aerosol eller inhalering. Slike sammensetninger fremstilles ifølge fremgangsmåter som er godt kjente i faget tilknyttet farmasøytisk formulering og kan fremstilles som oppløsninger i saltvann, ved bruk av benzylalkohol eller andre egnede konserveringsmidler, absorberingsfremmere for å forsterke biologisk tilgjenglighet, fluorokarboner, og/eller andre konvensjonelle oppløsnings- eller sprøytemidler. [0160] The pharmaceutical compositions associated with this disclosure may also be administered through the nose by aerosol or inhalation. Such compositions are prepared according to methods well known in the art associated with pharmaceutical formulation and can be prepared as solutions in salt water, using benzyl alcohol or other suitable preservatives, absorption promoters to enhance biological availability, fluorocarbons, and/or other conventional dissolving or spraying agents.

[0161] De farmasøytiske sammensetningene tilknyttet denne beskrivelsen er spesielt nyttige i terapeutiske bruksområder som har å gjøre med lidelser som beskrevet her ( for eksempel, proliferative tilstander,/ør eksempel, kreft, betennelser, nevrodegenerative tilstander). Helst formuleres sammensetningen for administrasjon til en pasient som allerede har eller har en risiko for å utvikle eller få et tilbakefall av den relevante tilstanden som behandles. Benevnelsen «pasient» som brukt her, refererer til et dyr, helst et pattedyr og aller helst et menneske. Foretrukne farmasøytiske sammensetninger tilknyttet beskrivelsen er dem som er formulerte for oral, intravenøs eller subkutan administrasjon. Imidlertid vil hvilken som helst av de ovennevnte doseformene ovenfor som danner en terapeutisk effektiv mengde av forbindelsen, befinne seg godt innenfor området for rutinemessig eksperimentering og derfor godt innenfor omfanget tilknyttet den øyeblikkelige beskrivelsen. I visse utforminger kan i tillegg den farmasøytiske sammensetningen av beskrivelsen bestå av et annen terapeutisk middel. Helst administreres det andre terapeutiske midlet vanligvis til pasienter med lidelsen, sykdommen eller tilstanden som behandles. [0161] The pharmaceutical compositions associated with this disclosure are particularly useful in therapeutic applications dealing with disorders as described herein (eg, proliferative conditions,/eg, cancer, inflammation, neurodegenerative conditions). Preferably, the composition is formulated for administration to a patient who already has or is at risk of developing or having a relapse of the relevant condition being treated. The term "patient" as used herein refers to an animal, preferably a mammal and most preferably a human. Preferred pharmaceutical compositions associated with the disclosure are those formulated for oral, intravenous or subcutaneous administration. However, any of the above dosage forms which provide a therapeutically effective amount of the compound will be well within the realm of routine experimentation and therefore well within the scope of the instant disclosure. In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition of the description may additionally consist of another therapeutic agent. Preferably, the second therapeutic agent is usually administered to patients with the disorder, disease or condition being treated.

[0162] Med «terapeutisk effektiv mengde» menes en mengde av en forbindelse eller sammensetninger som er tilstrekkelig, etter enkel- eller flerdoseadministrasjon, til å gi en merkbar økning i El-enzymaktivitet og/eller alvorlighetsgraden tilknyttet lidelsen eller sykdommen som behandles. «Terapeutisk effektiv mengde» er også tenkt å inkludere en mengde som er tilstrekkelig til å behandle en celle, forlenge eller forhindre videreutvikling av lidelsen eller sykdomsfasen som behandles ( for eksempel, forhindre ekstra vekst av tumorer tilknyttet en kreft, forhindre ekstra betennelsesrespons), forbedre, lindre, lette eller forbedre en persons symptomer i forbindelse med en lidelse bortsett fra det som ventes uten slik behandling. Mengden El-enzyminhibitor som er nødvendig, er avhengig av den bestemte forbindelsen til sammensetningen som gis, hvilken type lidelse som behandles, administrasjonsmetoden og tidsrommet som trenges til å behandle lidelsen. Det bør også være forstått at en bestemt dose og behandlingsregim for en hvilken som helst bestemt pasient er avhengig av en hel rekke faktorer, inkludert aktiviteten til den bestemte forbindelsen som benyttes, alder, kroppsvekt, generell helse, kjønn og pasientens kosthold, administrasjonstid, utsondringshastighet, medikamentkombinasjoner, den behandlende legens dømmekraft og alvorlighetsgraden til den bestemte sykdommen som behandles. I visse betraktningsmåter der inhibitoren administreres i kombinasjon med et annet middel, er mengden ekstra terapeutisk middel til stede i en sammensetning tilknyttet denne beskrivelsen vanligvis ikke mer en mengden som vanligvis administreres i en sammensetning som inneholder det terapeutisk midlet som det eneste aktivt middel. Mengden ekstra terapeutisk middel er helst fra ca. 50 % til ca. 100 % av mengden som vanlig er til stede i en sammensetning som inneholder det midlet som det eneste terapeutiske aktive midlet. [0162] By "therapeutically effective amount" is meant an amount of a compound or compositions that is sufficient, after single or multiple dose administration, to produce a noticeable increase in E1 enzyme activity and/or the severity associated with the disorder or disease being treated. "Therapeutically effective amount" is also intended to include an amount sufficient to treat a cell, prolong or prevent further development of the disorder or disease phase being treated (eg, prevent additional growth of tumors associated with a cancer, prevent additional inflammatory response), improve , alleviate, alleviate or improve a person's symptoms associated with a disorder other than what would be expected without such treatment. The amount of E1 enzyme inhibitor required depends on the particular compound of the composition being administered, the type of disorder being treated, the method of administration, and the length of time needed to treat the disorder. It should also be understood that a particular dose and treatment regimen for any particular patient is dependent on a variety of factors, including the activity of the particular compound employed, age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the patient, time of administration, rate of excretion , drug combinations, the judgment of the attending physician and the severity of the particular disease being treated. In certain embodiments where the inhibitor is administered in combination with another agent, the amount of additional therapeutic agent present in a composition associated with this disclosure is generally no more than the amount typically administered in a composition containing the therapeutic agent as the sole active agent. The amount of additional therapeutic agent is preferably from approx. 50% to approx. 100% of the amount normally present in a composition containing that agent as the sole therapeutically active agent.

[0163] En utforming av beskrivelsen er tilknyttet en metode for å hemme eller redusere El-enzymaktivitet i en prøve som består i å ta kontakt med en forbindelse av denne oppfinnelsen eller sammensetning som utgjør en forbindelse av oppfinnelsen. Denne prøven, som brukt her, inkluderer en prøve som utgjør renset eller delvis renset El-enzym, kulturceller eller ekstrakter av cellekulturer, celler som er underkastet en biopsi eller væske fra et pattedyr eller ekstrakter av den samt kroppsvæske ( for eksempel, blod, serum, spytt, urin, avføring, sæd, tårer) eller ekstrakter av den. Hemming av El-enzymaktivitet i en prove kan utføres in vitro eller in vivo, in cellulo eller in situ. [0163] A design of the description is associated with a method for inhibiting or reducing E1 enzyme activity in a sample which consists in making contact with a compound of this invention or composition which constitutes a compound of the invention. This sample, as used herein, includes a sample comprising purified or partially purified E1 enzyme, cultured cells or extracts of cell cultures, cells that have been biopsied or fluid from a mammal or extracts thereof as well as body fluid (eg, blood, serum , saliva, urine, faeces, semen, tears) or extracts thereof. Inhibition of E1 enzyme activity in a sample can be carried out in vitro or in vivo, in cellulo or in situ.

[0164] I en annen utforming gir beskrivelsen en metode for å behandle en pasient med en lidelse, et symptom på en lidelse, med en risiko for å utvikle eller få et tilbakefall av en lidelse der metoden går ut på å administrere en forbindelse eller en farmasøytisk sammensetning ifølge beskrivelsen. Behandling kan bety å helbrede, lege, lindre, lette, endre på, fikse, forbedre, døyve, forbedre eller påvirke lidelsen, symptomene tilknyttet lidelsen eller predisposisjon til lidelsen. Selv om man ikke ønsker å være bundet av teori, antas det at behandling vil forårsake hemming av vekst, fjerning eller tilintetgjøring av en celle eller et vev in vitro eller in vivo eller på annen måte redusere en celles eller et vevs kapasitet ( for eksempel, en abnormal celle, et sykt vev) for å formidle en tilstand, for eksempel, en tilstand som beskrevet her ( for eksempel, en proliferativ tilstand, for eksempel, en kreft, en betennelsestilstand). Som brukt her refererer «å hemme veksten» eller «hemming av vekst» til en celle eller vev ( for eksempel, en proliferativ celle, tumorvev) til forsinking, avbrudd, sperring, stopping av vekst og metastase og viser ikke nødvendigvis fullstendig eliminering av vekst. [0164] In another embodiment, the description provides a method for treating a patient with a disorder, a symptom of a disorder, with a risk of developing or having a relapse of a disorder wherein the method involves administering a compound or a pharmaceutical composition according to the description. Treatment can mean curing, curing, alleviating, easing, changing, fixing, improving, dulling, ameliorating or influencing the disorder, the symptoms associated with the disorder or predisposition to the disorder. While not wishing to be bound by theory, it is believed that treatment will cause inhibition of growth, removal or destruction of a cell or tissue in vitro or in vivo or otherwise reduce the capacity of a cell or tissue (eg, an abnormal cell, a diseased tissue) to convey a condition, for example, a condition as described herein (for example, a proliferative condition, for example, a cancer, an inflammatory condition). As used herein, "inhibiting the growth" or "inhibition of growth" of a cell or tissue (eg, a proliferative cell, tumor tissue) refers to the delay, interruption, arrest, arrest of growth and metastasis and does not necessarily indicate complete elimination of growth .

[0165] Anvendelsesområder for sykdommer ifølge beskrivelsen inkluderer de tilstandene der hemming av El-enzymaktivitet har en ugunstig virkning på overlevelse og/eller utvidelse av sykdomsceller eller vev ( for eksempel, cellene er følsomme mot El-hemming, hemming av El-aktivitet forstyrrer sykdomsmekanismer, reduksjon av El-aktivitet stabiliserer protein som er inhibitorer av sykdomsmekanismer, reduksjon av El-aktivitet resulterer i hemming av proteiner som er aktivatorer av sykdomsmekanismer). Anvendelsesområder av sykdommer har også til hensikt å inkludere en hvilken som helst tilstand, sykdom eller lidelse som krever effektiv cullin- og/eller ubikitinasjonsaktivitet der denne aktiviteten kan reguleres ved å redusere El-enzymaktiviteten ( for eksempel, NAE-, UAE-aktivitet). [0165] Areas of application for diseases according to the description include those conditions where inhibition of E1 enzyme activity has an adverse effect on the survival and/or expansion of disease cells or tissues (for example, the cells are sensitive to E1 inhibition, inhibition of E1 activity interferes with disease mechanisms , reduction of E1 activity stabilizes proteins that are inhibitors of disease mechanisms, reduction of E1 activity results in inhibition of proteins that are activators of disease mechanisms). Disease scopes are also intended to include any condition, disease or disorder requiring efficient cullin and/or ubiquitination activity where this activity can be regulated by reducing E1 enzyme activity (eg, NAE, UAE activity).

[0166] Metoder tilknyttet beskrivelsen er for eksempel nyttige til behandling av lidelser som involverer celleproliferasjon, inkludert tilstander som krever en effektiv cullin-avhengig ubikitinasjon og proteolyse-bane ( for eksempel, ubikitinproteasom-banen) for oppretthold og/eller progresjon av sykdomstilstanden. Metodene i beskrivelsen er nyttige til behandling av tilstander formidlet via proteiner ( for eksempel, NFkB-aktivering, s27<Kip->aktivering, s21<WAF/clpl->aktivering, p53-aktivering) som reguleres av El-aktivitet ( for eksempel, NAE-aktivitet, UAE-aktivitet, SAE-aktivitet). Relevante tilstander inkluderer proliferative tilstander, spesielt kreft og betennelsestilstander ( for eksempel, reumatoid artritt, betente tarmsykdommer, astma, kronisk obstruktiv pulmonærsykdom (COPD), osteoartritt, dermatose ( for eksempel, atopisk dermatitt, psoriasis), vaskulære proliferative tilstander ( for eksempel, aterosklerose, restenose) autoimmune sykdommer ( for eksempel, multippel sklerose, vev- og organrejeksjon)) i tillegg til inflammasjon i forbindelse med infeksjon ( for eksempel, immune responser), nevrodegenerative tilstander ( for eksempel, Alzheimers sykdom, Parkinsons sykdom, motornevrone sykdommer, nevropatisk smerte, «triplet repeat» tilstander, astrocytom og nevrodegenerasjon som et resultat av leversykdom forårsaket av alkohol), iskemisk skade ( for eksempel, stroke) og kakeski ( for eksempel, fremskyndet muskelprotein sammenbrudd som ledsager forskellige fysiologiske og patologiske tilstander, ( for eksempel, nerveskade, fasting, feber, acidose, HIV-infeksjon, kreftlidelse og visse endokrinopatier)). [0166] Methods associated with the disclosure are, for example, useful for treating disorders involving cell proliferation, including conditions that require an efficient cullin-dependent ubiquitination and proteolysis pathway (eg, the ubiquitin-proteasome pathway) for maintenance and/or progression of the disease state. The methods in the description are useful for treating conditions mediated via proteins (for example, NFkB activation, s27<Kip->activation, s21<WAF/clpl->activation, p53 activation) that are regulated by E1 activity (for example, NAE activity, UAE activity, SAE activity). Relevant conditions include proliferative conditions, especially cancer and inflammatory conditions (eg, rheumatoid arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease, asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), osteoarthritis, dermatosis (eg, atopic dermatitis, psoriasis), vascular proliferative conditions (eg, atherosclerosis , restenosis) autoimmune diseases (for example, multiple sclerosis, tissue and organ rejection)) in addition to inflammation in connection with infection (for example, immune responses), neurodegenerative conditions (for example, Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, motor neuron diseases, neuropathic pain, "triplet repeat" conditions, astrocytoma and neurodegeneration as a result of liver disease caused by alcohol), ischemic damage (for example, stroke) and cake ski (for example, accelerated muscle protein breakdown that accompanies various physiological and pathological conditions, (for example, nerve damage, fasting, fever, acidosis, HIV infection ion, cancer and certain endocrinopathies)).

[0167] Forbindelsene og de farmasøytiske sammensetningene i beskrivelsen er [0167] The compounds and pharmaceutical compositions in the description are

spesielt nyttige til behandling av kreft. Som brukt her, refererer benevnelsen «kreft» til en cellulær tilstand kjennemerket ved ukontrollert eller uregulert celleproliferasjon, redusert celledifferensiering, uegnet evne til å invadere omgivende vev og/eller evne til å etablere ny vekst ved ektopiske områder. Benevnelsen «kreft» inkluderer faste tumorer og blodbårne tumorer. Benevnelsen «kreft» inkluderer hudsykdommer, vev, organer, ben, brusk, blod og årer. Benevnelsen «kreft» inkluderer også primær- og metastatisk kreft. particularly useful in the treatment of cancer. As used herein, the term "cancer" refers to a cellular condition characterized by uncontrolled or unregulated cell proliferation, reduced cell differentiation, inappropriate ability to invade surrounding tissue, and/or ability to establish new growth at ectopic sites. The term "cancer" includes solid tumors and blood-borne tumors. The term "cancer" includes diseases of the skin, tissues, organs, bones, cartilage, blood and veins. The term "cancer" also includes primary and metastatic cancer.

[0168] I noen utforminger er kreften en fast tumor. Eksempler på faste tumorer som kan behandles med beskrivelsens metoder, inkluderer bukspyttkjertelkreft, blærekreft, kolorektal kreft, brystkreft, inkludert metastatisk brystkreft, prostatakreft, inkludert androgen-avhengig og androgen-uavhengig prostatakreft, renal kreft, inkludert, for eksempel, metastatisk renal cellekarsinom, hepatocellulær kreft, lungekreft, inkludert, for eksempel, ikke-småcellet lungekreft (NSCLC), bronkioloalveolær karsinom (BAC) og lunge adenokarsinom, kreft på eggstokken, inkludert, for eksempel, progressiv epitel eller primær peritonealkreft, livmorhalskreft, magekreft, esofaguskreft, kreft i hode og nakke, inkludert,/ør eksempel, skiveepitelkreft i hode og nakke, melanoma, nevroendokrinkreft, inkludert metastatisk nevroendokrin tumor, hjernetumor, inkludert, for eksempel, gliom, anaplastisk astrocytom hos voksne, glioblastom multiform hos voksne og anaplastisk astrocytom hos voksne, benkreft og bløtvevssarkom. [0168] In some embodiments, the cancer is a solid tumor. Examples of solid tumors that can be treated by the methods of the disclosure include pancreatic cancer, bladder cancer, colorectal cancer, breast cancer, including metastatic breast cancer, prostate cancer, including androgen-dependent and androgen-independent prostate cancer, renal cancer, including, for example, metastatic renal cell carcinoma, hepatocellular cancer, lung cancer, including, for example, non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), bronchioloalveolar carcinoma (BAC) and lung adenocarcinoma, ovarian cancer, including, for example, progressive epithelial or primary peritoneal cancer, cervical cancer, stomach cancer, esophageal cancer, head cancer and neck, including, for example, head and neck squamous cell carcinoma, melanoma, neuroendocrine cancer, including metastatic neuroendocrine tumor, brain tumor, including, for example, glioma, adult anaplastic astrocytoma, adult glioblastoma multiforme, and adult anaplastic astrocytoma, bone cancer and soft tissue sarcoma.

[0169] I noen andre utforminger er kreften hematologisk ondartetEksempler på hematologisk ondartet kreft inkluderer akutt myeloid leukemi (AML), kronisk myelogen leukemi (CML), inkludert tiltagende CML- og CML-blastfase (CML-BP), akutt lymfoblastisk leukemi (ALL), kronisk lymfosytisk leukemi (CLL), Hodgkins sykdom [0169] In some other embodiments, the cancer is hematologically malignant Examples of hematologically malignant cancer include acute myeloid leukemia (AML), chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML), including proliferative CML and CML blast phase (CML-BP), acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL) , chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), Hodgkin's disease

(HD), ikke-Hodgkins lymfom (NHL), inkludert follikulær lymfom samt mantelcellelymfom, B-cellelymfom, T-cellelymfom, multippel myelom (MM), Waldenstroms makroglobulinemi, myelodysplastiske syndromer (MDS), inkludert refraktær anemi (RA), refraktær anemi med siderblaster med ring (RARS), (refraktær with overskytende blåster (RAEB) og RAEB i transformasjon (RAEB-T) og myeloproliferative syndromer. (HD), non-Hodgkin's lymphoma (NHL), including follicular lymphoma as well as mantle cell lymphoma, B-cell lymphoma, T-cell lymphoma, multiple myeloma (MM), Waldenstrom's macroglobulinemia, myelodysplastic syndromes (MDS), including refractory anemia (RA), refractory anemia with side blasts with ring (RARS), (refractory with excess blasts (RAEB) and RAEB in transformation (RAEB-T) and myeloproliferative syndromes.

[0170] I noen utforminger brukes forbindelsen eller sammensetningen tilknyttet beskrivelsen til å behandle en pasient som lider av eller med risiko for å utvikle eller få et tilbakefall av en kreft som velges fra gruppen som består av kolorektal kreft, kreft på eggstokken, lungekreft, brystkreft, magekreft, prostatakreft og bukspyttkjertelkreft. I visse foretrukkede utforminger velges kreften fra gruppen som består av lungekreft, kolorektal kreft, eggstokkskreft og en hematologisk kreft. [0170] In some embodiments, the compound or composition associated with the disclosure is used to treat a patient suffering from or at risk of developing or having a recurrence of a cancer selected from the group consisting of colorectal cancer, ovarian cancer, lung cancer, breast cancer , stomach cancer, prostate cancer and pancreatic cancer. In certain preferred embodiments, the cancer is selected from the group consisting of lung cancer, colorectal cancer, ovarian cancer, and a hematologic cancer.

[0171] Avhengig av den bestemte tilstanden eller lidelsen som skal behandles, administreres El-enzyminhibitoren i noen utforminger i forbindelse med andre terapeutiske midler. I noen utforminger er ekstra terapeutisk midler dem som vanligvis administreres til pasienter med den tilstanden eller lidelsen som behandles. Som brukt her, er de ekstra terapeutiske midlene som vanligvis administreres til å behandle en bestemt tilstand eller lidelse kjent som: «Egnet til den tilstanden eller lidelsen som behandles». [0171] Depending on the particular condition or disorder to be treated, the E1 enzyme inhibitor is administered in some embodiments in conjunction with other therapeutic agents. In some embodiments, additional therapeutic agents are those commonly administered to patients with the condition or disorder being treated. As used herein, the additional therapeutic agents typically administered to treat a particular condition or disorder are known as: "Suitable for the condition or disorder being treated."

[0172] El-inhibitoren tilknyttet beskrivelsen kan administreres med det andre terapeutiske midlet i en enkel doseform eller en separat doseform. Når den administreres som en separat doseform, kan det andre terapeutiske midlet administreres før, samtidig eller etter administrasjon av El-inhibitoren tilknyttet beskrivelsen. [0172] The E1 inhibitor associated with the disclosure may be administered with the other therapeutic agent in a single dosage form or a separate dosage form. When administered as a separate dosage form, the second therapeutic agent may be administered before, concurrently, or after administration of the E1 inhibitor associated with the disclosure.

[0173] I noen utforminger administreres El-enzyminhibitoren i beskrivelsen i tilknytning til at et terapeutisk middel som velges fra gruppen som består av cytotoksiske midler, radioterapi og immunterapi som egner seg til behandling av proliferative tilstander og kreft. Eksempler på cytotoksiske som egner seg til bruk i kombinasjon med El-enzyminhibitorer i beskrivelsen inkluderer: antimetabolitter, inkludert,yør eksempel, capecitibin, gemcitabin, 5-fluorouracil eller 5-fluorouracil/ leukovorin, fludarabin, cytarabin, mercaptopurin, tioguanin, pentostatin og metotreksat, topoisomerase inhibitorer, inkludert, for eksempel, etoposid, teniposid, camptotecin, topotecan, irinotecan, doksorubicin og daunorubicin, ulna alkaloider, inkludert, for eksempel, vincristin og vinblastin, taksaner, inkludert,/ør eksempel, paklitaksel og doketaksel, platinummidler, inkludert, for eksempel, cisplatin, karboplatin og oksaliplatin, antibiotika, inkludert, for eksempel, actinomycin D, bleomycin, mitomycin C, adriamycin, daunorubicin, idarubicin, doksorubicin og pegylatert liposomal doksorubicin, alkylaterende midler som f.eks. melfalan, klorambucil, busulfan, tiotepa, ifosfamid, carmustin, lomustin, semustin, streptozocin, dekarbazin og syklofosfamid, inkludert, for eksempel, CC-5013 og CC-4047, proteintyrosinkinase-inhibitorer, inkludert, for eksempel, imatinibmesylat og gefitinibproteasom-inhibitorer, inkludert,/ør eksempel, bortezomib, talidomid og tilknyttet analoger, antistoffer, inkludert,ybr eksempel, trastuzumab, ritukdimab, cetuksimab og bevacizumab, mitoksantron, deksametason, prednison og temozolomid. [0173] In some embodiments, the E1 enzyme inhibitor in the description is administered in conjunction with a therapeutic agent selected from the group consisting of cytotoxic agents, radiotherapy and immunotherapy suitable for the treatment of proliferative conditions and cancer. Examples of cytotoxics suitable for use in combination with E1 enzyme inhibitors in the disclosure include: antimetabolites, including, for example, capecitibine, gemcitabine, 5-fluorouracil or 5-fluorouracil/leucovorin, fludarabine, cytarabine, mercaptopurine, thioguanine, pentostatin and methotrexate , topoisomerase inhibitors, including, for example, etoposide, teniposide, camptothecin, topotecan, irinotecan, doxorubicin and daunorubicin, ulna alkaloids, including, for example, vincristine and vinblastine, taxanes, including,/or example, paclitaxel and docetaxel, platinum agents, including , for example, cisplatin, carboplatin and oxaliplatin, antibiotics, including, for example, actinomycin D, bleomycin, mitomycin C, adriamycin, daunorubicin, idarubicin, doxorubicin and pegylated liposomal doxorubicin, alkylating agents such as e.g. melphalan, chlorambucil, busulfan, thiotepa, ifosfamide, carmustine, lomustine, semustine, streptozocin, decarbazine, and cyclophosphamide, including, for example, CC-5013 and CC-4047, protein tyrosine kinase inhibitors, including, for example, imatinib mesylate and gefitinib proteasome inhibitors, including, for example, bortezomib, thalidomide and related analogs, antibodies, including, for example, trastuzumab, ritukdimab, cetuximab and bevacizumab, mitoxantrone, dexamethasone, prednisone and temozolomide.

[0174] Andre eksempler på midler som inhibitorene tilknyttet beskrivelsen kan kombineres med, inkluderer anti-betennelsesmidler som f.eks. kortikosteroider, TNF-blokkere, II-1 RA, azatioprin, syklofosfamid og sulfasalazin, immunmodulatorære og immunsuppressive midler som f.eks. syklosporin, takrolimus, rapamycin, mycofenolat mofetil, interferoner, kortikosteroider, syklofosfamid, azatioprin, metotreksat og sulfasalazin, antibakterie og antivirale midler, og midler for behandling av Alzheimers som f.eks. donepezil, galantamin, memantin og rivastigmin. [0174] Other examples of agents with which the inhibitors associated with the description can be combined include anti-inflammatory agents such as e.g. corticosteroids, TNF-blockers, II-1 RA, azathioprine, cyclophosphamide and sulfasalazine, immunomodulatory and immunosuppressive agents such as cyclosporine, tacrolimus, rapamycin, mycophenolate mofetil, interferons, corticosteroids, cyclophosphamide, azathioprine, methotrexate and sulfasalazine, antibacterial and antiviral agents, and agents for the treatment of Alzheimer's such as e.g. donepezil, galantamine, memantine and rivastigmine.

[0175] Slik at denne oppfinnelsen kan forstås fullt ut presenteres følgende forberedende og utprøvende eksempler. [0175] So that this invention can be fully understood, the following preparatory and testing examples are presented.

EKSEMPLER EXAMPLES

Forkortelser Abbreviations

Analytiske LC-MS-metoder Analytical LC-MS methods

(0176] Spektra ble kjørt på en Phenominex Luna 5um Cl 8 50 x 4,6 mm kolonne på en Hewlett-Packard HP1100 ved 2,5 mL/min i 3 minutter ved bruk av følgende gradienter: Maursyre-standard (FA-standard): Acetonitril som inneholder null til 100 prosent 0,1 % maursyre i vann. (0176) Spectra were run on a Phenominex Luna 5um Cl 8 50 x 4.6 mm column on a Hewlett-Packard HP1100 at 2.5 mL/min for 3 minutes using the following gradients: Formic acid standard (FA standard) : Acetonitrile containing zero to 100 percent 0.1% formic acid in water.

Ammonium acetat-standard (AA-standard): acetonitril som inneholder null til 100 prosent 10 mM AA i vann. Ammonium acetate standard (AA standard): acetonitrile containing zero to 100 percent 10 mM AA in water.

Eksempel 1: ((lS,2S,4R)-4-{4-[(lS)-2,3-dihydro-li/-inden-l-ylamino]-7i/-pyrrolo[2,3-^-pyrimidin-7-yl} -2-hydroksysyklopentyl)metylsulfamat (forbindelse I-35) Example 1: ((1S,2S,4R)-4-{4-[(1S)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-ylamino]-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-^-pyrimidine -7-yl}-2-hydroxycyclopentyl)methylsulfamate (Compound I-35)

Trinn a: ( lR, 2R, 3S, 5S)- 3-( Hydroksvmetvl)- 6- oksabisvklo[ 3. 1. 0] heksan- 2- ol Step a: (1R,2R,3S,5S)-3-(Hydroxymethyl)-6-oxabiscyclo[3.1.0]hexan-2-ol

[0177] (lS,5S)-5-(Hydroksymetyl)syklopent-2-en-l-ol (3,19 g, 27,9 mmol) ble oppløst i DCM (143 mL) og oppløsningen ble avkjølt til 0 °C. 3-Kloroperbenzosyre (7,52 g, 33,5 mmol) ble tilsatt og blandingen ble rørt ved romtemperatur i 4 timer. TLC viste fullstendig konvertering. Silika gel (20 g) ble tilsatt, blandingen ble konsentrert til tørrhet og ble renset via silikagel-kromatografi utvasket med en gradient på 0 til 100 % EtOAc i DCM for å gi tittelforbindelsen (2,75g, 76 %). LC/MS: Rt = 0,37 min, ES<+>131 (AA-standard). [0177] (1S,5S)-5-(Hydroxymethyl)cyclopent-2-en-1-ol (3.19 g, 27.9 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (143 mL) and the solution was cooled to 0 °C . 3-Chloroperbenzoic acid (7.52 g, 33.5 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. TLC showed complete conversion. Silica gel (20g) was added, the mixture was concentrated to dryness and was purified via silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0 to 100% EtOAc in DCM to give the title compound (2.75g, 76%). LC/MS: Rt = 0.37 min, ES<+>131 (AA standard).

Trinn b: ( laSJbR. 5aS. 6aS)- 3-( 4-Metoksvfenyl) heksahvdrooksireno[ 4. 5] svklopenta[ l , 2- <f|-[ l , 31 ] dioksin Step b: (laSJbR. 5aS. 6aS)- 3-( 4-Methoxvphenyl)hexahydrooxireno[ 4. 5] svclopenta[ 1 , 2- <f|-[ 1 , 31 ] dioxin

[0178] (lR,2R,3S,5S)-3-(Hydroksymetyl)-6-oksabisyklo[3.1.0]heksan-2-ol(3,65 g, 21,0 mol) ble oppløst i DCM (121 mL) og oppløsningen ble avkjølt til 0 °C. 1- [0178] (1R,2R,3S,5S)-3-(Hydroxymethyl)-6-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-2-ol (3.65 g, 21.0 mol) was dissolved in DCM (121 mL ) and the solution was cooled to 0 °C. 1-

(Dimetoksymetyl)-4-metoksybenzen (10,7 mL, 63,1 mmol) ble tilsatt etterfulgt av pyridinitunp-toluensulfonat (530 mg, 2,11 mmol). Blandingen ble rørt ved (Dimethoxymethyl)-4-methoxybenzene (10.7 mL, 63.1 mmol) was added followed by pyridinium monotoluenesulfonate (530 mg, 2.11 mmol). The mixture was stirred

romtemperatur over natten. TLC viste fullstendig konvertering. Reaksjonsblandingen ble konsentrert in vacuo og restkonsentrasjonen ble renset via silikagel-kromatografi utvasket med en gradient på 0 til 50 % EtOAc i heksaner for å gi tittelforbindelsen (4,10 g, 78 %). LC/MS: Rt = 1,68 min, ES<+>249 (AA-standard). room temperature overnight. TLC showed complete conversion. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was purified via silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0 to 50% EtOAc in hexanes to give the title compound (4.10 g, 78%). LC/MS: Rt = 1.68 min, ES<+>249 (AA standard).

Trinn c: A^-[( lS)- 2. 3- Dihydro- lil/- inden- l- vll- 7//- pvrrolo[ 2. 3- t/ 1pvrimidin- 4- amin Step c: A^-[( lS)- 2. 3- Dihydro- lil/- inden- l- vll- 7//- pvrrolo[ 2. 3- t/ 1pvrimidin- 4- amine

[0179] 4-Kloro-li/-pyrrolo[2,3-<|pyrimidin (2,10 g, 13,6 mmol) ble oppløst i 1-butanol (60,0 mL) og A^-diisopropyletylamin (3,57 mL, 20,5 mmol) ble tilsatt etterfulgt av (S)-(+)-l-aminoindan (1,93 mL, 15,0 mmol). Blandingen ble oppvarmet til refluks i 60 timer, avkjølt til romtemperatur og løsningsmidlet ble evaporert til tørrhet. Restkonsentrasjonen ble renset via silikagel-kromatografi utvasket med en gradient på 0 til 100 % EtOAc i DCM for å gi tittelforbindelsen (2,72 g, 80 %). LC /MS: Rt =1,42 min, ES+ 251 (AA-standard). [0179] 4-Chloro-l/-pyrrolo[2,3-<|pyrimidine (2.10 g, 13.6 mmol) was dissolved in 1-butanol (60.0 mL) and N-diisopropylethylamine (3, 57 mL, 20.5 mmol) was added followed by (S)-(+)-1-aminoindane (1.93 mL, 15.0 mmol). The mixture was heated to reflux for 60 hours, cooled to room temperature and the solvent was evaporated to dryness. The residue was purified via silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0 to 100% EtOAc in DCM to give the title compound (2.72 g, 80%). LC /MS: Rt =1.42 min, ES+ 251 (AA standard).

Trinn d: r4aS. 6R. 7S. 7aR)- 6-[ 4- r( lS)- 2. 3- Dihvdro- li/- inden- l- vlamino]- 7//pyrrolo[ 2, 3-^/ 1- pvrimidin- 7- yl]- 2-( 4-metoksvfenyl) heksahvdrosvklopenta[( i][ 1. 3] dioksin- 7- ol Step d: r4aS. 6R. 7S. 7aR)- 6-[ 4- r( 1S)- 2. 3- Dihvdro- li/- inden- 1- vlamino]- 7//pyrrolo[ 2, 3-^/ 1- pvrimidin- 7- yl]- 2 -( 4-methoxyphenyl)hexahydrocyclopenta[( i ][ 1. 3] dioxin- 7-ol

[0180] N-[(lS)-2,3-Dihydro-lJf/-inden-l-yl]-7Jf/-pyrrolo[2,3-<|pyrimidin-4-amin (3,70 g, 14,8 mmol) ble oppløst i DMF (49,4 mL) under nitrogenatmosfære. Natriumhydrid (546 mg, 13,6 mmol) ble tilsatt og suspensjonen ble rørt ved 70 °C i 10 min for å gi en klar oppløsning. (laS,lbR,5aS,6aS)-3-(4-Metoksyfenyl)heksahydrooksireno[4,5]syklopenta[l,2-(f|[l,3]dioksin (2,82 g, 11,4 mmol) oppløst i DMF (35,3 mL) ble tilsatt oppløsningen ovenfor og reaksjonen ble rørt ved 110 °C i 2 timer. Reaksjonsb landingen ble kjølt ned, avkjølt med mettet vandig natriumkloridoppløsning (30 mL), utvunnet med EtOAc (3 x 50 mL), tørket med MgS04, filtrert og evaporert under høyt vakuum. Restkonsentrasjonen ble renset via silikagel- kromatografi utvasket med en gradient på 30 til 100 % EtOAc i heksaner for å gi tittelforbindelsen (3,90 g, 69 %). LC/MS: Rt =1,86 min, ES<+>500. (AA-standard). [0180] N-[(1S)-2,3-Dihydro-1H/-inden-1-yl]-7H/-pyrrolo[2,3-<|pyrimidin-4-amine (3.70 g, 14, 8 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (49.4 mL) under a nitrogen atmosphere. Sodium hydride (546 mg, 13.6 mmol) was added and the suspension was stirred at 70 °C for 10 min to give a clear solution. (laS,lbR,5aS,6aS)-3-(4-Methoxyphenyl)hexahydroxyreno[4,5]cyclopenta[l,2-(f|[l,3]dioxin (2.82 g, 11.4 mmol) dissolved in DMF (35.3 mL) was added the above solution and the reaction was stirred at 110 °C for 2 h.The reaction mixture was cooled, quenched with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution (30 mL), extracted with EtOAc (3 x 50 mL), dried with MgSO 4 , filtered and evaporated under high vacuum. The residue was purified via silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 30 to 100% EtOAc in hexanes to give the title compound (3.90 g, 69%). LC/MS: Rt = 1.86 min, ES<+>500. (AA standard).

Trinn e: 0- IY4aS. 6R. 7S. 7aRV6- r4- r( T S)- 2. 3- Dihydro- li/- inden- l- ylamino1- 7//pvrrolo-[ 2, 3-( i] pvrimidin- 7- vl]- 2-( 4-metoksvfenyl) heksahdvrosvklopenta[^ 11. 31dioksin- 7- vll O-fenyltiokarbonat Stage e: 0- IY4aS. 6R. 7S. 7aRV6- r4- r( T S)- 2. 3- Dihydro- li/- inden- l- ylamino1- 7//pvrrolo-[ 2, 3-( i] pvrimidin- 7- vl]- 2-( 4-methoxysvphenyl ) hexahdvrosvklopenta[^ 11. 31dioxin- 7- vll O-phenylthiocarbonate

[0181] (4aS,6R,7S,7aR)-6-[4-[(lS)-2,3-Dihydro-li/-inden-l-ylamino]-7i/-pyrrolo-[2,3-(f|pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-(4-metoksyfenyl)heksahydrosyklopenta[rf]l,3]dioksin-7-ol (4,00 g, 8,02 mmol) ble oppløst i DCM (169 mL) under argonatmosfære, og 4(dimetylamino)-pyridin (2,94 g, 24,1 mmol) ble tilsatt etterfulgt av fenylklorotionokarbonat (2,22 mL,16,0 mmol). Blandingen ble rørt ved romtemperatur i 1 time. Løsningsmidlet ble konsentrert in vacuo og renset via silikagel-kromatografi utvasket med en gradient på 20 til 100 % EtOAc i heksaner på en kolonne forhåndsbehandlet med 1 % TEA i heksaner for å gi tittelforbindelsen (5,00 g, 99 %). LC/MS: Rt = 2,34 min, ES<+>636 (AA-standard). [0181] (4αS,6R,7S,7αR)-6-[4-[(1S)-2,3-Dihydro-1H-inden-1-ylamino]-7H-pyrrolo-[2,3-( f|pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)hexahydrocyclopenta[rf]l,3]dioxin-7-ol (4.00 g, 8.02 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (169 mL) under an argon atmosphere , and 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine (2.94 g, 24.1 mmol) was added followed by phenylchlorothionocarbonate (2.22 mL, 16.0 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The solvent was concentrated in vacuo and purified via silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 20 to 100% EtOAc in hexanes on a column pretreated with 1% TEA in hexanes to give the title compound (5.00 g, 99%). LC/MS: Rt = 2, 34 min, ES<+>636 (AA standard).

Trinn f: N- r( lS)- 2. 3- Dihvdro- li/- inden- l- vl1- 7- r( 4aS. 6R. 7aS)- 2-( 4- metoksvfenyl) Step f: N- r( 1S)- 2. 3- Dihdro- li/- inden- 1- vl1- 7- r( 4aS. 6R. 7aS)- 2-( 4- methoxyphenyl)

heksahvdrosvklopenta[ d][ 1. 3] dioksin- 6- vl]- 7//- pyrrolo[ 2. 3-( i] pvrimidin- 4-amin hexahydrocyclopenta[ d][ 1. 3] dioxin- 6- vl]- 7//- pyrrolo[ 2. 3-( i] pvrimidin- 4-amine

[0182] 0-[(4aS,6R,7S,7aR)-6-[4-[(lS)-2,3-Dihydro-l//-inden-l-ylamino]-7//- pyrrolo-[2,3-^]pyrimidin-7-yl}-2-(4-metoksyfenyl)heksahydrosyklopenta[d][l,3]dioksin-7-yl] O-fenyltiokarbonat (5,00 g, 7,88 mmol) ble oppløst i toluen (150. mL) under nitrogenatmosfære, og tri-rø-butyltin hydrid (4,24 mL, 15,8 mmol) ble tilsatt etterfulgt av 2,2'-azo-bis-isobutyronitril (259 mg, 1,58 mmol). Oppløsningen ble oppvarmet til refluks i 30 min, blandingen ble avkjølt, løsningsmidlet ble konsentrert til 30 mL og restkonsentrasjonen ble renset via silikagel-kromatografi utvasket med en gradient på 30 til 100 % EtOAc i heksaner for å gi tittelforbindelsen (3,00 g, 79 %). LC/MS: Rt = 2,12 min, ES<+>483 (AA-standard). [0182] O-[(4aS,6R,7S,7aR)-6-[4-[(1S)-2,3-Dihydro-1 H -inden-1-ylamino]-7 H -pyrrolo-[ 2,3-^]pyrimidin-7-yl}-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)hexahydrocyclopenta[d][1,3]dioxin-7-yl] O -phenylthiocarbonate (5.00 g, 7.88 mmol) was dissolved in toluene (150 mL) under a nitrogen atmosphere, and tri- r -butyltin hydride (4.24 mL, 15.8 mmol) was added followed by 2,2'-azo-bis-isobutyronitrile (259 mg, 1.58 mmol). The solution was heated to reflux for 30 min, the mixture was cooled, the solvent was concentrated to 30 mL and the residue was purified via silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 30 to 100% EtOAc in hexanes to give the title compound (3.00 g, 79 %). LC/MS: Rt = 2.12 min, ES<+>483 (AA standard).

Trinna: ( lS. 2S. 4R)- 4-( 4- r( lS)- 23- Dihvdro- li/- inden- l- vlamino1- 7//- pvrrolor2. 3-<f1- pvrimidin- 7- vl]- 2-( hvdroksvmeM) svklopentanol Step: ( lS. 2S. 4R)- 4-( 4- r( lS)- 23- Dihvdro- li/- inden- l- vlamino1- 7//- pvrrolor2. 3-<f1- pvrimidin- 7- vl] - 2-(hydroxymethyl)cyclopentanol

[0183] 7V-[(lS)-2,3-Dihydro-Ii/-inden-l-yl]-7-[(4aS,6R,7aS)-2-(4-metoksyfenyl)-heksahydrosyklopenta[^[l,3]dioksin-6-yl]-7i/-pyrrolo[2,3-(f|pyrimidin-4-amin (3,00 g, 5,90 mmol) ble oppløst i THE (11,6 mL), vann (11,6 mL) og AcOH (34,9 mL, 614 mmol) ble tilsatt. Blandingen ble rørt ved romtemperatur under argonatmosfære i 60 timer. Blandingen ble konsentrert under redusert trykk og restkonsentrasjonen ble renset via silikagel-kromatografi utvasket med en gradient på 0 til 10 % MeOH i DCM for å gi tittelforbindelsen (2,10 g, 98 %). LC/MS: Rt =1,46 min, ES<+>365 (AA-standard). [0183] 7N-[(1S)-2,3-Dihydro-II H-inden-1-yl]-7-[(4aS,6R,7aS)-2-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-hexahydrocyclopenta[^[l ,3]Dioxin-6-yl]-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-(f|pyrimidin-4-amine (3.00 g, 5.90 mmol) was dissolved in THE (11.6 mL), water (11.6 mL) and AcOH (34.9 mL, 614 mmol) were added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature under an argon atmosphere for 60 h. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified via silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0 to 10% MeOH in DCM to give the title compound (2.10 g, 98%) LC/MS: Rt =1.46 min, ES<+>365 (AA standard).

Trinn h: ( 1 S. 2S. 4RV2-( { retrr- Butvl( dimetvlsilvl1oksv) metyl)- 4- ( 4-[( l SV2. 3-dihydro- l//- inden- 1 - vlamino]- 7i/- pvrrolo[ 2, 3-^] pyrimidin- 7-yl] syklopentylacetat Step h: ( 1S. 2S. 4RV2-( { retrr- Butvl( dimethylsilvl1oxv) methyl)- ( 4-[( 1SV2. 3-dihydro- 1//- inden- 1 - vlamino)- 7i/- pvrrolo[2,3-^]pyrimidin-7-yl]cyclopentyl acetate

[0184] (lS,2S,4R)-4-{4-[(lS)-2,3-Dihydro-l//-inden-l-ylamino]-7//-pyrrolo[2,3-(f|-pyrimidin-7-yl}-2-(hydroksymetyl)syklopentanol (3,00 g, 8,23 mmol), l//-imidazol (1,68 g,_24,7 mmol) og 4-(dimetylamino)-pyridin (100 mg, 0,818 mmol) ble oppløst i DMF (90,0 mL) under argonatmosfære, og oppløsningen ble avkjølt til 0 °C. tert-Butyldimetylsilylklorid (1,24 g, 8,23 mmol) ble tilsatt og blandingen ble rørt ved romtemperatur i 2 timer. LC/MS viste fullstendig konvertering. Reaksjonen ble avkjølt med mettet vandig natriumkloridoppløsning (30 mL), utvunnet med EtOAc (3 x 50 mL), tørket med MgSO/t, filtrert og konsentrert in vacuo. Den gjenstående DMF ble fjernet under høyt vakuum. Ubehandlet (lS,2S,4R)-2-({[ter;-butyl(dimetyl)silyl]oksy)metyl)-4-[4-[(lS)-2,3-dihydro-li/-inden-l-ylamino]-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-(f|pyrimidin-7-yljsyklopentanol (3,94 g, 8,23 mmol) og 4-(dimetylamino)-pyridin (100. mg, 0,818 mol) ble oppløst i pyridin (70,0 mL) og sur anhydrid (4,66 mL, 49,4 mmol) ble tilsatt. Blandingen ble rørt ved romtemperatur over natten. Løsningsmidlet ble evaporert og det resterende pyridinet ble fjernet under høyt vakuum. Restkonsentrasjonen ble renset via silikagel-kromatografi utvasket med en gradient på 10 to 66 % EtOAc i heksaner for å gi tittelforbindelsen (3,66 g, 86 %). LC/MS: Rt = 2,51 min, ES<+>521 (AA-standard). [0184] (1S,2S,4R)-4-{4-[(1S)-2,3-Dihydro-1H-inden-1-ylamino]-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-(f |-pyrimidin-7-yl}-2-(hydroxymethyl)cyclopentanol (3.00 g, 8.23 mmol), 1/-imidazole (1.68 g, _24.7 mmol) and 4-(dimethylamino)- pyridine (100 mg, 0.818 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (90.0 mL) under an argon atmosphere, and the solution was cooled to 0 ° C. tert -Butyldimethylsilyl chloride (1.24 g, 8.23 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. LC/MS showed complete conversion. The reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution (30 mL), extracted with EtOAc (3 x 50 mL), dried with MgSO/t, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The remaining DMF was removed under high vacuum.Crude (1S,2S,4R)-2-({[ter;-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy)methyl)-4-[4-[(1S)-2,3-dihydro- 1H-inden-1-ylamino]-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-(f|pyrimidin-7-ylcyclopentanol (3.94 g, 8.23 mmol) and 4-(dimethylamino)-pyridine (100 mg, 0.818 mol) was dissolved in pyridine (70.0 mL) and acid anhydride (4.66 mL, 49.4 mmol) was added. e stirred at room temperature overnight. The solvent was evaporated and the remaining pyridine was removed under high vacuum. The residue was purified via silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 10 to 66% EtOAc in hexanes to give the title compound (3.66 g, 86%). LC/MS: Rt = 2.51 min, ES<+>521 (AA standard).

Trinn i: ( lS. 2S. 4R)- 4- r4- rriS)- 2. 3- Dihvdro- l//- inden- l- vlaminol- 7//- pvrrolor2. 3-</ 1- pvrimidin- 7- vll- 2-( hvdroksvmetvl) svklopentylacetat Step i: ( lS. 2S. 4R)- 4- r4- rriS)- 2. 3- Dihvdro- l//- inden- l- vlaminol- 7//- pvrrolor2. 3-</ 1- pyrimidine- 7- vIII- 2-( hydroxymethyl) cyclopentyl acetate

[0185] (1 S,2S,4R)-2-( {[ter?-Butyl(dimetyl)silyl]oksy }metyl)-4- {4-[( 1 S)-2,3-hydro-li/-inden-l-ylamino]-7//-pyrrolo[2,3-(i]pyrimidin-7-yl)syklopentylacetat (3,66 g, 7,03 mmol) ble oppløst i THF (31,3 mL) og pyridin (31,3 mL, 387 mmol) i en polypropylenampulle og oppløsningen ble avkjølt til 0 °C. Pyridin hydrofluorid (8,61 mL, 95,6 mmol) ble tilsatt i dråper og blandingen ble rørt ved romtemperatur i 1 time. Den resulterende oppløsningen ble tilsatt i dråper i en oppløsning med mettet vandig natrium bikarbonat (150 mL), utvunnet med EtOAc (3 x 50 mL), tørket med MgSO/t, filtrert og konsentrert in vacuo. Restkonsentrasjonen ble renset via silikagel-kromatografi utvasket med en gradient på 0 til 10 % MeOH i DCM for å gi tittelforbindelsen (2,30 g, 80 %). LC/MS: Rt =1,64 min, ES<+>407 (AA-standard). [0185] (1S,2S,4R)-2-({[tert-Butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}methyl)-4-{4-[(1S)-2,3-hydro-li/ -inden-1-ylamino]-7 H -pyrrolo[2,3-(i]pyrimidin-7-yl)cyclopentyl acetate (3.66 g, 7.03 mmol) was dissolved in THF (31.3 mL) and pyridine (31.3 mL, 387 mmol) in a polypropylene vial and the solution was cooled to 0 °C. Pyridine hydrofluoride (8.61 mL, 95.6 mmol) was added dropwise and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The resulting solution was added dropwise to a solution of saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (150 mL), extracted with EtOAc (3 x 50 mL), dried with MgSO/t, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified via silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0 to 10% MeOH in DCM to give the title compound (2.30 g, 80%). LC/MS: Rt =1.64 min, ES<+>407 (AA standard).

Trinn i: ( lS. 2S. 4R)- 2- ir( Aminosulfonvnoksvlmetvl1- 4[ 4- r( lS)- 2. 3- dihvdro- l//-inden- l- vlamino]- 7//- pvrrolo[ 2. 3- </ 1pvrimidin- 7- yl| svklopentvlacetat Step i: ( 1S. 2S. 4R)- 2- ir( Aminosulfonoxyvlmetvl1- 4[ 4- r( 1S)- 2. 3- dihydro- 1//-inden- 1- vlamino]- 7//- pvrrolo[ 2 3-[1]pyrimidin-7-yl]cyclopentyl acetate

[0186] En 2,00 M oppløsning med klorosulfonamid i AcCN ble femstilt som følger: FA (2,30 mL, 61,0 mmol) ble tilsatt i dråper ved omrøring til to klorosulfonylisocyanat (5,20 mL, 59,7 mmol) under nitrogen ved 0 °C. etter at tilsetningen var fullført og blandingen var blitt hard, ble AcCN (22,5 mL) tilsatt. Den resulterende oppløsningen fikk stå under en ventilert nitrogenkilde over natten ved romtemperatur. [0186] A 2.00 M solution of chlorosulfonamide in AcCN was prepared as follows: FA (2.30 mL, 61.0 mmol) was added dropwise with stirring to two chlorosulfonyl isocyanate (5.20 mL, 59.7 mmol) under nitrogen at 0 °C. after the addition was complete and the mixture had hardened, AcCN (22.5 mL) was added. The resulting solution was allowed to stand under a vented source of nitrogen overnight at room temperature.

[0187] (lS,2S,4R)-4-{4-[(lS)-2,3-Dihydro-Lf/-inden-l-ylamino]-7//-pyrrolo[2,3-tf|-pyrimidin-7-yl}-2-(hydroksymetyl)syklopentylacetat (2,30 g, 5,38 mol) ble oppløst i AcCN (108 mL), og TEA (3,75 mL, 26,9 mmol) ble tilsatt. Oppløsningen ble avkjølt til 0 °C, og en 2,00 M oppløsning med klorosulfonamid i AcCN (5,38 mL, 10,8 mmol, som fremstilt ovenfor) ble tilsatt. Blandingen ble rørt ved romtemperatur i 45 minutter. TLC viste 50 % konvertering. Ekstra 2,00 M klorosulfonamid i AcCN-oppløsning (5,38 mL, 10,8 mmol) ble tilsatt og blandingen ble rørt ved romtemperatur i 15 minutter. På dette tidspunkt viste TLC fullstendig konvertering. Blandingen ble avkjølt med MeOH (3,00 mL), og løsningsmidlet ble fjernet in vacuo. Restkonsentrasjonen ble renset via silikagel-kromatografi utvasket med en gradient på 0 til 10 % MeOH i EtOAc for å gi tittelforbindelsen (2,45 g, 94%). LC/MS: Rt = 1,68 min, ES<+>486 (AA-standard). [0187] (1S,2S,4R)-4-{4-[(1S)-2,3-Dihydro-Lf-inden-1-ylamino]-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-tf|- Pyrimidin-7-yl}-2-(hydroxymethyl)cyclopentyl acetate (2.30 g, 5.38 mol) was dissolved in AcCN (108 mL), and TEA (3.75 mL, 26.9 mmol) was added. The solution was cooled to 0 °C and a 2.00 M solution of chlorosulfonamide in AcCN (5.38 mL, 10.8 mmol, as prepared above) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 45 minutes. TLC showed 50% conversion. Additional 2.00 M chlorosulfonamide in AcCN solution (5.38 mL, 10.8 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 min. At this point, TLC showed complete conversion. The mixture was quenched with MeOH (3.00 mL) and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was purified via silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0 to 10% MeOH in EtOAc to give the title compound (2.45 g, 94%). LC/MS: Rt = 1.68 min, ES<+>486 (AA standard).

Trinn k: (( IS 2S 4R)- 4- r4- r( lS)- 2. 3- Dihvdro- li/- inden- l- vlamino1- 7i/- pyrrolor2. 3-tf1 pvrimidin- 7- vll- 2- hydroksvsvklopentvl) metvlsulfamat ( forbindelse 1- 35) Step k: (( IS 2S 4R)- 4- r4- r( lS)- 2. 3- Dihvdro- li/- indene- l- vlamino1- 7i/- pyrrolor2. 3-tf1 pvrimidine- 7- vll- 2- Hydroxycyclopentyl) methylsulfamate (compound 1-35)

[0188] (lS,2S,4R)-2-{[(Aminosulfonyl)oksy]metyl}-4-{4-[(lS)-2,3-dihydro-l//-inden-l-ylamino]-7//-pyrrolo[2,3-rf]pyrimidin-7-yl)syklopentylacetat (2,45 g, 4,54 mmol) ble oppløst i en 7,00 M oppløsning med ammoniakk i MeOH (108 mL) og blandingen ble rørt ved romtemperatur i 5 dager. Løsningsmiddel ble fjernet in vacuo, oppløst på nytt i DCM og den filtrerte restkonsentrasjonen ble renset via silikagel-kromatografi utvasket med en gradient på 0 til 10 % MeOH i DCM for å gi tittelforbindelsen (1,80 g, 90 %).<!>H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz, 5): 8,16 (s, 1H), 7,26-7,12 (m, 5H), 6,63 ( d, J= 3,6 Hz, 1H), 5,85 (dd, J= 7,6, 7,6 Hz, 1H), 5,46-5,40 (m, 1H), 4,50-4,47 (m, 1H), 4,37 (d, J= 7,6, 9,6 Hz, 1H), 4,19 (dd, J= 7,4, 9,6 Hz, 1H), 3,08-3,02 (m, 1H), 2,96-2,87 (m, 1H), 2,85-2,75 (m, 1H), 2,67-2,59 (m, 1H), 2,37-2,20 (m, 3H), 2,07-1,97 (m, 2H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1,54 min, ES<+>444 (AA-standard). [0188] (1S,2S,4R)-2-{[(Aminosulfonyl)oxy]methyl}-4-{4-[(1S)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-ylamino]- 7//-pyrrolo[2,3-rf]pyrimidin-7-yl)cyclopentyl acetate (2.45 g, 4.54 mmol) was dissolved in a 7.00 M solution of ammonia in MeOH (108 mL) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 days. Solvent was removed in vacuo, redissolved in DCM and the filtered residue was purified via silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0 to 10% MeOH in DCM to give the title compound (1.80 g, 90%).<!> H NMR (CD 3 OD, 400 MHz, 5): 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.26-7.12 (m, 5H), 6.63 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 1H), 5 .85 (dd, J= 7.6, 7.6 Hz, 1H), 5.46-5.40 (m, 1H), 4.50-4.47 (m, 1H), 4.37 (d , J= 7.6, 9.6 Hz, 1H), 4.19 (dd, J= 7.4, 9.6 Hz, 1H), 3.08-3.02 (m, 1H), 2, 96-2.87 (m, 1H), 2.85-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.67-2.59 (m, 1H), 2.37-2.20 (m, 3H), 2.07-1.97 (m, 2H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1.54 min, ES<+>444 (AA standard).

Trinn 1: (( IS 2S 4R)- 4-[ 4-[( lS)- 2. 3- Dihvdro- li/- inden- l- vlamino1- 7//- pvrrolo[ 2. 3-tf1 pvrimidin- 7- vl]- 2- hydroksvsvklopentvl) metvlsulfamat. kaliumsalt Step 1: (( IS 2S 4R)- 4-[ 4-[( lS)- 2. 3- Dihvdro- li/- inden- l- vlamino1- 7//- pvrrolo[ 2. 3-tf1 pvrimidin- 7- v]- 2- Hydroxycyclopentyl) methylsulfamate. potassium salt

[0189] ((IS 2S 4R)-4-[4-[(lS)-2,3-Dihydro-Lf/-inden-l-ylamino]-7i/-pyrrolo[2,3-^pyrimidin-7-yl}-2-hydroksysyklopentyl)metylsulfamat (2,64 g, 5,66 mmol) ble oppløst i MeOH (43,0 mL) og en 1 002 M oppløsning med kaliumhydroksid i vann (5,64 mL, [0189] ((IS 2S 4R )-4-[4-[(1S)-2,3-Dihydro-L H -inden-1-ylamino]-7 H -pyrrolo[2,3-β-pyrimidine-7- yl}-2-hydroxycyclopentyl)methylsulfamate (2.64 g, 5.66 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (43.0 mL) and a 1002 M solution of potassium hydroxide in water (5.64 mL,

5,65 mmol) ble tilsatt ved romtemperatur og blandingen ble rørt i 1 time. Løsningsmidlet ble fjernet in vacuo, og den faste restkonsentrasjonen ble tørket under høyt vakuum for å 5.65 mmol) was added at room temperature and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the solid residue was dried under high vacuum to

gi tittelforbindelsen (2,87 g, 100%).<!>H NMR (CD3OD, 300 MHz, 5): 8,16 (s, 1H), 7,26-7,12 (m, 5H), 6,62 (d, J= 3,9 Hz, 1H), 5,85 (dd, J= 7,8, 7,8 Hz, 1H), 5,50-5,40 (m, 1H), 4,51-4,48 (m, 1H), 4,22 (dd, J= 8,6, 10,0 Hz, 1H, 4,05 (dd, J= 6,6, 10,0 Hz, 1H), 3,10-3,00 (m, 1H), 2,96-2,85 (m, 1H), 2,81-2,71 (m, 1H), 2,68-2,58 (m, 1H), 2,37-2,13 (m, 3H), 2,07-1,94 (m, 2H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt =1,54 min, ES<+>444 (AA-standard). give the title compound (2.87 g, 100%).<!>H NMR (CD 3 OD, 300 MHz, 5): 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.26-7.12 (m, 5H), 6, 62 (d, J= 3.9 Hz, 1H), 5.85 (dd, J= 7.8, 7.8 Hz, 1H), 5.50-5.40 (m, 1H), 4.51 -4.48 (m, 1H), 4.22 (dd, J= 8.6, 10.0 Hz, 1H, 4.05 (dd, J= 6.6, 10.0 Hz, 1H), 3 .10-3.00 (m, 1H), 2.96-2.85 (m, 1H), 2.81-2.71 (m, 1H), 2.68-2.58 (m, 1H) , 2.37-2.13 (m, 3H), 2.07-1.94 (m, 2H) ppm LC/MS: Rt =1.54 min, ES<+>444 (AA standard).

Eksempel 2 ((lS,2S,4R)-4-{4-[(lR)-2,3-Dihydro-l#-inden l-ylamino]-7//- Example 2 ((1S,2S,4R)-4-{4-[(1R)-2,3-Dihydro-1#-indene 1-ylamino]-7/-

pyrrolo[2,3-(i]-pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-hydroksysyklopentyl)metylsulfamat pyrrolo[2,3-(i]-pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-hydroxycyclopentyl)methylsulfamate

(forbindelse 1-13) (connection 1-13)

Trinn a: 4-( Benzvlsulfanyl)- 7//- pvrrolo[ 2. 3-(/ 1pvrimidin Step a: 4-(Benzylsulfanyl)-7//-pyrrolo[ 2.3-(/1pyrimidine)

[0190] En flaske med rund bunn ble tilsatt 4-kloro-Lf/-pyrrolo-[2,3-^]pyrimidin (5,07 g, 33,0 mmol), i tillegg til 1,00 M av KO-r-Bu i THF (49,5 mL, 49,5 mmol) og benzenmetantiol (5,81 mL, 49,5 mmol) i isopropylalkohol (350 mL). Reaksjonsb landingen ble oppvarmet til refluks ved 85 °C under nitrogenatmosfære. Etter 48 timer ble reaksjonsblandingen avkjølt og løsningsmiddel fjernet in vacuo. Til restkonsentrasjonen tilsatte man vann (300 mL) og oppløsningen ble filtrert for å kunne samle inn det resulterende hvite faste stoffet. Det faste stoffet ble vasket med dietyleter og MeOH og tørket under vakuum for å gi produktet som et hvitt, fast stoff (6,29 g, 79 % utbytte). LC/MS: Rt = 1,68 min, ES<+>242 (FA-standard). Referanse: Pathak, A. K., Pathak, V., Seitz, L. E., Suling, W. J., Reynolds, R. C. J. Med. Chem., 2004, 47, 273-276. [0190] To a round bottom flask was added 4-chloro-Lf/-pyrrolo-[2,3-^]pyrimidine (5.07 g, 33.0 mmol), in addition to 1.00 M of KO-r -Bu in THF (49.5 mL, 49.5 mmol) and benzenemethanethiol (5.81 mL, 49.5 mmol) in isopropyl alcohol (350 mL). The reaction mixture was heated to reflux at 85 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere. After 48 hours, the reaction mixture was cooled and solvent removed in vacuo. To the residual concentration was added water (300 mL) and the solution was filtered to collect the resulting white solid. The solid was washed with diethyl ether and MeOH and dried under vacuum to give the product as a white solid (6.29 g, 79% yield). LC/MS: Rt = 1.68 min, ES<+>242 (FA standard). Reference: Pathak, A. K., Pathak, V., Seitz, L. E., Suling, W. J., Reynolds, R. C. J. Med. Chem., 2004, 47, 273-276.

Trinn b: ( 4aS. 6R. 7SJaR)- 6-[ 4-( Benzvlsulfanvl)- 7//- pyrrolo[ 23-^ 1Pvrimidin- 7-vl]- 2-( 4- metoksvfenyl) heksahvdrosvklopenta[^ 1[ 1. 3] dioksin- 7- ol Step b: ( 4aS. 6R. 7SJaR)- 6-[ 4-( Benzvlsulfanvl)- 7//- pyrrolo[ 23-^ 1Privrimidine- 7-vl]- 2-( 4- methoxysvphenyl) hexahydrosvclopenta[^ 1[ 1. 3] dioxin-7-ol

[0191] En flask med rund bunn under argonatmosfære ble fylt med 4-(benzylsulfanyl)-7//-pyrrolo[2,3-^]pyrimidin (194 mg, 0,804 mmol) og DMF (5,00 mL) etterfulgt av en 1,00 M oppløsning med litium heksametyldisilazid i THF (0,603 mL, 0,603 mmol). Reaksjonsblandingen ble oppvarmet til 60 °C. Etter 10 min ble (laS,lbR,5aS,6aS)-3-(4-metoksyfenyl)heksahydrooksireno[4,5]syklopenta[l,2- <i][1,3]dioksin (100. mg, 0,403 mmol, som fremstilt i eksempel la-b) i DMF (2,00 mL) tilsatt og reaksjonen ble oppvarmet til 110 °C. Etter 6 timer ble reaksjonsblandingen avkjølt til romtemperatur og en mettet vandig natriumkloridoppløsning (50,0 mL) ble tilsatt. Det vandige laget ble vasket med EtOAc (2 x 50 mL). De kombinerte organiske lagene ble vasket med vann (2 x 100 mL), tørket over MgSO/t, filtrert og konsentrert in vacuo. Rensing via silikagel-kromatografi utvasket med en gradient på 0 til 100 % EtOAc i heksaner avga tittelforbindelsen som et hvitt, fast stoff (197 mg, 93 %). LC/MS: Rt = 2,07 min, ES<+>490. (FA-standard). [0191] A round bottom flask under argon was charged with 4-(benzylsulfanyl)-7//-pyrrolo[2,3-^]pyrimidine (194 mg, 0.804 mmol) and DMF (5.00 mL) followed by a 1.00 M solution of lithium hexamethyldisilazide in THF (0.603 mL, 0.603 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to 60 °C. After 10 min, (laS,lbR,5aS,6aS)-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)hexahydroxyreno[4,5]cyclopenta[l,2- <i][1,3]dioxin (100 mg, 0.403 mmol, as prepared in example la-b) in DMF (2.00 mL) was added and the reaction was heated to 110 °C. After 6 hours, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and a saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution (50.0 mL) was added. The aqueous layer was washed with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (2 x 100 mL), dried over MgSO/t, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Purification via silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0 to 100% EtOAc in hexanes afforded the title compound as a white solid (197 mg, 93%). LC/MS: Rt = 2.07 min, ES<+>490. (FA standard).

Trinne: 0- r( 4aS. 6R. 7S. 7aR)- 6-[ 4-( Benzvlsulfanvl)- 77f- pvrrolo[ 2. 3- 6npvrimidin- 7-vl]- 2-( 4- metoksvfenyl) heksahvdrosvklopenta[(/ 1[ 1. 3] dioksin- 7- vl] O - fenyltiokarbonat Step: 0- r( 4aS. 6R. 7S. 7aR)- 6-[ 4-( Benzvlsulfanvl)- 77f- pvrrolo[ 2. 3- 6nprimidin- 7-vl]- 2-( 4- methoxyphenyl)hexahydrocyclopenta[(/ 1[ 1. 3] dioxin- 7- vl] O - phenylthiocarbonate

[0192] En oppløsning med (4aS,6R,7S,7aR)-6-[4-(benzylsulfanyl)-7//- pyrrolo[2,3 -d]-pyrimidin-7-yl] -2-(4-metoksyfenyl)heksahydrosyklopenta[<f] [1,3] dioksin-7-ol (990. mg, 2,02 mmol) i DCM (57,0 mL) tilsattes 4-(dimetylamino)-pyridin (748 mg, 6,07 mmol) og fenylklorotionokarbonat (0,565 mL, 4,04 mol) under nitrogenatmosfære, og den gule reaksjonen ble rørt ved romtemperatur . Etter 12 timer ble den mørke gule oppløsningen renset via silikagel-kromatografi utvasket med 10 % EtOAc i heksaner og deretter 10 % MeOH i DCM på en kolonne forhåndsbehandlet med med 1 % TEA i heksaner for å gi tittelforbindelsen som en gul olje(l,77 g, 97 %). LC/MS: Rt = 2,47 min, ES<+>626 (FA-standard). [0192] A solution of (4aS,6R,7S,7aR)-6-[4-(benzylsulfanyl)-7/- pyrrolo[2,3-d]-pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-(4- methoxyphenyl)hexahydrocyclopenta[<f] [1,3] dioxin-7-ol (990 mg, 2.02 mmol) in DCM (57.0 mL) was added 4-(dimethylamino)-pyridine (748 mg, 6.07 mmol) and phenylchlorothionocarbonate (0.565 mL, 4.04 mol) under a nitrogen atmosphere, and the yellow reaction was stirred at room temperature. After 12 h, the dark yellow solution was purified via silica gel chromatography eluting with 10% EtOAc in hexanes and then 10% MeOH in DCM on a column pretreated with with 1% TEA in hexanes to give the title compound as a yellow oil (1.77 g, 97%). LC/MS: Rt = 2.47 min, ES<+>626 (FA standard).

Trinn d: 4- rBenzvlsulfanvl)- 7-[( 4aS. 6R. 7aS)- 2-( 4-metoksvfenyl) heksahvdrosvklopenta[^] - [ 1. 3] dioksin- 6- yl]- 7H - pvrrolo[ 2. 3-^ pvrimidin Step d: 4- rBenzylsulfanyl)- 7-[( 4aS . 6R . 7aS )- 2-( 4-Methoxphenyl)hexahydrocyclopenta[^] - [ 1. 3] dioxin- 6- yl]- 7H - pvrrolo[ 2. 3 -^ pvrimidine

[0193] En oppløsning med 0-[(4aS,6R,7S,7aR)-6-[4-(benzylsulfanyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3 -d]pyrimidin-7-yl] -2-(4-metoksy fenyl)heksahydrosyklopenta[<f] [1,3] dioksin-7-yl] Ofenyltokarbonat (1,77 g, 1,98 mmol) i toluen (91,0 mL) tilsattes 2,2'-azo-bisisobutyronitril (67,7 mg, 0,404 mmol) og tri-rø-butyltin hydrid (1,11 mL, 4,00 mmol) under nitrogenatmosfære. Den gule oppløsningen ble oppvarmet til refluks ved 140 °C. Etter 2 timer ble reaksjonsblandingen avkjølt, silikagel ble tilsatt, og løsningsmidlet ble fjernet in vacuo. Silika gel-kromatografi utvasket med en gradient på 0 til 100 % EtOAc i heksaner ga tittelforbindelsen som et delvis fast stoff (800 mg, 85 %). LC/MS: Rt = 2,38 min, ES<+>475 (FA-standard). [0193] A solution of 0-[(4aS,6R,7S,7aR)-6-[4-(benzylsulfanyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-(4- Methoxyphenyl)hexahydrocyclopenta[<f] [1,3]dioxin-7-yl]Ophenyltocarbonate (1.77 g, 1.98 mmol) in toluene (91.0 mL) was added 2,2'-azo-bisisobutyronitrile (67 .7 mg, 0.404 mmol) and tri-r-butyltin hydride (1.11 mL, 4.00 mmol) under a nitrogen atmosphere. The yellow solution was heated to reflux at 140 °C. After 2 h, the reaction mixture was cooled, silica gel was added, and the solvent was removed in vacuo. Silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0 to 100% EtOAc in hexanes afforded the title compound as a partial solid (800 mg, 85%). LC/MS: Rt = 2.38 min, ES<+>475 (FA standard).

Trinn e: 4-( Benzylsulfonvl)- 7- r( 4aS. 6R. 7aS)- 2-( 4-metoksyfeny 1 ) heksahydrosyklopenta[^ l [ 1. 3] dioksin- 6- vl] - 7//- pvrrolo [ 2. 3 - ^ pvrimidin Step e: 4-( Benzylsulfonvl)- 7- r( 4aS. 6R. 7aS)- 2-( 4-methoxypheny 1 ) hexahydrocyclopenta[^ l [ 1. 3] dioxin- 6- vl] - 7//- pvrrolo [ 2. 3 - ^ pvrimidine

[0194] En flaske med rund bunn med en omrøringsstang ble tilsatt 4-(benzylsulfanyl)-7-[(4aS,6R,7aS)-2-(4-metoksyfenyl)heksahydrosyklopenta[<i][l,3]dioksin-6-yl]-7//-pyrrolo[2,3-fr]pyrimidin (693 mg, 1,32 mmol) og DCM (32,5 mL). Natriumbikarbonat (400 mg, 4,76 mmol) ble tilsatt etterfulgt av 3-kloroperbenzosyre (754 mg, 3,36 mol) og reaksjonsblandingen ble rørt i 12 timer. Reaksjonsblandingen ble deretter behandlet med mettet vandig natriumbikarbonatoppløsning, utvunnet med DCM og de kombinerte organiske lagene ble tørket over MgSO/t, filtrert og konsentrert i in vacuo. Silika gel-kromatografi utvasket med en gradient på 0 til 100 % EtOAc i heksaner ga som et hvitt, fast stoff (219 mg, 32 %) som produkt. LC/MS: Rt = 1,94 min, ES<+>506 (FA-standard). [0194] To a round bottom flask with a stir bar was added 4-(benzylsulfanyl)-7-[(4aS,6R,7aS)-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)hexahydrocyclopenta[<i][l,3]dioxin-6 -yl]-7 H -pyrrolo[2,3-fr]pyrimidine (693 mg, 1.32 mmol) and DCM (32.5 mL). Sodium bicarbonate (400 mg, 4.76 mmol) was added followed by 3-chloroperbenzoic acid (754 mg, 3.36 mol) and the reaction mixture was stirred for 12 h. The reaction mixture was then treated with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution, extracted with DCM and the combined organic layers were dried over MgSO/t, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0 to 100% EtOAc in hexanes gave the product as a white solid (219 mg, 32%). LC/MS: Rt = 1.94 min, ES<+>506 (FA standard).

Trinn f: 7V- r( lR)- 2. 3- Dihvdro- i//- inden- l- vl1- 7-[( 4aS. 6R. 7aS)- 2-( 4- metoksvfenvl) Step f: 7V- r( 1R)- 2. 3- Dihdro- i//- inden- 1- vl1- 7-[( 4aS. 6R. 7aS)- 2-( 4- methoxysphenvl)

heksahydrosyklopenta[ 6ri[ l, 3] dioksin- 6- vl]- 7//- pvrrolo[ 2, 3-^] pvrimidin- 4-amin hexahydrocyclopenta[ 6ri[ 1, 3] dioxin- 6- vl]- 7//- pvrrolo[ 2, 3-^] pvrimidin- 4-amine

[0195] I en 0,5-2 mL mikrobølgeampulle ble 4-(benzylsulfonyl)-7-[(4aS,6R,7aS)-2-(4-heksahydrosyklopenta[<f][l ,3]dioksin-6-yl]-7ii/-pyrrolo[2,3-(f|pyrimidin (100 mg, 0,198 mmol), (R)-(~)-l-aminoindan (0,127 mL, 0,989 mmol) og DIPEA (0,172 mL, 0,989 mol) oppløst i etanol (1,22 mL). Ampullen ble forseglet og oppvarmet til 110 °C over natten. Oppløsningen ble deretter konsentrert in vacuo og det resulterende materialet ble renset via silikagel-kromatografi utvasket med en gradient på 20 til 50 % EtOAc i heksaner som ga en oransjefarget olje som produkt (70,0 mg, 73 %). LC/MS: Rt = 1,42 min, ES<+>483 (FA-standard). [0195] In a 0.5-2 mL microwave vial, 4-(benzylsulfonyl)-7-[(4aS,6R,7aS)-2-(4-hexahydrocyclopenta[<f][1,3]dioxin-6-yl ]-7ii/-pyrrolo[2,3-(f|pyrimidine (100 mg, 0.198 mmol), (R)-(~)-l-aminoindane (0.127 mL, 0.989 mmol) and DIPEA (0.172 mL, 0.989 mol) dissolved in ethanol (1.22 mL). The vial was sealed and heated to 110 °C overnight. The solution was then concentrated in vacuo and the resulting material was purified via silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 20 to 50% EtOAc in hexanes which gave an orange colored oil as product (70.0 mg, 73%) LC/MS: Rt = 1.42 min, ES<+>483 (FA standard).

Trinna: ( lS. 2S. 4R)- 4- r4- r( lR)- 2. 3- Dihvdro- l//- inden- l- vlamino1- 7//- pvrrolor2. 3-<f1 pvrimidin- 7- vl]- 2-( hvdroksvmetyl) svklopentanol Step: ( lS. 2S. 4R)- 4- r4- r( lR)- 2. 3- Dihvdro- l//- inden- l- vlamino1- 7//- pvrrolor2. 3-[f1pyrimidine-7-v]-2-(hydroxymethyl)sylclopentanol

[0196] 7V-[(lR)-2,3-Dihydro-4//-inden-l-yl]-7-[(4aS,6R,7aS)-2-(4-metoksyfenyl)-heksahydrosyklopenta[(f|[l,3]dioksin-6-yl]-7//-pyrrolo[2,3-(i]pyrimidin-4-amin (70,0 mg, 0,145 mmol) ble tilsatt til en oppløsning med AcOH (0,742 mL, 13,0 mmol), THF (0,235 mL) og vann (0,261 mL). Oppløsningen ble rørt ved romtemperatur i 4 dager før den ble konsentrert in vacuo. Silika gel-kromatografi utvasket med en gradient på 0 til 10 % MeOH i DCM ga tittelforbindelsen (27,6 mg, 52 %). LC/MS: Rt = 0,94 min, ES<+>365 (FA-standard). [0196] 7N-[(1R)-2,3-Dihydro-4H-inden-1-yl]-7-[(4aS,6R,7aS)-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-hexahydrocyclopenta[(f |[1,3]dioxin-6-yl]-7//-pyrrolo[2,3-(i]pyrimidin-4-amine (70.0 mg, 0.145 mmol) was added to a solution of AcOH (0.742 mL , 13.0 mmol), THF (0.235 mL) and water (0.261 mL). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 4 days before being concentrated in vacuo. Silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0 to 10% MeOH in DCM gave the title compound (27.6 mg, 52%) LC/MS: Rt = 0.94 min, ES<+>365 (FA standard).

Trinn h: ferf- Butyl ( klorosulfonyl) karbamat Step h: terf-Butyl (chlorosulfonyl) carbamate

[0197] En rørt oppløsning med klorosulfonylisocyanat (3,20 mL, 36,0 mmol) i benzen (15,0 mL) i et vannbad ble tilsatt tert-butylalkohol (3,50 mL, 36,2 mmol) i dråper via en sprøyte under nitrogenatmosfære. Etter 2 timer ble blandingen oppløst med heksaner (30,0 mL), og det resulterende hvite bunnfallet ble filtrert og vasket med heksaner (3 x 20 mL). Det innsamlede e-stoffet ble tørket i et vakuum tørkeapparat under husvakuum i 10 minutter, for å gi tittelforbindelsen som et hvitt, fast stoff (5,08 g, 65 %). Produktet ble oppbevart under nitrogen i en fryser.<!>H NMR (300 MHz, CDCb, 5): 8,44 (br s, 1H),1,57 (s, 9H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 0,939 min, ES<+>215 (AA-standard). Referanse: F. Hirayama et al, Biorg. Med. Chem., 2002, 10, 1509-1523. [0197] To a stirred solution of chlorosulfonyl isocyanate (3.20 mL, 36.0 mmol) in benzene (15.0 mL) in a water bath was added tert-butyl alcohol (3.50 mL, 36.2 mmol) dropwise via a syringe under nitrogen atmosphere. After 2 h, the mixture was dissolved in hexanes (30.0 mL) and the resulting white precipitate was filtered and washed with hexanes (3 x 20 mL). The collected e-matter was dried in a vacuum drier under house vacuum for 10 min to give the title compound as a white solid (5.08 g, 65%). The product was stored under nitrogen in a freezer. <!>H NMR (300 MHz, CDCb, 5): 8.44 (br s, 1H), 1.57 (s, 9H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 0.939 min, ES<+>215 (AA standard). Reference: F. Hirayama et al, Bioorg. With. Chem., 2002, 10, 1509-1523.

Trinn i: fert- Butyl { rrriS. 2S. 4R)- 4- r4- rriR)- 2. 3- Dihvdro- li/- inden- l- ylamino1-7//- pyrrolo[ 2. 3-( i] pvrimidin- 7- vl]- 2-hydroksvsvklopentvDmetoksvlsulfonvljkarbamat Step i: fert- Butyl { rrriS. 2S. 4R)- 4- r4- rriR)- 2. 3- Dihydro- li/- inden- 1- ylamino1-7//- pyrrolo[ 2. 3-( i] pyrimidine- 7- vl]- 2-hydroxyvsvclopentvDmethoxyvsvlsulfonvljcarbamate

[0198] (lS,2S,4R)-4-[4-[(lR)-2,3-Dihydro-Lf/-inden-l-ylamino]-7i/-pyrrolo[2,3-tf|pyrimidin-7-yl)-2-(hydroksymetyl)syklopentanol (27,6 mg, 0,117 mmol) og 2, 6- di- tert- butyl-4-metylpyridin (48,5 mg, 0,236 mmol) ble suspendert i AcCN (1,57 mL) og avkjølt til 0 °C. tert-Butyl (klorosulfonyl)karbamat ble tilsatt og blandingen ble oppvarmet til romtemperatur over natten. Reaksjonen ble avkjølt via tilsetning av MeOH (1,00 mL) og konsentrert in vacuo. Silika gel-kromatografi utvasket med en gradient på 0 til 10 % MeOH i DCM ga tittelforbindelsen (15,2 mg, 37%). LC/MS: Rt = 1,29 min, ES<+>544 (FA-standard). [0198] (1S,2S,4R)-4-[4-[(1R)-2,3-Dihydro-Lf-inden-1-ylamino]-7iH-pyrrolo[2,3-tf|pyrimidine- 7-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)cyclopentanol (27.6 mg, 0.117 mmol) and 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methylpyridine (48.5 mg, 0.236 mmol) were suspended in AcCN (1, 57 mL) and cooled to 0 °C. tert-Butyl (chlorosulfonyl)carbamate was added and the mixture was warmed to room temperature overnight. The reaction was quenched via addition of MeOH (1.00 mL) and concentrated in vacuo. Silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0 to 10% MeOH in DCM afforded the title compound (15.2 mg, 37%). LC/MS: Rt = 1.29 min, ES<+>544 (FA standard).

Trinn i: (( 1 S. 2S. 4R)- 4-( 4- IY1 R)- 2. 3- dihydro- lif- inden- 1 - ylamino1- 7if-pyrrolo[ 2, 3-(/ 1- pvrimidin- 7- vll- 2- hvdroksvsvklopentvl) metvlsulfamat Step i: (( 1 S . 2 S . 4 R )- 4-( 4- IY1 R )- 2 . 3- dihydro- lif-inden- 1 - ylamino1- 7if-pyrrolo[ 2, 3-(/ 1- pvrimidin- 7- vll- 2- hvdroksvsvclopentvl) metvlsulfamate

( forbindelse 1- 13) (connection 1-13)

[0199] fert-Butyl {[((lS,2S,4R)-4-{4-[(lR)-2,3-dihydro-l//-inden-l-ylamino]-7//-pyrrolo[2,3-t/]pyrimidin-7-yl}-2-hydroksysyklopentyl)metoksy]sulfonyl)karbamat (31,0-mg, 0,0570 mmol) ble oppløst i DCM (0,803 mL), og trifluoreddiksyre (0,803 mL, 10,4 mmol) ble tilsatt. Oppløsningen ble rørt ved romtemperatur i 15 minutter, før den ble konsentrert in vacuo. Restkonsentrasjonen ble tatt opp i MeOH (5,00 mL), behandlet med fast natriumbikarbonat (300 mg) og rørt i 10 minutter. Filtrering og silikat gel-kromatografi utvasket med en gradient på 0 til 10 % MeOH i DCM, ga tittelforbindelsen (7,20 mg, 58 %), !H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD, 5): 8,17 (s, 1H), 7,27-7,14 (m, 5H), 6,64 (d, J= 3,5 Hz, 1H), 5,86 (t, J= 7,5 Hz, 1H), 5,49-5,42 (m, 1H), 4,51-4,48 (m, 1H), 4,38 (dd, J= 7,5, 9,8 Hz, 1H), 4,21 (dd, J= 7,3, 9,8 Hz, 1H), 3,10-3,03 (m, 1H), 2,97-2,88 (m, IH, 2,86-2,76 (m, 1H), 2,68-2,60 (m, 1H), 2,37-2,21 (m, 3H), 2,08-1,97 (m, 2H) ppm, LC/MS: Rt = 1,16 min, ES<+>444 (FA-standard). [0199] tert-Butyl {[((1S,2S,4R)-4-{4-[(1R)-2,3-dihydro-1 H -inden-1-ylamino]-7 H -pyrrolo[ 2,3-t/]pyrimidin-7-yl}-2-hydroxycyclopentyl)methoxy]sulfonyl)carbamate (31.0 mg, 0.0570 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (0.803 mL), and trifluoroacetic acid (0.803 mL, 10.4 mmol) was added. The solution was stirred at room temperature for 15 minutes before being concentrated in vacuo. The residue was taken up in MeOH (5.00 mL), treated with solid sodium bicarbonate (300 mg) and stirred for 10 minutes. Filtration and silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0 to 10% MeOH in DCM gave the title compound (7.20 mg, 58%), !H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD, 5): 8.17 (s, 1H ), 7.27-7.14 (m, 5H), 6.64 (d, J= 3.5 Hz, 1H), 5.86 (t, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H), 5.49 -5.42 (m, 1H), 4.51-4.48 (m, 1H), 4.38 (dd, J= 7.5, 9.8 Hz, 1H), 4.21 (dd, J = 7.3, 9.8 Hz, 1H), 3.10-3.03 (m, 1H), 2.97-2.88 (m, IH, 2.86-2.76 (m, 1H) , 2.68-2.60 (m, 1H), 2.37-2.21 (m, 3H), 2.08-1.97 (m, 2H) ppm, LC/MS: Rt = 1.16 min, ES<+>444 (FA standard).

Eksempel 3: [(lS,2R,3S,4R)-2,3-Dihydroksy-4-[4-(fenylsulfanyl)-7//-pyrrolo[2,3-^]-pyrimidin-7-yl]syklopentyl]metylsulfamat (forbindelse 1-53) Example 3: [(1S,2R,3S,4R)-2,3-Dihydroxy-4-[4-(phenylsulfanyl)-7/-pyrrolo[2,3-^]-pyrimidin-7-yl]cyclopentyl] methylsulfamate (compound 1-53)

Trinn a: 4-( Fenvlsulfanyl)- 7//- pvrrolo[ 2. 3-^] pvrimidin Step a: 4-(Phenylsulfanyl)-7//-pvrrolo[2.3-^]pvrimidine

[0200] En oppløsning med 4-kloro-li/-pyrrolo[2,3-<f]pyrimidin (1,69 g, 11,0 mmol) og TEA (4,60 mL, 33,0 mmol) i 1-butanol (25,0 mL) tilsattes benzentiol (3,39 mL, 33,0 mmol), og blandingen ble refluksert ved 140 °C over natten. Reaksjonen ble deretter avkjølt til romtemperatur og konsentrert in vacuo. Det elfenbenshvite stoffet ble renset med silikagel-kromatografi utvasket med en gradient på 0 til 35 % EtOAc i DCM for å gi produktet (2,29 g, 92 %). LC/MS: Rt = 1,55 min, ES<+>228 (FA-standard). [0200] A solution of 4-chloro-l/-pyrrolo[2,3-<f]pyrimidine (1.69 g, 11.0 mmol) and TEA (4.60 mL, 33.0 mmol) in 1- butanol (25.0 mL) was added to benzenethiol (3.39 mL, 33.0 mmol) and the mixture was refluxed at 140 °C overnight. The reaction was then cooled to room temperature and concentrated in vacuo. The off-white solid was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0 to 35% EtOAc in DCM to give the product (2.29 g, 92%). LC/MS: Rt = 1.55 min, ES<+>228 (FA standard).

Trinn b: ( 4aS. 6R. 7S. 7aR)- 2-( 4- Metoksvfenvl)- 6- r4-( fenvlsulfanvn- li/- t3vrrolor3. 2-c ] - pyridin- 1 - yllheksahydrosyklopentar^/ l | T , 31dioksin- 7- ol Step b: ( 4aS . 6R . 7S . 7aR )- 2-( 4- Methoxyphenyl)- 6- r 4-( phenylsulfan- li/- t3vrrolor3. 2-c ] - pyridine- 1 - ylylhexahydrocyclopentar^/ l | T , 31 dioxin - 7- etc

[0201 ] En blanding med 4-(fenylsulfanyl)-7//-pyrrolo[2,3-fr]pyrimidin (895 mg, 3,94 mmol) og NaH (148 mg, 3,69 mmol) i tørr DMF (12,0 mL) ble rørt ved 60 °C i 10 minutter. Deretter ble (laS,lbR,5aS,6aS)-3-(4-metoksyfenyl)heksahydrooksireno[4,5]syklopenta[l,2-(i][l,3]-dioksin (611 mg, 2,46 mmol) tilsatt og blandingen ble oppvarmet til 110 °C i 5 timer. Reaksjonsblandingen ble deretter kjølt ned til romtemperatur, avkjølt med en mettet vandig natriumkloridoppløsning, og oppløsningen ble utvunnet to ganger med EtOAc. De kombinerte organiske stoffene ble tørket over natriumsulfat, filtrert og konsentrert in vacuo. Den grove produktblandingen ble renset med silikagel-kromatografi utvasket med en gradient på 5 til 30 % EtOAc i DCM for å gi tittelforbindelsen (96,5 mg, 8,24 %). LC/MS: Rt =1,95 min, ES<+>476 (FA-standard). [0201 ] A mixture of 4-(phenylsulfanyl)-7//-pyrrolo[2,3-fr]pyrimidine (895 mg, 3.94 mmol) and NaH (148 mg, 3.69 mmol) in dry DMF (12 .0 mL) was stirred at 60 °C for 10 minutes. Then (laS,lbR,5aS,6aS)-3-(4-methoxyphenyl)hexahydroxyreno[4,5]cyclopenta[l,2-(i][l,3]-dioxin (611 mg, 2.46 mmol) was added and the mixture was heated to 110 °C for 5 h. The reaction mixture was then cooled to room temperature, quenched with a saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, and the solution was extracted twice with EtOAc. The combined organics were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in in vacuo. The crude product mixture was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 5 to 30% EtOAc in DCM to afford the title compound (96.5 mg, 8.24%). LC/MS: Rt =1.95 min, ES<+>476 (FA standard).

Trinne: ( lS. 2R. 3S. 5R)- 3-( Hvdroksvmetyl)- 5- r4-( fenvlsulfanvn- 7i/- pvrrolo[ 2. 3-^- pyrimidin- 7- yl] svklopentan- 1, 2- diol Step: ( 1S . 2R . 3S . 5R )- 3-( Hydroxymethyl)- 5- r 4-( phenylsulfan- 7i/- pvrrolo[ 2. 3-^- pyrimidin- 7- yl] sylclopentane- 1, 2- diol

[0202] En oppløsning med AcOH (1,04 mL, 18,3 mmol), THF (0,330 mL) og vann (0,366 mL) tilsattes (4aS,6R,7S,7aR)-2-(4-metoksyfenyl)-6-[4-(fenylsulfanyl)-li/- pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridin-l-yl]heksahydrosyklopenta[^][l,3]dioksin-7-ol (96,7 mg, 0,203 mmol). Reaksjonsoppløsningen ble rørt ved romtemperatur i 48 timer og deretter konsentrert in vacuo. Den resulterende oljen ble renset med silikagel-kromatografi utvasket med en gradient på 60 til 100 % EtOAc i heksaner for å gi tittelforbindelsen (32,0 mg, 44 %). LC/MS: Rt = 1,33 min, ES<+>358 (FA-standard). [0202] A solution of AcOH (1.04 mL, 18.3 mmol), THF (0.330 mL) and water (0.366 mL) was added to (4aS,6R,7S,7aR)-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-6 -[4-(phenylsulfanyl)-li/-pyrrolo[3,2-c]pyridin-1-yl]hexahydrocyclopenta[^][1,3]dioxin-7-ol (96.7 mg, 0.203 mmol). The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 48 hours and then concentrated in vacuo. The resulting oil was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 60 to 100% EtOAc in hexanes to give the title compound (32.0 mg, 44%). LC/MS: Rt = 1.33 min, ES<+>358 (FA standard).

Trinn d: r( 3aR. 4S. 6R. 6aS)- 2. 2- Dimetvl- 6- r4-(^ Step d: r( 3aR. 4S. 6R. 6aS)- 2. 2- Dimetvl- 6- r4-(^

^ pvrimidin- 7- vlltetrahydro- 3ai/- svklopenta[(/ 1[ 1. 31dioksol- 4- vllmetanol ^ pvrimidin- 7- vlltetrahydro- 3ai/- svclopenta[(/ 1[ 1. 31dioxol- 4- vllmethanol

[0203] (lS,2R,3S,5R)-3-(Hydroksymetyl)-5-[4-(fenylsulfanyl)-7//-pyrrolo[2,3-d]-pyrimidin-7-yl]syklopentan-l,2-diol (320 mg, 0,0895 mmol), 2,2-dimetoksypropan (0,0549 mL, 0,446 mmol) ogp-toluensulfonsyre monohydrat (17,0 mg, 0,0895 mmol) ble oppløst i aceton (2,20 mL) og rørt ved romtemperatur over natten. Deretter ble reaksjonen avkjølt med en mettet natriumbikarbonatoppløsning og ca. halvdelen av løsningsmidlet ble fjernet in vacuo. Den resulterende restkonsentrasjon ble fortynnet med vann og utvunnet med DCM (3x). Kombinerte organiske stoffer ble tørket over natriumsulfat, filtrert og konsentrert in vacuo for å gi tittelforbindelsen som et hvitt skum (35,5 mg, 99 %) som ble brukt uten videre rensing. LC/MS: Rt =1,72 min, ES<+>389 (FA-standard). [0203] (1S,2R,3S,5R)-3-(Hydroxymethyl)-5-[4-(phenylsulfanyl)-7 H -pyrrolo[2,3-d]-pyrimidin-7-yl]cyclopentan-1 ,2-diol (320 mg, 0.0895 mmol), 2,2-dimethoxypropane (0.0549 mL, 0.446 mmol) and p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (17.0 mg, 0.0895 mmol) were dissolved in acetone (2, 20 mL) and stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was then cooled with a saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and approx. half of the solvent was removed in vacuo. The resulting residue was diluted with water and extracted with DCM (3x). Combined organics were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound as a white foam (35.5 mg, 99%) which was used without further purification. LC/MS: Rt =1.72 min, ES<+>389 (FA standard).

Trinne: [( 3aR. 4R. 6R. 6aSV2. 2- Dimetvl- 6- r4-( fenvlsulfanvl)- 7//- pvrrolo[ 2. 3-tf1 pvrimidin- 7- vl] tetrahydro- 3ai/- svklopenta[^ 1[ 1. 3] dioksol- 4-yl] metylsulfamat Step: [( 3aR. 4R. 6R. 6aSV2. 2- Dimethyl- 6- r4-( phenylsulfanyl)- 7//- pvrrolo[ 2. 3-tf1 pvrimidin- 7- vl] tetrahydro- 3ai/- svclopenta[^ 1 [ 1. 3] dioxol-4-yl] methylsulfamate

[0204] En oppløsning med [(3aR,4S,6R,6aS)-2,2-dimetyl-6-[4-(fenylsulfanyl)-7i/-pyiTolo[2,3-^pyrimidin-7-yl]tetrahydro-3ai/-syklopenta[rf][l,3]dioksol-4-yl}metanol (35,5 mg, 0,0893 mmol) og pyridin (0,0325 mL, 0,402 mmol) i tørr DCM (1,00 mL) ble avkjølt i et isbad. Denne oppløsningen tilsattes en 2,00 M klorosulfonamidoppløsning i AcCN (0,178 mL, 0,356 mmol som fremstilt i eksempel lj), og reaksjonen ble oppvarmet til romtemperatur og rørt i 4 timer. Blandingen ble fortynnet med DCM, vasket med vann og utvunnet med DCM (3x). Kombinerte organiske stoffer ble tørket over natriumsulfat, filtrert og konsentrert in vacuo. Den resulterende oljen ble renset med silikagel-kromatografi utvasket med en gradient på 50 til 70 % EtOAc i heksaner for å gi tittelforbindelsen som et hvitt, fast stoff (14,4 mg, 34 %). LC/MS: Rt = 1,81 min, ES<+>477 (FA-standard). [0204] A solution of [(3aR,4S,6R,6aS)-2,2-dimethyl-6-[4-(phenylsulfanyl)-7i/-pyiTolo[2,3-^pyrimidin-7-yl]tetrahydro- 3αi/-cyclopenta[rf][1,3]dioxol-4-yl}methanol (35.5 mg, 0.0893 mmol) and pyridine (0.0325 mL, 0.402 mmol) in dry DCM (1.00 mL) was cooled in an ice bath. To this solution was added a 2.00 M chlorosulfonamide solution in AcCN (0.178 mL, 0.356 mmol as prepared in Example 1j), and the reaction was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 4 hours. The mixture was diluted with DCM, washed with water and extracted with DCM (3x). Combined organics were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting oil was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 50 to 70% EtOAc in hexanes to give the title compound as a white solid (14.4 mg, 34%). LC/MS: Rt = 1.81 min, ES<+>477 (FA standard).

Trinn f: r( lR. 2R. 3S. 4R)- 2. 3- dihvdroksv- 4- r4- rfenvlsulfanvn- 7//- pvrrolor2. 3-^ 1-pyrimidin- 7- vllsvklopentvllmetylsulfamat ( forbindelse 1- 53) Step f: r( 1R. 2R. 3S. 4R)- 2. 3- dihvdroksv- 4- r4- rfenvlsulfanvn- 7//- pvrrolor2. 3-^1-pyrimidine-7-cyclopentylmethylsulfamate (compound 1-53)

[0205] {(3aR,4R,6R,6aS)-2,2-Dimetyl-6-[4-(fenylsulfanyl)-7//-pyrrolo[2,3-rf]-pyrimidin-7-yl]tetrahydro-3aif-syklopenta[(i][l,3]dioksol-4-yl}metylsulfamat (14,4 mg, 30,2 mmol) ble rørt i 1,00 mL med 90 % trifluoreddiksyre i vann i 3 timer ved romtemperatur. Løsningsmidlet ble deretter fjernet in vacuo, og den resulterende oljen ble renset med silikagel-kromatografi utvasket med en gradient på 60 til 100 % EtOAc i heksaner for å gi tittelforbindelsen (7,50 mg, 57 %).<!>H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD, 5): 8,45 (s, 1H), 7,66-7,36 (m, 2H), 7,51-7,41 (m, 4H), 5,92 ( d, J= 3,8 Hz, 1H), 5,13-5,06 (m, 1H), 4,58-4,55 (dd, J= 3,8, 9,0 Hz, 1H), 4,42-4,37 (dd, J= 8,0, 9,8 Hz, 1H), 4,18-4,14 (m, 2H), 2,92-2,82 (m, 1H), 2,24-2,08 (m, 2H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1,38 min, ES<+>437 (FA-standard). [0205] {(3aR,4R,6R,6aS)-2,2-Dimethyl-6-[4-(phenylsulfanyl)-7/-pyrrolo[2,3-rf]-pyrimidin-7-yl]tetrahydro- 3aif-Cyclopenta[(i][1,3]dioxol-4-yl}methylsulfamate (14.4 mg, 30.2 mmol) was stirred in 1.00 mL of 90% trifluoroacetic acid in water for 3 h at room temperature. was then removed in vacuo and the resulting oil was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 60 to 100% EtOAc in hexanes to give the title compound (7.50 mg, 57%).<!>H NMR (400 MHz , CD3OD, 5): 8.45 (s, 1H), 7.66-7.36 (m, 2H), 7.51-7.41 (m, 4H), 5.92 (d, J= 3 .8 Hz, 1H), 5.13-5.06 (m, 1H), 4.58-4.55 (dd, J= 3.8, 9.0 Hz, 1H), 4.42-4, 37 (dd, J= 8.0, 9.8 Hz, 1H), 4.18-4.14 (m, 2H), 2.92-2.82 (m, 1H), 2.24-2, 08 (m, 2H) ppm LC/MS: Rt = 1.38 min, ES<+>437 (FA standard).

Eksempel 4: [(lS,2S,4R)-2-Hydroksy-4-(4-{[(lR)-l-fenyletyl]amino}-7//-pyrrolo[2,3-<f]pyrimidin-7-yl)syklopentyl]metylsulfamat (forbindelse 1-7) Example 4: [(1S,2S,4R)-2-Hydroxy-4-(4-{[(1R)-1-phenylethyl]amino}-7/-pyrrolo[2,3-<f]pyrimidine-7 -yl)cyclopentyl]methylsulfamate (compound 1-7)

[0206] Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt ved å følge fremgangsmåten som beskrives i eksempel la-k, og R-(+)-a-metylbenzylamin ble brukt i trinn c.<*>H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD, 5): 8,05 (s, 1H), 7,41-7,38 (m, 2H), 7,31-7,26 (m, 2H), 7,21-7,16 (m, 2H), 6,71 (d, J= 3,5 Hz, 1H), 5,46-5,38 (m, 2H), 4,50-4,46 (m, 1H), 4,38-4,34 (dd, J= 7,5, 9,8 Hz, 1H), 4,21-4,17 (dd, J= 7,3, 9,8 Hz, 1H), 2,84-2,74 (m, 1H), 2,35-2,15 (m, 3H), 2,06-1,98 (m,lH), 1,59 (d, J= 6,8 Hz, 3H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1,16 min, ES<+>432 (FA-standard). [0206] The title compound was prepared by following the procedure described in Example la-k, and R-(+)-α-methylbenzylamine was used in step c.<*>H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD, 5): 8, 05 (s, 1H), 7.41-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.31-7.26 (m, 2H), 7.21-7.16 (m, 2H), 6.71 ( d, J= 3.5 Hz, 1H), 5.46-5.38 (m, 2H), 4.50-4.46 (m, 1H), 4.38-4.34 (dd, J= 7.5, 9.8 Hz, 1H), 4.21-4.17 (dd, J= 7.3, 9.8 Hz, 1H), 2.84-2.74 (m, 1H), 2 .35-2.15 (m, 3H), 2.06-1.98 (m, 1H), 1.59 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1.16 min, ES<+>432 (FA standard).

Eksempel 5: [(lS,2S,4R)-2-Hydroksy-4-(4-{metyl[(lS)-l-fenyletyl]amino)-7i/- Example 5: [(1S,2S,4R)-2-Hydroxy-4-(4-{methyl[(1S)-1-phenylethyl]amino)-7i/-

pyrrolo-[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)syklopentyl]metylsulfamat (forbindelse 1-3) pyrrolo-[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)cyclopentyl]methylsulfamate (compound 1-3)

[0207] Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt ved å følge fremgangsmåten som beskrives i eksempel la-k, og (S)-(-)-A^,a-dimetylbenzylamin ble brukt i trinn c.<!>H NMR (CD3OD, 300 MHz, 5): 8,16 (s, 1H), 7,34-7,20 (m, 6H), 6,64 (d, J= 3,6 Hz, 1H), 6,41-6,34 (m, 1H), 5,54-5,43 (m, 1H), 4,51-4,48 (m, 1H), 4,24 (dd, J= 9,6, 9,6 Hz, 1H), 4,07 (dd, J = 6,9, 9,6 Hz, 1H), 3,03 (s, 3H), 2,80 2,70 (m, 1H), 2,37-2,14 (m, 3H), 2,02-1,88 (m, 1H), 1,64 ( d, J= 7,2 Hz, 3H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1,64 min, ES<+>446 (AA-standard). [0207] The title compound was prepared following the procedure described in Example 1a-k, and (S)-(-)-A^,a-dimethylbenzylamine was used in step c.<!>H NMR (CD 3 OD, 300 MHz, 5): 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.34-7.20 (m, 6H), 6.64 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 1H), 6.41-6.34 (m , 1H), 5.54-5.43 (m, 1H), 4.51-4.48 (m, 1H), 4.24 (dd, J= 9.6, 9.6 Hz, 1H), 4.07 (dd, J = 6.9, 9.6 Hz, 1H), 3.03 (s, 3H), 2.80 2.70 (m, 1H), 2.37-2.14 (m , 3H), 2.02-1.88 (m, 1H), 1.64 ( d, J = 7.2 Hz, 3H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1.64 min, ES<+>446 (AA standard).

Eksempel 6: ((lS,2S,4R)-4-(4-[(4S)-3,4-Dihydro-2//-kromen-4-ylamino]-7//- Example 6: ((1S,2S,4R)-4-(4-[(4S)-3,4-Dihydro-2//-chromen-4-ylamino]-7//-

pyrrolo[2,3-(i]-pyrimidin-7-yl}-2-hydroksysyklopentyl)metylsulfamat pyrrolo[2,3-(i]-pyrimidin-7-yl}-2-hydroxycyclopentyl)methylsulfamate

(forbindelse 1-12) (connection 1-12)

[0208] Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt ved å følge fremgangsmåten som beskrives i eksempel la-k, og (4S)-kroman-4-amin ble brukt i trinn c.<!>H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz, 5): 8,28 (s, 1H), 7,43 (d, J= 3,6 Hz, 1H), 7,27-7,20 (m, 2H), 6,94-6,85 (m, 3H), 5,56-5,48 (m, 1H), 5,34-5,30 (m, 1H), 4,54-4,49 (m, 1H), 4,38 (dd, .7= 7,4, 9,8 Hz, 1H), 4,33-4,29 (m, 2H), 4,21 (dd, J= 7,6, 9,8 Hz, 1H), 2,90-2,80 (m, 1H), 2,39-2,05 (m, 6H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1,51 min, ES<+>460 (AA-standard). [0208] The title compound was prepared following the procedure described in Example 1a-k, and (4S)-chroman-4-amine was used in step c.<!>H NMR (CD 3 OD, 400 MHz, 5): 8, 28 (s, 1H), 7.43 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.27-7.20 (m, 2H), 6.94-6.85 (m, 3H), 5 .56-5.48 (m, 1H), 5.34-5.30 (m, 1H), 4.54-4.49 (m, 1H), 4.38 (dd, .7= 7.4 , 9.8 Hz, 1H), 4.33-4.29 (m, 2H), 4.21 (dd, J= 7.6, 9.8 Hz, 1H), 2.90-2.80 ( m, 1H), 2.39-2.05 (m, 6H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1.51 min, ES<+>460 (AA standard).

Eksempel 7: ((lS,2S,4R)-4-{4-[(2,6-Difluorobenzyl)amino]-7//-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)-2-hydroksysyklopentyl)metylsulfamat (forbindelse 1-15) Example 7: ((1S,2S,4R)-4-{4-[(2,6-Difluorobenzyl)amino]-7 H -pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)-2-hydroxycyclopentyl )methylsulfamate (compound 1-15)

[0209] Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt ved å følge fremgangsmåten som beskrives i eksempel la-k, og (2,6-difluorofenyl)metanamin ble brukt i trinn c.<!>H NMR (CD3OD, 300 MHz, 5): 8,17 (s, 1H), 7,39-7,29 (m, 1H), 7,16 ( d, J= 3,6 Hz, 1H), 7,00-6,94 (m, 2H), 6,60 (d, J= 3,6 Hz, 1H), 5,48-5,37 (m, 1H), 4,80 (s, 2H), 4,50-4,46 (m, 1H), 4,36 (dd, 7 = 7,6, 9,6 Hz, 1H), 4,19 (dd, J= 7,2, 9,6 Hz, 1H), 2,85-2,72 (m, 1H), 2,36-2,00 (m, 4H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1,42 min, ES<+>454 (AA-standard). [0209] The title compound was prepared following the procedure described in Example 1a-k, and (2,6-difluorophenyl)methanamine was used in step c. <!>H NMR (CD 3 OD, 300 MHz, 5): 8.17 (s, 1H), 7.39-7.29 (m, 1H), 7.16 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.00-6.94 (m, 2H), 6, 60 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 1H), 5.48-5.37 (m, 1H), 4.80 (s, 2H), 4.50-4.46 (m, 1H), 4 .36 (dd, 7 = 7.6, 9.6 Hz, 1H), 4.19 (dd, J= 7.2, 9.6 Hz, 1H), 2.85-2.72 (m, 1H ), 2.36-2.00 (m, 4H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1.42 min, ES<+>454 (AA standard).

Eksempel 8: {(1 S,2S,4R)-4-[4-(Benzylamino)-7Jf/-pyrrolo[2,3-^]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-hydroksysyklopentyl}metylsulfamat (forbindelse 1-49) Example 8: {(1S,2S,4R)-4-[4-(Benzylamino)-7H/-pyrrolo[2,3-^]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-hydroxycyclopentyl}methylsulfamate (compound 1-49 )

[0210] Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt ved å følge fremgangsmåten som beskrives i la-k, og benzylamin ble brukt i trinn c.<!>H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz, 5): 8,12 (s, 1H), 7,36-7,20 (m, 6H), 6,62 ( d, J= 3,6 Hz, 1H), 5,49-5,40 (m, 1H), 4,76 (s, 2H), 4,50-4,48 (m, 1H), 4,37 (dd, J= 7,6, 10,0 Hz, 1H), 4,20 (dd, J= 7,6, 10,0 Hz, 1H), 2,85-2,76 (m, 1H), 2,36-2,19 (m, 3H), 2,08-2,00 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1,20 min, ES<+>418 (FA-standard). [0210] The title compound was prepared following the procedure described in 1a-k, and benzylamine was used in step c. <!>H NMR (CD 3 OD, 400 MHz, 5): 8.12 (s, 1H), 7, 36-7.20 (m, 6H), 6.62 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 1H), 5.49-5.40 (m, 1H), 4.76 (s, 2H), 4 .50-4.48 (m, 1H), 4.37 (dd, J= 7.6, 10.0 Hz, 1H), 4.20 (dd, J= 7.6, 10.0 Hz, 1H ), 2.85-2.76 (m, 1H), 2.36-2.19 (m, 3H), 2.08-2.00 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1.20 min, ES<+>418 (FA standard).

Eksempel 9: [(lS,2S,4R)-2-Hydroksy-4-(4-([(lS)-l-fenyletyl]amino]-7i/-pyrrolo[2,3-<f]-pyrimidin-7-yl)syklopentyl]metylsulfamat (forbindelse 1-4) Example 9: [(1S,2S,4R)-2-Hydroxy-4-(4-([(1S)-1-phenylethyl]amino]-7i)-pyrrolo[2,3-<f]-pyrimidine-7 -yl)cyclopentyl]methylsulfamate (compound 1-4)

[0211 ] Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt ved å følge fremgangsmåten som beskrives i eksempel la-k, og (lS)-(-)-a-metylbenzylamin ble brukt i trinn c.<!>H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD, 5): 8,05 (s, 1H), 7,41-7,39 ( d, J= 7,6 Hz, 2H), 7,31-7,27 (m, 2H), 7,22-7,17 (m, 2H), 6,72 ( d, J = 3,3 Hz, 1H), 5,46-5,38 (m, 2H), 4,48-4,47 (br s, 1H), 4,37 (dd, J= 7,6, 9,6 Hz, 1H), 4,21-4,17 (m, 1H), 2,84-2,75 (m, 1H), 2,37-2,18 (m, 3H), 2,07-1,94 (m, 1H),1,61-1,59 (d, J= 7,0 Hz, 3H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt= 1,50 min, ES<+>432 (AA-standard). [0211] The title compound was prepared by following the procedure described in Example 1a-k, and (lS)-(-)-α-methylbenzylamine was used in step c.<!>H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD, 5): 8.05 (s, 1H), 7.41-7.39 ( d, J= 7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.31-7.27 (m, 2H), 7.22-7.17 ( m, 2H), 6.72 (d, J = 3.3 Hz, 1H), 5.46-5.38 (m, 2H), 4.48-4.47 (br s, 1H), 4, 37 (dd, J= 7.6, 9.6 Hz, 1H), 4.21-4.17 (m, 1H), 2.84-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.37-2, 18 (m, 3H), 2.07-1.94 (m, 1H), 1.61-1.59 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 3H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt= 1.50 min, ES<+>432 (AA standard).

Eksempel 10: ((lS,2S,4R)-4-(4-[Benzyl(metyl)amino]-7i/-pyrrolo[2,3-^]pyrimidin-7-yl)-2-hydroksysyklopentyl)metylsulfamat (forbindelse I-10) Example 10: ((1S,2S,4R)-4-(4-[Benzyl(methyl)amino]-7i/-pyrrolo[2,3-^]pyrimidin-7-yl)-2-hydroxycyclopentyl)methylsulfamate (compound I-10)

[0212] Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt ved å følge fremgangsmåten som beskrives i eksempel 2a-j, og 7V-metylbenzylamin ble brukt i trinn f.<*>H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6, 5): 8,24 (s, 1H), 7,44-7,25 (m, 5H), 7,31-7,23 (m, 3H), 6,64 (br s, 1H), 5,49-5,37 (m, 1H), 5,04 (s, 2H), 4,37-4,30 (m, 1H), 4,23 (dd, J= 7,0, 9,7 Hz, 1H), 4,04 (dd, J= 8,0, 9,6 Hz, 1H), 3,35 (s, 3H), 2,77-2,64 (m, 1H), 2,22-1,87 (m, 4H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1,51 min, ES<+>432 (AA-standard). [0212] The title compound was prepared following the procedure described in Example 2a-j, and 7N-methylbenzylamine was used in step f.<*>H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6, 5): 8.24 (s, 1H), 7.44-7.25 (m, 5H), 7.31-7.23 (m, 3H), 6.64 (br s, 1H), 5.49-5.37 (m, 1H ), 5.04 (s, 2H), 4.37-4.30 (m, 1H), 4.23 (dd, J= 7.0, 9.7 Hz, 1H), 4.04 (dd, J = 8.0, 9.6 Hz, 1H), 3.35 (s, 3H), 2.77-2.64 (m, 1H), 2.22-1.87 (m, 4H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1.51 min, ES<+>432 (AA standard).

Eksempel 11: ((lS,2S,4R)-4-(4-[(2-Klorobenzyl)amino]-7if-pyrrolo[2,3-rf]pyirmidin-7-yl)-2-hydroksysyklopentyl)metylsulfamat (forbindelse I-l) Example 11: ((1S,2S,4R)-4-(4-[(2-Chlorobenzyl)amino]-7if-pyrrolo[2,3-rf]pyrimidin-7-yl)-2-hydroxycyclopentyl)methylsulfamate (compound I-l)

[0213] Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt ved å følge fremgangsmåten som beskrives i eksempel 2a-j, og 2-klorobenzylamin ble brukt i trinn f.<!>H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-^6, 5): 8,10 (s, 1H), 8,03-7,94 (m, 1H), 7,48-7,42 (m, 1H), 7,38 (s, 1H), 7,36-7,24 (m, 4H), 6,65 (d, J=3,2 Hz, 1H), 5,36 (dt, J= 8,9, 14,2 Hz, 1H), 4,89 (d, .7=3,9 Hz, 1H), 4,76 (d, J= 5,9 Hz, 2H), 4,36-4,30 (m, 1H), 4,24 (dd, J= 7,0, 9,7 Hz, 1H), 4,05 (dd, J= 8,1, 9,5 Hz, 1H), 2,77-2,66 (m, 1H), 2,24-2,02 (m, 3H), 1,99-1,89 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1,51 min, ES<+>452 (AA-standard). [0213] The title compound was prepared following the procedure described in Example 2a-j, and 2-chlorobenzylamine was used in step f. <!>H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-^6, 5): 8.10 (s , 1H), 8.03-7.94 (m, 1H), 7.48-7.42 (m, 1H), 7.38 (s, 1H), 7.36-7.24 (m, 4H ), 6.65 (d, J=3.2 Hz, 1H), 5.36 (dt, J= 8.9, 14.2 Hz, 1H), 4.89 (d, .7=3.9 Hz, 1H), 4.76 (d, J= 5.9 Hz, 2H), 4.36-4.30 (m, 1H), 4.24 (dd, J= 7.0, 9.7 Hz , 1H), 4.05 (dd, J= 8.1, 9.5 Hz, 1H), 2.77-2.66 (m, 1H), 2.24-2.02 (m, 3H), 1.99-1.89 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1.51 min, ES<+>452 (AA standard).

Eksempel 12: ((lS,2S,4R)-2-Hydroksy-4-[4-(metylamino)-7i7-pyrrolo[2,3-tf|pyrimidin-7-yl]-syklopentyl)metylsulfamatog ((lS,2S,4R)-4-[4-[(lS)-2,3-dihydro-lf/-inden-1 -yl (metyl) amino]-77/-pyrrolo[2,3-(f|pyrimidin-7-yl)-2-hydroksysyklopentyl)metylsulfamat (forbindelser 1-40 og 1-6) Example 12: ((1S,2S,4R)-2-Hydroxy-4-[4-(methylamino)-7i7-pyrrolo[2,3-tf|pyrimidin-7-yl]-cyclopentyl)methylsulfamatoge ((1S,2S ,4R)-4-[4-[(1S)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-yl (methyl)amino]-77H-pyrrolo[2,3-(f|pyrimidin-7- yl)-2-hydroxycyclopentyl)methylsulfamate (compounds 1-40 and 1-6)

Trinn a: fe/ t- Butyl ( 1 S)- 2, 3- dihydro- 17/- inden- 1 - ylkarbamat Step a: fe/ t-Butyl ( 1 S )- 2, 3- dihydro- 17/- inden- 1 -yl carbamate

[0214] En oppløsning med (S)-(+)-l-aminoindan (1,24 g, 9,22 mmol) i THF (20,0 mL) tilsattes TEA (1,42 mL, 10,1 mmol) etterfulgt av di-tert-butyldikarbonat (2,07 g, 9,22 mmol) og blandingen ble rørt under nitrogenatmosfære i 24 timer. Blandingen ble konsentrert in vacuo og renset med silikagel-kromatografi utvasket med en gradient på 0 til 20 % EtOAc i heksaner for å gi tittelforbindelsen som et hvitt, fast stoff (2,02 g, 94 %). LC /MS: Rt = 1,94 min, ES<+>234 (AA-standard). [0214] To a solution of (S)-(+)-1-aminoindane (1.24 g, 9.22 mmol) in THF (20.0 mL) was added TEA (1.42 mL, 10.1 mmol) followed by of di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (2.07 g, 9.22 mmol) and the mixture was stirred under a nitrogen atmosphere for 24 h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0 to 20% EtOAc in hexanes to give the title compound as a white solid (2.02 g, 94%). LC /MS: Rt = 1.94 min, ES<+>234 (AA standard).

Trinn b: fe/ t- Butyl ( lS)- 2. 3- dihydro- 17/- inden- l- vl( metvl) karbamat Step b: fe/ t-Butyl ( 1S)- 2. 3- dihydro- 17/- indene- 1- vl( metvl) carbamate

[0215] En oppløsning med tert- buty\ (1 S)-2,3-dihydro- l//-inden-1 -ylkarbamat (1,82 g, 7,80 mmol) i THF (50,0 mL) under argonatmosfære ved 0 °C tilsattes 60 % natriumhydrid i mineralolje (968 mg, 24,2 mmol) og suspensjonen ble oppvarmet til romtemperatur og rørt i 30 min. Iodometan (1,52 mL, 24,2 mmol) ble tilsatt, og blandingen ble rørt over natten. Reaksjonen ble deretter avkjølt ved tilsetting av en mettet ammoniumkloridoppløsning (10,0 mL) og konsentrert in vacuo. Blandingen ble deretter delt mellom vann (20 mL) og DCM (50 mL) og det vandige laget ble utvunnet med DCM (3 x 50 mL). De kombinerte organiske lagene ble tørket over MgSCU, filtrert, konsentrert in vacuo og renset med silikagel-kromatografi utvasket med en gradient på 0 til 20 % EtOAc i heksaner for å gi tittelforbindelsen som en klar, fargeløs olje (1,84 g, 95 %). LC/MS: Rt = 2,21 min, ES<+>248 (AA-standard). [0215] A solution of tert-butyl (1 S )-2,3-dihydro-1 H -inden-1 -yl carbamate (1.82 g, 7.80 mmol) in THF (50.0 mL) under argon atmosphere at 0 °C, 60% sodium hydride in mineral oil (968 mg, 24.2 mmol) was added and the suspension was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 30 min. Iodomethane (1.52 mL, 24.2 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred overnight. The reaction was then quenched by the addition of a saturated ammonium chloride solution (10.0 mL) and concentrated in vacuo. The mixture was then partitioned between water (20 mL) and DCM (50 mL) and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO4, filtered, concentrated in vacuo and purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0 to 20% EtOAc in hexanes to give the title compound as a clear, colorless oil (1.84 g, 95% ). LC/MS: Rt = 2.21 min, ES<+>248 (AA standard).

Trinn c: ( 1 S)- iV- Metvlindan- 1 - amin, hydrokloridsaltStep c: ( 1 S )- iV- Metvlindan- 1 - amine, hydrochloride salt

[0216] En oppløsning med tert- butyl (1 S)-2,3-dihydro- l//-inden-1 - yl(metyl)karbamat (1,84 g, 7,44 mmol) i MeOH (50,0 mL) under nitrogenatmosfære tilsattes saltsyre (6,00 mL, 72,4 mmol) og blandingen ble rørt over natten. Reaksjonen ble konsentrert in vacuo for å gi tittelforbindelsen som et hvitt, fast stoff uten videre rensing (1,35 g, 99 %). LC/MS: Rt = 0,85 min, ES<+>148 (AA-standard). [0216] A solution of tert-butyl (1S)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-yl(methyl)carbamate (1.84 g, 7.44 mmol) in MeOH (50.0 mL) under a nitrogen atmosphere, hydrochloric acid (6.00 mL, 72.4 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred overnight. The reaction was concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound as a white solid without further purification (1.35 g, 99%). LC/MS: Rt = 0.85 min, ES<+>148 (AA standard).

Trinn d fe/ t- Butyl ([(( lS, 2S, 4R)- 4-{ 4- r( lS)- 2 3- dihydro- l//- inden- l-vl( metyl) aminol- 7//- pvrrolo[ 2, 3-^ lpvrimidin- 7- yl|- 2-hydroksysvklopentyl metoksylsulfony 1 ] karbamat Step d fe/ t- Butyl ([(( 1S, 2S, 4R)- 4-{ 4- r( 1S)- 2 3- dihydro- 1//- indene- 1-vl( methyl) aminol- 7// - pvrrolo[ 2, 3-^lpvrimidin-7-yl|- 2-hydroxycyclopentyl methoxysulfony 1 ] carbamate

[0217] Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt ved å følge fremgangsmåten som beskrives i eksempel 2a-i, og (lS)-A^-metylindan-l-amin, hydrokloridsalt ble brukt i trinn f. LC/MS: Rt = 1,55 min, ES<+>558 (AA-standard). [0217] The title compound was prepared by following the procedure described in Example 2a-i, and (1S)-A^-methylindan-1-amine, hydrochloride salt was used in step f. LC/MS: Rt = 1.55 min, ES<+>558 (AA standard).

Trinn e: {( lS. 2S. 4R)- 2- Hvdroksv- 4-[ 4-( metvlamino)- 7//- pyrrolo[ 2. 3- 6ripvrimidin-7- vl1- svklopentvl1metvlsulfamatog rriS. 2S. 4R)- 4-{ 4-[( lS)- 2. 3- dihvdro-l//- inden- l- vl( metvl) aminol- 7i/- pvrrolo[ 2. 3-^ 1pvrimidin- 7- yll- 2-hydroksysyklopentyDmetylsulfamat ( forbindelser 1- 40 og 1- 6) Step e: {( 1S. 2S. 4R)- 2-Hydroxv- 4-[ 4-( methylamino)- 7//- pyrrolo[ 2. 3- 6ripvrimidin-7- vl1- svclopentvl1metvlsulfamatog rriS. 2S. 4R)- 4-{ 4-[( lS)- 2. 3- dihvdro-l//- inden- l- vl( metvl) aminol- 7i/- pvrrolo[ 2. 3-^ 1pvrimidin- 7- yll- 2 -hydroxycyclopentyDmethylsulfamate (compounds 1-40 and 1-6)

[0218] En oppløsning med tert-butyl {[((lS,2S,4R)-4-{4-[(lS)-2,3-dihydro-l#-inden-l-yl(metyl) amino]-7i/-pyrrolo[2,3-<f|pyrimidin-7-yl}-2- hydroksysyklopentyl)metoksy]-sulfonyl}karbamat (97,9 mg, 0,176 mmol) i DCM (5,00 mL) under nitrogenatmosfære tilsattes trifluoreddiksyre (5,00 mL, 64,9 mmol). LC/MS etter 10 minutter viste tilstedeværelse av begge produkter, og blandingen ble konsentrert in vacuo og renset med silikagel-kromatografi utvasket med en gradient på 0 til 10 % MeOH i EtOAc for å gi begge produktene som klare, fargeløse oljer (9,70 mg, 10 % og 30,6 mg, 51 %, henholdsvis). Analytisk data for ((lS,2S,4R)-2-Hydroksy-4-[4-(metylamino)-7i/-pyrrolo[2,3-(i]pyrimidin-7yl]-syklopentyl}metylsulfamat (forbindelse 1-40):<!>H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD, 5): 8,18 (s, 1H), 7,38 (d, J= 3,6 Hz, 1H), 6,74 (d, J = 3,1 Hz, 1H), 5,53-5,42 (m, 1H), 4,51-4,47 (m, 1H), 4,37 (dd, J= 7,5, 9,8 Hz, 1H), 4,19 (dd, 7 = 7,4, 9,7 Hz, 1H), 3,34 (s, 3H), 3,14 (br s, 3H), 2,90-2,75 (m, 1H), 2,37-2,18 (m, 3H), 2,12-1,96 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1,03 min, ES<+>342 (AA-standard). Analytisk data for ((lS,2S,4R)-4-{4-[(lS)-2,3-dihydro-l//-inden-l-yl(metyl)amino]-7//- pyrrolo[2,3-rf]pyrimidin-7-yl}-2-hydroksysyklopentyl)metylsulfamat (forbindelse 1-6):<!>H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD, 5): 8,28 (s, 1H), 7,54 ( d, J= 3,8 Hz, 1H), 7,39-7,21 (m, 4H), 7,02 (d, J= 3,8 Hz, 1H), 6,26 (dd, J= 7,5, 7,5 Hz, 1H), 5,58 (ddd, J= 5,2, 8,9, 17,9 Hz, 1H), 5,47(s, 1H), 4,51 (dd, J=3,3, 3,3 Hz, 1H), 4,38 (dd, J= 7,4, 9,8 Hz, 1H), 4,20 (dd, J= 7,5, 9,7 Hz, 1H), 3,23-2,96 (m, 6H), 2,93-2,79 (m, 1H), 2,76-2,59 (m, 1H), 2,42-2,05 (m, 6H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1,89 min, ES<+>458 (AA-standard). [0218] A solution of tert-butyl {[((1S,2S,4R)-4-{4-[(1S)-2,3-dihydro-1#-inden-1-yl(methyl)amino]- To 7i/-pyrrolo[2,3-<f|pyrimidin-7-yl}-2-hydroxycyclopentyl)methoxy]-sulfonyl}carbamate (97.9 mg, 0.176 mmol) in DCM (5.00 mL) under nitrogen atmosphere was added trifluoroacetic acid (5.00 mL, 64.9 mmol). LC/MS after 10 min indicated the presence of both products, and the mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0 to 10% MeOH in EtOAc to give both products as clear, colorless oils (9.70 mg, 10% and 30.6 mg, 51%, respectively). Analytical data for ((1S,2S,4R)-2-Hydroxy-4-[4-(methylamino)-7i/-pyrrolo[2,3-(i]pyrimidin-7yl]-cyclopentyl}methylsulfamate (compound 1-40 ):<!>H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD, 5): 8.18 (s, 1H), 7.38 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 1H), 6.74 (d, J = 3 ,1 Hz, 1H), 5.53-5.42 (m, 1H), 4.51-4.47 (m, 1H), 4.37 (dd, J= 7.5, 9.8 Hz, 1H), 4.19 (dd, 7 = 7.4, 9.7 Hz, 1H), 3.34 (s, 3H), 3.14 (br s, 3H), 2.90-2.75 ( m, 1H), 2.37-2.18 (m, 3H), 2.12-1.96 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1.03 min, ES<+>342 (AA -standard). Analytical data for ((1S,2S,4R)-4-{4-[(1S)-2,3-dihydro-1/-inden-1-yl(methyl)amino]-7/ - pyrrolo[2,3-rf]pyrimidin-7-yl}-2-hydroxycyclopentyl)methylsulfamate (compound 1-6): <!>H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD, 5): 8.28 (s, 1H) , 7.54 ( d, J= 3.8 Hz, 1H), 7.39-7.21 (m, 4H), 7.02 (d, J= 3.8 Hz, 1H), 6.26 ( dd, J= 7.5, 7.5 Hz, 1H), 5.58 (ddd, J= 5.2, 8.9, 17.9 Hz, 1H), 5.47(s, 1H), 4 .51 (dd, J=3.3, 3.3 Hz, 1H), 4.38 (dd, J= 7.4, 9.8 Hz, 1H), 4.20 (dd, J= 7.5 , 9.7 Hz, 1H), 3.23-2.96 (m, 6H), 2.93-2.79 (m, 1H), 2.76-2.59 (m, 1H), 2, 42-2.05 (m, 6H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1.89 min, ES<+>458 (AA standard).

Eksempel 13: {(lS,2S,4R)-4-[4-(Benzylamino)-5-fluoro-7Jf/-pyrrolo[2,3-(f|pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-hydroksysyklopentyl}metylsulfamat (forbindelse 1-31) Example 13: {(1S,2S,4R)-4-[4-(Benzylamino)-5-fluoro-7H/-pyrrolo[2,3-(f|pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-hydroxycyclopentyl}methylsulfamate ( connection 1-31)

Trinn a: 4- Kloro- 5- lfuoro- 7i/- pyiTolo[ 2, 3-( i] pvrimidm Step a: 4- Chloro- 5- lfluoro- 7i/- pyiTolo[ 2, 3-( i] pvrimidm

[0219] En omrørt oppløsning med 4-kloro-li/-pyirolo[2,3-^pyrimidm (3,00 g, 19,5 mmol) i AcCN (148 mL) tilsattes Selectfluor™ (l-klorometyl-4-fluoro-l,4-diazoniabisyklo[2.2.2]oktan bis(tetrafluoroborat)), 10,4 g, 29,4 mmol) og AcOH (29,8 mL, 524 mmol), og deretter ble blandingen rørt i 26 timer ved 70 °C under nitrogenatmosfære. Etter avkjøling til romtemperatur ble blandingen konsentrert in vacuo, og blandingen ble evaporert sammen med tørr toluen (2 x 30 mL). Restkonsentrasjonen ble oppløst i en oppløsning med 50 % DCM i EtOAc og filtrert gjennom en pute med silikagel som ble vasket grundig. Filtratet ble konsentrert in vacuo, restkonsentrasjonen ble renset med silikagel-kromatografi utvasket med en gradient på 0 til 30 % EtOAc i DCM for å gi tittelforbindelsen som et lysebrunt fast stoff (1,22 g, 36 %). LC/MS: Rt = 1,51 min, ES<+>243 (AA-standard). [0219] To a stirred solution of 4-chloro-l/-pyrrolo[2,3-^pyrimidinm (3.00 g, 19.5 mmol) in AcCN (148 mL) was added Selectfluor™ (1-chloromethyl-4-fluoro -1,4-diazoniabicyclo[2.2.2]octane bis(tetrafluoroborate)), 10.4 g, 29.4 mmol) and AcOH (29.8 mL, 524 mmol), and then the mixture was stirred for 26 h at 70 °C under nitrogen atmosphere. After cooling to room temperature, the mixture was concentrated in vacuo, and the mixture was co-evaporated with dry toluene (2 x 30 mL). The residue was dissolved in a solution of 50% DCM in EtOAc and filtered through a pad of silica gel which was washed thoroughly. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo, the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0 to 30% EtOAc in DCM to give the title compound as a light brown solid (1.22 g, 36%). LC/MS: Rt = 1.51 min, ES<+>243 (AA standard).

Trinn b: (( 1 S. 2S. 4R)- 4- r4-( Benzylamino)- 5- fluoro- 7//- pvrrolor2. 3- 6npvrimidin- 7-yll- 2- hvdroksvsvklopentvl) metylsulfamat ( forbindelse 1- 31) Step b: (( 1 S . 2 S . 4 R )- 4- r 4-( Benzylamino)- 5- fluoro- 7//- pvrrolor2. 3- 6npvrimidin- 7-yl- 2- hydroxyvsvclopentyl) methylsulfamate (compound 1- 31)

[0220] Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt ved å følge fremgangsmåten som beskrives i eksempel la-k, og benzylamin og 4-kloro-5-lfuoro-7i/-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin ble brukt i trinn c.<!>H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD, 5): 8,09 (s, 1H), 7,37-7,32 (m, 2H), 7,31-7,26 (m, 2H), 7,23-7,19 (m, 1H), 7,06 (d, J= 2,0 Hz, 1H), 5,50-5,42 (m, 1H), 4,76 (br s, 2H), 4,47-4,43 (m, 1H), 4,34 (dd, J= 7,8, 9,8 Hz, 1H), 4,17 (dd, J= 7,2, 9,8 Hz, 1H), 2,81-2,72 (m, 1H), 2,29 (ddd, J= 1,5, 8,0 Hz, 14,0 Hz, 1H), 2,25-2,13 (m, 2H), 1,98 (ddd, J = 5,0, 9,4, 14,0 Hz, 1H). LC/MS: Rt =1,56 min, ES<+>436 (AA-standard). [0220] The title compound was prepared by following the procedure described in Example la-k, and benzylamine and 4-chloro-5-fluoro-7iH-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine were used in step c.<!> H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD, δ): 8.09 (s, 1H), 7.37-7.32 (m, 2H), 7.31-7.26 (m, 2H), 7.23- 7.19 (m, 1H), 7.06 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, 1H), 5.50-5.42 (m, 1H), 4.76 (br s, 2H), 4, 47-4.43 (m, 1H), 4.34 (dd, J= 7.8, 9.8 Hz, 1H), 4.17 (dd, J= 7.2, 9.8 Hz, 1H) , 2.81-2.72 (m, 1H), 2.29 (ddd, J= 1.5, 8.0 Hz, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 2.25-2.13 (m, 2H ), 1.98 (ddd, J = 5.0, 9.4, 14.0 Hz, 1H). LC/MS: Rt =1.56 min, ES<+>436 (AA standard).

Eksempel 14: ((lS,2S,4R)-4-{4-[(Sykloheksylmetyl)amino]-7//-pyrrolo[2,3-^pyrimidin-7-yl}-2-hydroksysyklopentyl)metylsulfamat (forbindelse I-29) Example 14: ((1S,2S,4R)-4-{4-[(Cyclohexylmethyl)amino]-7/-pyrrolo[2,3-^pyrimidin-7-yl}-2-hydroxycyclopentyl)methylsulfamate (compound I -29)

[0221 ] Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt ved å følge fremgangsmåten som beskrives i eksempel la-k, og sykloheksanmetylamin ble brukt i trinn c.<*>H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD, 5): 8,08 (s, 1H), 7,17 (d, J= 3,6 Hz, 1H), 6,60 (d, J= 3,6 Hz, 1H), 5,47-5,35 (m, 1H), 4,50-4,46 (m, 1H), 4,36 (dd, J= 7,6, 9,8 Hz, 1H), 4,19 (dd, J= 7,3, 9,8 Hz, 1H), 3,35 (br s, 1H), 3,34 (br s, 2H), 3,32 (br s, 1H), 2,85-2,72 (m, 1H), 2,36-2,15 (m, 3H), 2,01 (ddd, J= 4,9, 9,2, 14,3 Hz, 1H), 1,88-1,60 (m, 6H),1,36-1,15 (m, 3H),1,06-0,91 (m, 2H). LC/MS: Rt = 1,60 min, ES<+>424 (AA-standard). [0221 ] The title compound was prepared following the procedure described in Example la-k, and cyclohexanemethylamine was used in step c.<*>H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD, 5): 8.08 (s, 1H), 7 .17 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 1H), 6.60 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 1H), 5.47-5.35 (m, 1H), 4.50-4, 46 (m, 1H), 4.36 (dd, J= 7.6, 9.8 Hz, 1H), 4.19 (dd, J= 7.3, 9.8 Hz, 1H), 3.35 (br s, 1H), 3.34 (br s, 2H), 3.32 (br s, 1H), 2.85-2.72 (m, 1H), 2.36-2.15 (m, 3H), 2.01 (ddd, J= 4.9, 9.2, 14.3 Hz, 1H), 1.88-1.60 (m, 6H), 1.36-1.15 (m, 3H), 1.06-0.91 (m, 2H). LC/MS: Rt = 1.60 min, ES<+>424 (AA standard).

Eksempel 15: ((lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-{4-[(lS)-2,3-Dihydro-li/-inden-l-ylamino]-7i/- Example 15: ((1S,2R,3S,4R)-4-{4-[(1S)-2,3-Dihydro-1/-inden-1-ylamino]-7i/-

pyrrolo[2,3-(f]-pyrimidin-7-yl}-2,3-dihydroksysyklopentyl)metylsulfamat pyrrolo[2,3-(f]-pyrimidin-7-yl}-2,3-dihydroxycyclopentyl)methylsulfamate

(forbindelse 1-17) (connection 1-17)

Trinna: ( lR. 2S3R. 5S)- 3444( lS)- 23- Dihvdro- li/- inden- l- vlaminol- 7i/pyrrolo[ 2, 3-(/ 1- pvrimidin- 7- vl|- 5-( hvdroksvmetvl) svklopentan- l, 2- diol Step: ( 1R. 2S3R. 5S)- 3444( 1S)- 23- Dihvdro- li/- inden- 1- vlaminol- 7i/pyrrolo[ 2, 3-(/ 1- pyrimidine- 7- vl|- 5-( hvdroksvmetvl) svclopentan- l, 2- diol

[0222] En oppløsning med (4aS,6R,7R,7aR)-6-{4-[(lS)-2,3-dihydro-l//-inden-l-ylamino]-7//-pyrrolo[2,3-(f|pyrimidin-7-yl}-2-(4-metoksyfenyl)-7-metyiheksahydrosyklopenta[<i]-[l,3]dioksin-7-ol (312 mg, 0,594 mmol som fremstilt etter fremgangsmåten i eksempel la-d, og (S)-(+)-l-aminoindan ble brukt i trinn c) i THF (1,17 mL) og vann (1,17 mL), tilsattes AcOH (3,51 mL, 61,7 mmol) under nitrogenatmosfære. Blandingen ble rørt ved romtemperatur over natten. Løsningsmiddel ble fjernet in vacuo og restkonsentrasjonen ble renset med silikagel-kromatografi utvasket med en gradient på 0 til 10 % MeOH i DCM for å gi tittelforbindelsen som et hvitt, fast stoff (182 mg, 76 %). LC/MS: Rt = 0,85 min, ES<+>381 (FA-standard). [0222] A solution of (4αS,6R,7R,7αR)-6-{4-[(1S)-2,3-dihydro-1 H -inden-1-ylamino]-7 H -pyrrolo[2 ,3-(f|pyrimidin-7-yl}-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-7-methylhexahydrocyclopenta[<i]-[1,3]dioxin-7-ol (312 mg, 0.594 mmol as prepared according to the procedure in example 1a-d, and (S)-(+)-1-aminoindane was used in step c) in THF (1.17 mL) and water (1.17 mL), added AcOH (3.51 mL, 61, 7 mmol) under nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0 to 10% MeOH in DCM to afford the title compound as a white solid ( 182 mg, 76%).LC/MS: Rt = 0.85 min, ES<+>381 (FA standard).

Trinn b: (( 3aR. 4S. 6R. 6aS)- 6-{ 4- r( lS)- 2. 3- Dihvdro- l//- inden- l- ylamino1- 7//pvrrolo[ 2, 3- yi- pvrimidin- 7- vl]- 2, 2- dimetvltetrahydro- 3ai/- syklopenta[^] [ 1, 3] dioksol- 4- yl) metanol Step b: (( 3aR. 4S. 6R. 6aS)- 6-{ 4- r( 1S)- 2. 3- Dihvdro- l//- inden- l- ylamino1- 7//pvrrolo[ 2, 3- yi - pvirimidin- 7- vl]- 2, 2- dimethyltetrahydro- 3ai/- cyclopenta[^] [ 1, 3] dioxol- 4- yl) methanol

[0223] En suspensjon med (lR,2S,3R,5S)-3-{4-[(lS)-2,3-dihydro-li/-inden-l-ylamino]-7//-pyrrolo[2,3-rf]pyrimidin-7-yl} -5-(hydroksymetyl)syklopentan-1,2-diol (63,8 mg, 0,168 mmol) og 2,2-dimetoksypropan (0,103 mL, 0,838 mmol) i aceton (2,10 mL) tilsattes p-toluensulfonsyre monohydrat (31,9 mg, 0,168 mmol) under hurtig omrøring. Den resulterende oppløsningen ble rørt over natten. Reaksjonen ble avkjølt med en mettet vandig natriumbikarbonatoppløsning (1,00 mL) og volumet ble redusert in vacuo. Oppløsningen ble fortynnet med vann og utvunnet med EtOAc. De kombinerte organiske lagene ble vasket med en mettet vandig natriumkloridoppløsning, tørket over natriumsulfat, filtrert og konsentrert in vacuo. Restkonsentrasjonen ble renset med silikagel-kromatografi utvasket med en gradient på 10 til 60 % EtOAc i heksaner for å gi tittelforbindelsen som et hvitt, fast stoff (49,6 mg, 70 %). LC/MS: Rt = 1,16 min, ES<+>421 (FA-standard). [0223] A suspension with (1R,2S,3R,5S)-3-{4-[(1S)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-ylamino]-7H-pyrrolo[2, 3-rf]pyrimidin-7-yl}-5-(hydroxymethyl)cyclopentane-1,2-diol (63.8 mg, 0.168 mmol) and 2,2-dimethoxypropane (0.103 mL, 0.838 mmol) in acetone (2, 10 mL) p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (31.9 mg, 0.168 mmol) was added with rapid stirring. The resulting solution was stirred overnight. The reaction was quenched with a saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (1.00 mL) and the volume was reduced in vacuo. The solution was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were washed with a saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 10 to 60% EtOAc in hexanes to give the title compound as a white solid (49.6 mg, 70%). LC/MS: Rt = 1.16 min, ES<+>421 (FA standard).

Trinne: (( lS. 2R. 3S. 4R)- 4-{ 4- r( lS)- 2. 3- Dihv( ko- l^- inden4- vlaminol- 7//pvrrolo [ 2, 3 -( flpvrimidin- 7- vl] - 2, 3 - dihydroksysyklopentyDmetylsulfamat Step: (( lS. 2R. 3S. 4R)- 4-{ 4- r( lS)- 2. 3- Dihv( co- l^- inden4- vlaminol- 7//pvrrolo [ 2, 3 -( flpvrimidin- 7-vl]-2,3-dihydroxycyclopentyDmethylsulfamate

( forbindelse 1- 17) (connection 1-17)

[0224] En suspensjon med ((3aR,4S,6R,6aS)-6-{4-[(lS)-2,3-dihydro-l//-inden-l-ylamino]-7i/-pyrrolo[2,3-(i]pyrimidin-7-yl}-2,2-dimetyltetrahydro-3ai/- syklopenta[d][l,3]dioksol-4-yl)metanol (45,9 mg, 0,109 mmol) og pyridin (0,0180 mL, 0,222 mmol) i AcCN (1,10 mL) og DCM (0,500 mL) ved 0 °C under nitrogenatmosfære tilsattes dråper med en 2,00 M oppløsning med klorosulfonamid i AcCN (0,110 mL, 0,220 mmol, som fremstilt i lj). Suspensjonen ble rørt i 2 timer og mer 2,00 M med klorosulfonamid i AcCN-oppløsning (0,150 mL, 3,00 mmol) ble tilsatt. Etter 5 minutter ble reaksjonen avkjølt med MeOH (1,00 mL) og løsningsmidlet ble fjernet in vacuo. Restkonsentrasjonen ble renset med silikagel-kromatografi utvasket med en gradient på 0 til 10 % MeOH i DCM for å gi tittelforbindelsen som et hvitt, fast stoff (23,1 mg, 46 %). [0224] A suspension with ((3αR,4S,6R,6αS)-6-{4-[(1S)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-ylamino]-7H-pyrrolo[2 ,3-(i]pyrimidin-7-yl}-2,2-dimethyltetrahydro-3αi/-cyclopenta[d][1,3]dioxol-4-yl)methanol (45.9 mg, 0.109 mmol) and pyridine ( 0.0180 mL, 0.222 mmol) in AcCN (1.10 mL) and DCM (0.500 mL) at 0 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere was added dropwise a 2.00 M solution of chlorosulfonamide in AcCN (0.110 mL, 0.220 mmol, as prepared in lj). The suspension was stirred for 2 h and more 2.00 M of chlorosulfonamide in AcCN solution (0.150 mL, 3.00 mmol) was added. After 5 min the reaction was quenched with MeOH (1.00 mL) and the solvent was removed in vacuo The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0 to 10% MeOH in DCM to afford the title compound as a white solid (23.1 mg, 46%).

'HNMR (400MHz, CD3OD, 5): 8,36 (s, 1H), 7,62 ( d, J= 3,1 Hz, 1H), 7,43-7,33 (m, 4H), 7,04 ( d, J = 3,0 Hz, 1H), 5,67 (br s, 1H), 5,25-5,20 (m, 1H), 4,61 (dd, J= 3,8, 9,3 Hz, 1H), 4,48 (dd, J= 2,0, 9,9 Hz, 1H), 4,27-4,22 (m, 2H), 3,74 (s, 1H), 3,27-3,20 (m, 1H), 3,13-3,05 (m, 1H), 3,02-2,90 (m, 1H), 2,87-2,77 (m, 1H), 2,35-2,19 (m, 3H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 0,94 min, ES<+>460. (FA-standard). 'HNMR (400MHz, CD3OD, 5): 8.36 (s, 1H), 7.62 (d, J= 3.1 Hz, 1H), 7.43-7.33 (m, 4H), 7, 04 ( d, J = 3.0 Hz, 1H), 5.67 (br s, 1H), 5.25-5.20 (m, 1H), 4.61 (dd, J= 3.8, 9 .3 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (dd, J= 2.0, 9.9 Hz, 1H), 4.27-4.22 (m, 2H), 3.74 (s, 1H), 3 .27-3.20 (m, 1H), 3.13-3.05 (m, 1H), 3.02-2.90 (m, 1H), 2.87-2.77 (m, 1H) , 2.35-2.19 (m, 3H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 0.94 min, ES<+>460. (FA standard).

Eksempel 16: ((lR,4R)-4-{4-[(lS)-2,3-Dihydro-li/-inden-l-ylamino]-7i/-pyrrolo[2,3-<i]-pyrimidin-7-yl}syklopent-2-en-l-yl)metylsulfamat og ((lS,3S)-3-{4-[(1 S)2,3-dihydro- l//-inden-1 -ylaminol-7//-pyrrolo[2,3-(f|pyrimidin-7-yl}syklopentyl)metylsulfamat (forbindelse 1-20 og I-l 1) Example 16: ((1R,4R)-4-{4-[(1S)-2,3-Dihydro-1H-inden-1-ylamino]-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-<i]-pyrimidine -7-yl}cyclopent-2-en-1-yl)methylsulfamate and ((1S,3S)-3-{4-[(1S)2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-ylaminol- 7//-pyrrolo[2,3-(f|pyrimidin-7-yl}cyclopentyl)methylsulfamate (compound 1-20 and I-1 1)

Trinna: ( lS. 2R. 3S. 5R)- 3-({ rferr- Butvirdimetvnsilvl] oksvlmetvn- 5-{ 4-[( lS)- 2. 3-dihvdro- l//- inden- l- vlamino]- 7//- pvrrolo[ 2, 3- yipyrimidin- 7-vl] svklopentan- l, 2- diol Step: ( lS. 2R. 3S. 5R)- 3-({ rferr-Butvirdimethvnsilvl] oxvlmetvn- 5-{ 4-[( lS)- 2. 3-dihydro- l//- inden- l- vlamino]- 7 //- pvrrolo[ 2, 3- yipyrimidine- 7-vl] svclopentan- 1, 2- diol

[0225] En oppløsning på (lR,2S,3R,5S)-3-[4-[(lS)-2,3-dihydro-l//-inden-l-ylamino]-7i7-pyrrolo[2,3-(i]pyrimidin-7-yl}-5-(hydroksymetyl)syklopentan-l,2-diol (166 mg, 0,436 mmol som fremdstilt i eksempel 15a), ter?-butyldimetylsilylklorid (69,0 mg, 0,458 mmol), l#-imidazol (44,6 mg, 0,654 mmol) i DMF (2,00 mL) ble rørt uner nitrogenatmosfære. Etter 2 timer ble ekstra tert-butyldimetylsilylklorid (6,00 mg, 0,0365 mmol) tilsatt og oppløsningen ble rørt i 1 time. Reaksjonen ble avkjølt med vann og utvunnet med EtOAc. De kombinerte organiske stoffene ble vasket med vann og mettet vandig natriumkloridoppløsning, tørket over natriumsulfat, filtrert og konsentrert in vacuo. Restkonsentrasjonen ble filtrert gjennom en plugg med silikagel utvasket med 60 % EtOAc i heksaner for å gi tittelforbindelsen som et nesten hvitt, fast stoff (179 mg, 83 %). LC/MS: Rt = 1,51 min, ES<+>495 (FA-standard). [0225] A solution of (1R,2S,3R,5S)-3-[4-[(1S)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-ylamino]-7i7-pyrrolo[2,3 -(i]pyrimidin-7-yl}-5-(hydroxymethyl)cyclopentane-1,2-diol (166 mg, 0.436 mmol as prepared in Example 15a), tert -butyldimethylsilyl chloride (69.0 mg, 0.458 mmol), 1#-imidazole (44.6 mg, 0.654 mmol) in DMF (2.00 mL) was stirred under a nitrogen atmosphere.After 2 h, additional tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride (6.00 mg, 0.0365 mmol) was added and the solution was stirred for 1 hour. The reaction was cooled with water and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organics were washed with water and saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was filtered through a plug of silica gel eluted with 60% EtOAc in hexanes to give the title compound as an off-white solid (179 mg, 83%) LC/MS: Rt = 1.51 min, ES<+>495 (FA standard).

Trinn b: ( 3aR. 4S. 6R. 6aS)- 4-({[ ter?- Butvl( dimetvnsilyl1oksvimetvn- 6- ( 4[( lS)- 2. 3-dihvdro- li/- inden- l- vlamino]- 7i/- pyrrolo[ 2, 3- 6ripvrimidin- 7-vl] tetrahvdro- 3ai/- svklopenta[^ 1[ 1. 3] dioksol- 2- tion Step b: ( 3aR . 4S . 6R . 6aS )- 4-({[ ter?- Butvl( dimetvnsilyl1oxymetvn- 6- ( 4[( 1S )- 2. 3-dihydro- li/- inden- 1- vlamino]- 7i/- pyrrolo[ 2, 3- 6ripvrimidin- 7-vl] tetrahydro- 3ai/- svclopenta[^ 1[ 1. 3] dioxol- 2- thione

[0226] En oppløsning med (lS,2R,3S,5R)-3-({[ter?-butyl(dimetyl)silyl]oksy}metyl)-5-{4-[(lS)-2,3-dihydro-li/-inden-l-ylamino]-7//- pyrrolo[2,3-tf|p<y>rimidm-7-yl}syklopentan-l,2-diol (179 mg, 0,362 mmol) i DMF (2,00 mL) under nitrogenatmosfære tilsattes 1,l'-tiokarbonyldiimidazol (72,3 mg, 0,406 mmol) og oppløsningen ble oppvarmet til 80 °C i 3 timer. Løsningsmidlet ble fjernet og restkonsentrasjonen ble renset med silikagel-kromatografi utvasket med en gradient på 0 til 50 % EtOAc i heksaner for å gi tittelforbindelsen (158 mg, 81 %). LC/MS: Rt = 2,24 min, ES<+>538 (FA-standard). [0226] A solution of (1S,2R,3S,5R)-3-({[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}methyl)-5-{4-[(1S)-2,3-dihydro -1H-inden-1-ylamino]-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-tf|p<y>rimidm-7-yl}cyclopentane-1,2-diol (179 mg, 0.362 mmol) in DMF ( 2.00 mL) under a nitrogen atmosphere, 1,1'-thiocarbonyldiimidazole (72.3 mg, 0.406 mmol) was added and the solution was heated to 80 °C for 3 h. The solvent was removed and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0 to 50% EtOAc in hexanes to give the title compound (158 mg, 81%). LC/MS: Rt = 2.24 min, ES<+>538 (FA standard).

Trinn c: 7 -\( lR. 4R)- 4-(([ fer?- Butvl( dimetvl) silvl1oksvlmetvl) svklopent- 2- en- l- yl1-A^-[( lS)- 2. 3- dihvdro- l//- inden- l- vl]- 7//- pyrrolo[ 2, 3-( i] pvrimidin- 4- amin Step c: 7 -\( 1R. 4R)- 4-(([ fer?- Butvl( dimetvl) silvl1oxvlmetvl) svclopent- 2- en- 1- yl1-A^-[( 1S)- 2. 3- dihydro- l//- inden- l- vl]- 7//- pyrrolo[ 2, 3-( i] pvrimidin- 4- amine

[0227] En oppløsning med (3aR,4S,6R,6aS)-4-({[tert-butyl(dimetyl)silyl]oksy}metyl)-6- {4-[(l S)-2,3-dihydro- li/-inden-1 -ylamino]-7i7-pyrrolo[2,3-rf]pyrimidin-7-yl}tetrahydro-3ai/-syklopenta[rf][l,3]dioksol-2-tion (138 mg, 0,257 mmol) i THF (0,860 mL) at 0 °C under nitrogenatmosfære tilsattes l,3-dimetyl-2-fenyl-l,3,2-diazafosfolidin (0,147 mL, 0,793 mmol) i dråper. Oppløsningen ble rørt i 10 minutter ved 0 °C og deretter ved romtemperatur i 5 timer. Løsningsmidlet ble fjernet og restkonsentrasjonen renset med silikagel-kromatografi utvasket med en gradient på 0 til 20 % EtOAc i heksaner for å gi tittelforbindelsen som en ren olje (-70 % renhet, 81,9 mg, [0227] A solution of (3aR,4S,6R,6aS)-4-({[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}methyl)-6-{4-[(1 S )-2,3-dihydro - 1H-inden-1-ylamino]-7i7-pyrrolo[2,3-rf]pyrimidin-7-yl}tetrahydro-3aiH-cyclopenta[rf][1,3]dioxol-2-thione (138 mg, 0.257 mmol) in THF (0.860 mL) at 0 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere, 1,3-dimethyl-2-phenyl-1,3,2-diazaphospholidine (0.147 mL, 0.793 mmol) was added dropwise. The solution was stirred for 10 minutes at 0 °C and then at room temperature for 5 hours. The solvent was removed and the residue purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0 to 20% EtOAc in hexanes to give the title compound as a pure oil (-70% purity, 81.9 mg,

48 %). LC/MS: Rt = 2,10 min, ES<+>462 (FA-standard). 48%). LC/MS: Rt = 2.10 min, ES<+>462 (FA standard).

Trinn d: (( 1R. 4RV4-{ 4- r( lS)- 2. 3- Dihvdro- l//- inden- l- vlamino1- 7//- pyrrolor2. 3-^ pyrimidin- 7- yll svklopent- 2- en- 1 - yl) metanol Step d: (( 1R. 4RV4-{ 4- r( lS)- 2. 3- Dihvdro- l//- inden- l- vlamino1- 7//- pyrrolor2. 3-^ pyrimidin- 7- yl svclopent- 2 - en-1-yl) methanol

[0228] En oppløsning med 7-[(lR,4R)-4-({[ter?-butyl(dimetyl)silyl]oksy}-metyl)syklopent-2-en-1 -yl]-7V-[(l S)-2,3-dihydro- li/-inden-1 -yl]-7//-pyrrolo[2,3-</]pyrimidin-4-amin (81,9 mg, 0,178 mmol) i pyridin (0,800 mL) og THF (0,800 mL) ved 0 °C under nitrogenatmosfære tilsattes pyridinhydrofluorid (0,0500 mL, 0,555 mol) i dråper. Oppløsningen ble oppvarmet til romtemperatur og rørt over natten. Reaksjonen ble avkjølt med en mettet vandig natriumbikarbonat oppløsning og fortynnet med EtOAc. Lagene ble separert og de vandige lagene ble utvunnet med EtOAc (3 x 20 mL). De kombinerte organiske lagene ble tørket over natriumsulfat, filtrert og konsentrert in vacuo. Restkonsentrasjonen ble renset med silikagel-kromatografi utvasket med en gradient på 0 til 5 % MeOH i DCM for å gi tittelforbindelsen som et hvitt, fast stoff (-70 % renhet, 35,7 mg, 41 %). LC/MS: Rt = 1,03 min, ES<+>347 (FA-standard). [0228] A solution of 7-[(1R,4R)-4-({[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}-methyl)cyclopent-2-en-1 -yl]-7V-[(l S)-2,3-dihydro- l/-inden-1-yl]-7//-pyrrolo[2,3-</]pyrimidin-4-amine (81.9 mg, 0.178 mmol) in pyridine (0.800 mL) and THF (0.800 mL) at 0 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere, pyridine hydrofluoride (0.0500 mL, 0.555 mol) was added dropwise. The solution was warmed to room temperature and stirred overnight. The reaction was quenched with a saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution and diluted with EtOAc. The layers were separated and the aqueous layers were extracted with EtOAc (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0 to 5% MeOH in DCM to give the title compound as a white solid (-70% purity, 35.7 mg, 41%). LC/MS: Rt = 1.03 min, ES<+>347 (FA standard).

Trinn e: (( lR, 4R)- 4- 14-[( 1 S)- 2, 3- Dihvdro- i7/- inden- l- vlamino1- 7//- pvrrolo[ 2, 3-^l pvrimidin- 7- yll svklopent- 2- en- 1 - vDmetylsulfamat ( forbindelse 1- 20) Step e: (( 1R, 4R)- 4- 14-[( 1 S)- 2, 3- Dihvdro- i7/- inden- 1- vlamino1- 7//- pvrrolo[ 2, 3-^l pvrimidin- 7 - yll svclopent- 2- en- 1 - vDmethylsulfamate (compound 1- 20)

[0229] En oppløsning med ((lR,4R)-4-{4-[(lS)-2,3-dihydro-l//-inden-l-ylamino]-7i/-pyrrolo[2,3-tf|pyrimidin-7-yl}syklopent-2-en-l-yl)metanol (35,7 mg, 0,103 mmol) og pyridin (0,0417 mL, 0,515 mmol) i AcCN (1,00 mL) ved 0 °C under nitrogenatmosfære tilsattes en 2,00 M oppløsning med klorosulfonamid i AcCN i dråper (0,260 mL, 0,520 mmol, som fremstilt i lj). Oppløsningen ble rørt i 1 time. Reaksjonen ble avkjølt med en mettet vandig natriumbikarbonatoppløsning og delt mellom vann og EtOAc. Lagene ble separert og de vandige lagene ble utvunnet med EtOAc (2 x 20 mL). De kombinerte organiske lagene ble vasket med en mettet vandig natriumkloridoppløsning, tørket over natriumsulfat, filtrert og konsentrert in vacuo. Restkonsentrasjonen ble renset med silikagel-kromatografi utvasket med en gradient på 0 til 5 % MeOH i DCM for å gi tittelforbindelsen som et fast stoff (28,9 mg, 66 %).<!>H NMR (400MHz, CDCb, 5): 8,36 (s, 1H), 7,35 (d, J= 7,2 Hz, 1H), 7,30-7,18 (m, 3H), 6,89 (d,J=3,6Hz, 1H), 6,32 (d,J= 3,5 Hz, 1H), 6,14-6,12 (m, 1H), 6,04-5,97 (m, 2H), 5,89 (br s, 1H), 4,19 (dd, J= 1,2, 6,0 Hz, 2H), 3,43-3,37 (m, 1H), 3,09-3,01 (m, 1H), 2,98-2,90 (m, 1H), 2,77-2,69 (m, 1H), 2,46-2,39 (m, 1H), 2,07-1,93 (m, 3H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1,24 min, ES<+>426 (FA-standard). [0229] A solution of ((1R,4R)-4-{4-[(1S)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-ylamino]-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-tf |pyrimidin-7-yl}cyclopent-2-en-l-yl)methanol (35.7 mg, 0.103 mmol) and pyridine (0.0417 mL, 0.515 mmol) in AcCN (1.00 mL) at 0 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere, a 2.00 M solution of chlorosulfonamide in AcCN was added dropwise (0.260 mL, 0.520 mmol, as prepared in lj). The solution was stirred for 1 hour. The reaction was quenched with a saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution and partitioned between water and EtOAc. The layers were separated and the aqueous layers were extracted with EtOAc (2 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with a saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0 to 5% MeOH in DCM to give the title compound as a solid (28.9 mg, 66%).<!>H NMR (400MHz, CDCb, 5): 8.36 (s, 1H), 7.35 (d, J= 7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.30-7.18 (m, 3H), 6.89 (d, J=3.6Hz, 1H), 6.32 (d,J= 3.5 Hz, 1H), 6.14-6.12 (m, 1H), 6.04-5.97 (m, 2H), 5.89 (br s, 1H), 4.19 (dd, J= 1.2, 6.0 Hz, 2H), 3.43-3.37 (m, 1H), 3.09-3.01 (m, 1H) , 2.98-2.90 (m, 1H), 2.77-2.69 (m, 1H), 2.46-2.39 (m, 1H), 2.07-1.93 (m, 3H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1.24 min, ES<+>426 (FA standard).

Trinn f: ((lS,3S)-3-{4-[(lS)-2,3-dihydro-l#-^ Step f: ((1S,3S)-3-{4-[(1S)-2,3-dihydro-1#-^

pvrimidin-7-vllsvklopentvl)metylsulfamat ( forbindelse 1- 11) pyrimidine-7-ylcyclopentyl)methylsulfamate (compound 1-11)

[0230] En suspensjon med ((lR,4R)-4-{4-[(lS)-2,3-dihydro-li/-inden-l-ylamino]-7i/-pyrrolo[2,3-(f|pyrimidin-7-yl)syklopent-2-en-l-yl)metylsulfamat (17,3 mg, 0,0406 mmol) og 10 % palladium på karbon (8,60 mg) i EtOAc (0,500 mL) ble plassert under hydrogenatmosfære. Etter 3 timer ble flasken utrenset med nitrogen og suspensjonen filtrert gjennom kiselgur utvasket med EtOAc for å gi tittelforbindelsen som et hvitt, fast stoff (10,8 mg, 62 %).<!>H NMR (400MHz, CDCb, 5): 8,36 (s, 1H), 7,36 (d, J= 7,3 Hz, 1H), 7,29-7,15 (m, 3H), 7,00 (d, J= 3,4 Hz, 1H), 6,33 (d, J= 3,4 Hz, 1H), 5,91-5,87 (m, 1H), 5,41 (br s, 2H), 5,23-5,15 (m, 2H), 4,26 (dd, J= 5,8, 9,8 Hz, 1H), 4,18 (dd, J= 6,2, 9,8 Hz, 1H), 3,09-3,02 (m, 1H), 2,99-2,90 (m, 1H), 2,36-2,27 (m, 2H), 2,21-2,12 (m, 2H), 2,09-1,93 (m, 3H), 1,66-1,57 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1,24 min, ES<+>428 (FA-standard). [0230] A suspension with ((1R,4R)-4-{4-[(1S)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-ylamino]-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-(f |pyrimidin-7-yl)cyclopent-2-en-l-yl)methylsulfamate (17.3 mg, 0.0406 mmol) and 10% palladium on carbon (8.60 mg) in EtOAc (0.500 mL) were placed under hydrogen atmosphere. After 3 h, the flask was purged with nitrogen and the suspension filtered through diatomaceous earth eluted with EtOAc to give the title compound as a white solid (10.8 mg, 62%). <!>H NMR (400MHz, CDCb, 5): 8 .36 (s, 1H), 7.36 (d, J= 7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.29-7.15 (m, 3H), 7.00 (d, J= 3.4 Hz, 1H), 6.33 (d, J= 3.4 Hz, 1H), 5.91-5.87 (m, 1H), 5.41 (br s, 2H), 5.23-5.15 ( m, 2H), 4.26 (dd, J= 5.8, 9.8 Hz, 1H), 4.18 (dd, J= 6.2, 9.8 Hz, 1H), 3.09-3 .02 (m, 1H), 2.99-2.90 (m, 1H), 2.36-2.27 (m, 2H), 2.21-2.12 (m, 2H), 2.09 -1.93 (m, 3H), 1.66-1.57 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1.24 min, ES<+>428 (FA standard).

Eksempel 17: [(IS,2S,4R)-2-Hydroksy-4-(4-{[(5-metylisoksazol-3-yl)metyl]amino}-\ H-pyrrolo[2,3-(f]pyridazin-1 -yl)syklopentyl]metylsulfamat (forbindelse 1-41) Example 17: [(1S,2S,4R)-2-Hydroxy-4-(4-{[(5-methylisoxazol-3-yl)methyl]amino}-\H-pyrrolo[2,3-(f]pyridazine -1 -yl)cyclopentyl]methylsulfamate (compound 1-41)

Trinn a: Af-[( 5- Metvlisoksazol- 3- vl) metvl]- 7i/- pvrrolo[ 2, 3-^] pyrimidin- 4- amin Step a: Af-[( 5- Methylisoxazol-3- vl) metvl]- 7i/- pvrrolo[ 2, 3-^] pyrimidine- 4- amine

[0231] 4-Kloro-li/-pyrrolo[2,3-(f]pyrimidin (1,14 g, 7,43 mmol), (5-metyl-3-isoksazolyl)metylamin (1,00 g, 8,92 mmol) og DIPEA (1,94 mL, 11,1 mmol) ble tilsatt 1-butanol (9,13 mL). Blandingen ble oppvarmet ved 190 °C i 1600 sekunder med MWI i tre grupper. De kombinerte reaksjonene ble konsentrert in vacuo for å gi en brun olje. Restkonsentrasjonen ble renset med silikagel-kromatografi utvasket med EtOAc for å gi tittelforbindelsen som et gult, fast stoff (1,22 g, 72 %). LC/MS: Rt = 0,63 min, ES<+>230. [0231] 4-Chloro-li H -pyrrolo[2,3-(f]pyrimidine (1.14 g, 7.43 mmol), (5-methyl-3-isoxazolyl)methylamine (1.00 g, 8, 92 mmol) and DIPEA (1.94 mL, 11.1 mmol) was added to 1-butanol (9.13 mL). The mixture was heated at 190 °C for 1600 seconds with MWI in three batches. The combined reactions were concentrated in in vacuo to give a brown oil. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with EtOAc to give the title compound as a yellow solid (1.22 g, 72%). LC/MS: Rt = 0.63 min, ES <+>230.

(FA-standard). (FA standard).

Trinn b: [( lS. 2S. 4R)- 2- Hvdroksv- 4-( 4-{ r( 5- metvlisoksazol- 3- vl) metvl1aminol- l/ 7-pyrrolo-[ 2, 3-^ lpyridazin- 1 - vDsvklopentyllmetylsulfamat ( forbindelse I-41} Step b: [( 1S . 2S . 4R )- 2-Hydroxy- 4-( 4-{ r( 5- methylisoxazole- 3- yl ) methylaminol- 1 / 7-pyrrolo-[ 2, 3-^ 1pyridazine- 1 - vDsvclopentylmethylsulfamate (compound I-41}

[0232] Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt ved å følge fremgangsmåten som beskrives i eksempel ld-k, og A^-[(5-metylisoksazol-3-yl)metyl]-7//-pyrrolo[2,3-(i]pyrimidin-4-amin ble brukt i trinn d.<!>H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD, 5): 8,22 (s, 1H), 7,26 (d, J= 3,6 Hz, 1H), 6,63 ( d, J = 3,6 Hz, 1H), 6,14 (s, 1H), 5,55-5,44 (m, 1H), 4,81 (s, 2H), 4,59 (br s, 1H), 4,42 (dd, J= 7,6, 9,6 Hz, 1H), 4,25 (dd, J= 7,4, 9,8 Hz, 1H), 2,91-2,79 (m, 1H), 2,41 (s, 3H), 2,40-2,22 (m, 3H), 2,15-2,04 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 0,89 min, ES<+>423 (FA-standard). [0232] The title compound was prepared by following the procedure described in example 1d-k, and A^-[(5-methylisoxazol-3-yl)methyl]-7//-pyrrolo[2,3-(i]pyrimidine- 4-amine was used in step d.<!>H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD, 5): 8.22 (s, 1H), 7.26 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 1H), 6, 63 ( d, J = 3.6 Hz, 1H), 6.14 (s, 1H), 5.55-5.44 (m, 1H), 4.81 (s, 2H), 4.59 (br s, 1H), 4.42 (dd, J= 7.6, 9.6 Hz, 1H), 4.25 (dd, J= 7.4, 9.8 Hz, 1H), 2.91-2 .79 (m, 1H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.40-2.22 (m, 3H), 2.15-2.04 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 0.89 min, ES<+>423 (FA standard).

Eksempel 18: [(lS,2S,4R)-4-(4-Anilino-li/-pyrrolo[2,3-^pyridazin l-yl)-2-hydroksysyklopentyl]metylsulfamat (forbindelse 1-39) Example 18: [(1S,2S,4R)-4-(4-Anilino-1/-pyrrolo[2,3-^pyridazine 1-yl)-2-hydroxycyclopentyl]methylsulfamate (compound 1-39)

[0233] Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt ved å følge fremgangsmåten som beskrives i 17a-b, og anilin ble brukt i trinn a.<!>H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD, 5): 8,18 (s, 1H), 7,62 (d, J= 7,6 Hz, 2H), 7,31 (dd, J= 7,5, 8,4 Hz, 2H), 7,23 (d, J= 3,7 Hz, 1H), 7,06 (t, J = 7,4 Hz, 1H), 6,22 (d, J= 3,7 Hz, 1H), 5,50-5,39 (m, 1H), 4,46 (br s, 1H), 4,34 (dd, J=7,6, 7,6 Hz, 1H), 4,16 (dd, J= 7,4, 7,4 Hz, 1H), 2,89-2,73 (m, 1H), 2,37-2,15 (m, 3H), 2,09-1,97 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1,03 min, ES<+>404 (FA-standard). [0233] The title compound was prepared following the procedure described in 17a-b, and aniline was used in step a.<!>H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD, 5): 8.18 (s, 1H), 7, 62 (d, J= 7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.31 (dd, J= 7.5, 8.4 Hz, 2H), 7.23 (d, J= 3.7 Hz, 1H), 7.06 (t, J = 7.4 Hz, 1H), 6.22 (d, J= 3.7 Hz, 1H), 5.50-5.39 (m, 1H), 4.46 (br s, 1H), 4.34 (dd, J=7.6, 7.6 Hz, 1H), 4.16 (dd, J= 7.4, 7.4 Hz, 1H), 2.89-2 .73 (m, 1H), 2.37-2.15 (m, 3H), 2.09-1.97 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1.03 min, ES<+>404 (FA standard).

Eksempel 19: [(1 S,2S,4R)-2-Hydroksy-4-(4- {[2-(trifluorometyl)benzyl]amino)-\ H-pyrrolo-[2,3-<f]pyridazin-1 -yl)syklopentyl]metylsulfamat (forbindelse I-47) Example 19: [(1S,2S,4R)-2-Hydroxy-4-(4-{[2-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]amino)-\H-pyrrolo-[2,3-<f]pyridazine-1 -yl)cyclopentyl]methylsulfamate (compound I-47)

[0234] Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt ved å følge fremgangsmåten som beskrives i eksempel 17a-b, og 2-(trifluorometyl)benzylamin ble brukt i trinn a.<!>H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD, 5): 8,08 (s, 1H), 7,66 ( d, J= 7,7 Hz, 1H), 7,47 (d, J= 4,0 Hz, 2H), 7,42-7,34 (m, 1H), 7,19 (d, J= 3,7 Hz, 1H), 6,60 ( d, J= 3,2 Hz, 1H), 5,50-5,36 (m, 1H), 4,94 (s, 1H), 4,45 (br s, 1H), 4,34 (dd, J= 7,5, 7,6 Hz, 1H), 4,16 (dd, J= 7,4, 7,4 Hz, 1H), 3,27 (q, J=l,6, 3,3 Hz, 1H), 2,94-2,73 (m, 1H), 2,35-2,15 (m, 3H), 2,06-1,96 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1,25 min, ES<+>486 (FA-standard). [0234] The title compound was prepared following the procedure described in Example 17a-b, and 2-(trifluoromethyl)benzylamine was used in step a.<!>H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD, 5): 8.08 (s , 1H), 7.66 (d, J= 7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.47 (d, J= 4.0 Hz, 2H), 7.42-7.34 (m, 1H), 7 .19 (d, J= 3.7 Hz, 1H), 6.60 (d, J= 3.2 Hz, 1H), 5.50-5.36 (m, 1H), 4.94 (s, 1H), 4.45 (br s, 1H), 4.34 (dd, J= 7.5, 7.6 Hz, 1H), 4.16 (dd, J= 7.4, 7.4 Hz, 1H), 3.27 (q, J=1.6, 3.3 Hz, 1H), 2.94-2.73 (m, 1H), 2.35-2.15 (m, 3H), 2 .06-1.96 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1.25 min, ES<+>486 (FA standard).

Eksempel 20: ((lS,2S,4R)-4-{4-[(Syklopropylmetyl)amino]-7//-pyrrolo[2,3-cT|pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-hydroksysyklopentyl)metylsulfamat (forbindelse 1-25) Example 20: ((1S,2S,4R)-4-{4-[(Cyclopropylmethyl)amino]-7/-pyrrolo[2,3-cT|pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-hydroxycyclopentyl)methylsulfamate (compound 1-25)

Trinn a: ( lS, 2S, 4R)- 4-{ 4-[( Svklopropvlmetvl) amino]- 7i/- pyrrolo[ 2. 3-( i] pvrimidin-7- vl]- 2-( hydroksvmetyl) svklopentanol Step a: ( 1S , 2S , 4R )- 4-{ 4-[( Cyclopropylmethyl)amino]- 7i/- pyrrolo[ 2. 3-( i ]pyrimidin-7-yl]- 2-( hydroxymethyl)cyclopentanol

[0235] Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt ved å følge fremgangsmåten som beskrives i eksempel la-g, og syklopropylmetylamin ble brukt i trinn c. LC/MS: Rt = 0,90 min, ES<+>303 (FA-standard). [0235] The title compound was prepared by following the procedure described in Example la-g, and cyclopropylmethylamine was used in step c. LC/MS: Rt = 0.90 min, ES<+>303 (FA standard).

Trinn b: 7-[( lR, 3S, 4S)- 3-{[ fe^- Butvl( dimetvl) silvl] oksvl- 4-( {[ fert-butvl( dimetyl) silvl] oksv} metvl) svklopentvl]- 7V-( svklopropvlmetvl)- 7//pvrrolo [ 2. 3 -^ pvrimidin- 4- amin Step b: 7-[( 1R , 3S , 4S )- 3-{[ fe^-Butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxyl- 4-( {[ tert-Butyl(dimethyl)silyl] oxyl)methyl)sylpentyl]- 7V -( svclopropvlmetvl)- 7//pvrrolo [ 2. 3 -^ pvrimidin- 4- amine

[0236] (lS,2S,4R)-4-{4-[(Syklopropylmetyl)amino]-7i/-pyrrolo[2,3-(f]pyrimidin-7-yl)-2-(hydroksymetyl)syklopentanol (280 mg, 0,923 mmol) ble rørt i DMF (3,00 mL). tøt-Butyldimetylsilylklorid (698 mg, 4,63 mmol) ble tilsatt etterfulgt av IH-imidazol (142 mg, 2,08 mmol) og 4-(dimetylamino)-pyridin (10,0 mg, 0,0818 mmol). Reaksjonen ble rørt i 1 time og deretter fortynnet med vann og utvunnet med EtOAc (3 x 15 mL). Det organiske laget ble tørket over MgSCU, filtrert og konsentrert in vacuo. Den resulterende oljen ble tørket under høyt vakuum over natten. Restkonsentrasjonen ble renset med silikagel-kromatografi utvasket med en gradient på 0 til 15 % EtOAc i heksaner for å gi tittelforbindelsen (203 mg, 41 %). LC/MS: Rt = 2,16 min, ES<+>531 (FA-standard). [0236] (1S,2S,4R)-4-{4-[(Cyclopropylmethyl)amino]-7iH-pyrrolo[2,3-(f]pyrimidin-7-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)cyclopentanol (280 mg, 0.923 mmol) was stirred in DMF (3.00 mL). tert-Butyldimethylsilyl chloride (698 mg, 4.63 mmol) was added followed by 1H-imidazole (142 mg, 2.08 mmol) and 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine (10.0 mg, 0.0818 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 1 h and then diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc (3 x 15 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting oil was dried under high vacuum overnight. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0 to 15% EtOAc in hexanes to give the title compound (203 mg, 41%). LC/MS: Rt = 2.16 min, ES<+>531 (FA standard).

Trinn c: (( lS. 2S. 4R)- 2-{ rter?- Butvl( dimetvnsilyl1oksvl- 4-{ 4-[( svklopropvlmeM) amino]- 7//- pvrrolo [ 2. 3-( f| pvrimidin- 7- Step c: (( 1S . 2S . 4R )- 2-{ rter?- Butvl( dimethylsilyl1oxvl- 4-{ 4-[( svclopropvlmeM) amino]- 7//- pvrrolo [ 2. 3-( f| pvrimidin- 7 -

yl| svklopentvDmetanol howl| svklopentvDmethanol

[0237] 7-[(lR,3S,4S)-3-{[terr-Butyl(dimetyl)silyl]oksy}-4-({[ter?-butyl(dimetyl)silyl]oksy}metyl)syklopentyl]-A^-(syklopropylmetyl)-7i/-pyrrolo[2,3-</]pyrimidin-4-amin (100 mg, 0,188 mmol) ble oppløst i THF (0,900 mL) og pyridin (0,900 mL). Pyridin hy dro fluorid (7 dråper) ble tilsatt og reaksjonen ble rørt i 5 timer. Ekstra pyridinhy dro fluorid (3 dråper) ble tilsatt og reaksjonen ble rørt i 2 timer før den ble avkjølt med en mettet vandig natriumbikarbonat-oppløsning. Det vandige laget ble utvunnet ved bruk av EtOAc (3x10 mL), og de kombinerte organiske ekstraktene ble tørket over MgSO/t, filtrert og konsentrert in vacuo. Restkonsentrasjonen ble renset med silikagel-kromatografi utvasket med en gradient på 0 til 50 % EtOAc i heksaner for å gi tittelforbindelsen (47,0 mg, 50 %). LC/MS: Rt = 1,53 min, ES<+>417 (FA-standard). [0237] 7-[(1R,3S,4S)-3-{[tert-Butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}-4-({[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}methyl)cyclopentyl]- N-(cyclopropylmethyl)-7iH-pyrrolo[2,3-</]pyrimidin-4-amine (100 mg, 0.188 mmol) was dissolved in THF (0.900 mL) and pyridine (0.900 mL). Pyridine hydrofluoride (7 drops) was added and the reaction was stirred for 5 hours. Additional pyridine hydrofluoride (3 drops) was added and the reaction was stirred for 2 hours before being quenched with a saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution. The aqueous layer was extracted using EtOAc (3x10 mL), and the combined organic extracts were dried over MgSO/t, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0 to 50% EtOAc in hexanes to give the title compound (47.0 mg, 50%). LC/MS: Rt = 1.53 min, ES<+>417 (FA standard).

Trinn d: (( lS. 2S. 4R)- 2-{[ ter?- Butvirdimetvnsilvl] oksv)- 4-{ 4-[( svklopropvlmetyl) amino]- 7i/- pyrrolo[ 2, 3-( i] pvrimidin- 7-yllsvklopentvDmethyl sulfamat Step d: (( 1S . 2S . 4R )- 2-{[ ter ?- Butyridimethylenesilyl] oxv )- 4-{ 4-[( cyclopropylmethyl) amino]- 7i /- pyrrolo[ 2, 3-( i] pyrimidine- 7-ylsvclopentvDmethyl sulfamate

[0238] ((lS,2S,4R)-2-{[ter?-Butyl(dimetyl)silyl]oksy)-4-{4-[(syklopropylmetyl)amino]-7//-pyrrolo[2,3-(i]pyrimidin-7-yl}syklopentyl)metanol (74,0 mg, 0,178 mmol) ble oppløst i AcCN (3,50 mL) og avkjølt til 0 °C. TEA (0,0500 mL, 0,355 mmol) ble tilsatt etterfulgt av en 2,00 M oppløsning med klorosulfonamid i AcCN (0,178 mL, 0,356 mmol, som fremstilt i lj). Reaksjonen ble rørt i 2 timer, avkjølt med MeOH og konsentrert in vacuo. Materialet ble brakt over til det neste trinnet uten videre rensing. LC/MS: Rt =1,51 min, ES<+>496 (FA-standard). [0238] ((1S,2S,4R)-2-{[tert-Butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy)-4-{4-[(cyclopropylmethyl)amino]-7 H -pyrrolo[2,3- (i]pyrimidin-7-yl}cyclopentyl)methanol (74.0 mg, 0.178 mmol) was dissolved in AcCN (3.50 mL) and cooled to 0 °C. TEA (0.0500 mL, 0.355 mmol) was added followed by a 2.00 M solution of chlorosulfonamide in AcCN (0.178 mL, 0.356 mmol, as prepared in lj). The reaction was stirred for 2 h, quenched with MeOH and concentrated in vacuo. The material was carried over to the next step without further purification. LC/MS: Rt =1.51 min, ES<+>496 (FA standard).

Trinn e: (( lS. 2S. 4R)- 4-{ 4- r( Svklopropvlmetvl) amino1- 7i/- pyrrolor2. 3-<fl pvrimidin- 7- yl| - 2- hydroksvsvklopentvl) metvlsulfamat ( forbindelse I-25} Step e: (( 1S . 2S . 4R )- 4-{ 4- r( Cyclopropylmethyl)amino1- 7i/- pyrrolor2. 3-<fl pvirimidin- 7-yl| - 2- hydroxyscyclopentyl) methylsulfamate ( compound I-25 }

[0239] ((lS,2S,4R)-2-{[tert-Butyl(dimetyl)silyl]oksy}-4-{4-[(syklopropylmetyl)amino]-7i/-pyrrolo[2,3-(i]pyrimidin-7-yl}syklopentyl)metylsulfamat (88,0 mg, 0,178 mmol) ble oppløst i THF (1,00 mL) og pyridin (3,00 mL). Pyridin hydrofluorid (12 dråper) ble tilsatt og reaksjonen ble rørt i 3 timer. Reaksjonen ble avkjølt ved bruk av en mettet vandig natriumbikarbonatoppløsning. Det vandige laget ble utvunnet med EtOAc (3x10 mL), og de kombinerte organiske ekstraktene ble tørket over MgSO/t, filtrert og konsentrert in vacuo. Restkonsentrasjonen ble renset med silikagel-kromatografi utvasket med 5 % MeOH i DCM. Forbindelsen ble renset på nytt med silikagel-kromatografi utvasket med 10 % MeOH i DCM for å gi tittelforbindelsen (3,00 mg, 4,4 %).<!>H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD, 5): 8,05 (s, 1H), 7,15 (d, J= 3,6 Hz, 1H), 6,59 (d, J= 3,6 Hz, 1H), 5,45-5,32 (m, 1H), 4,56 (br s, 1H), 4,45 (br s, 1H), 4,33 (dd, J = 7,6, 7,6 Hz, 1H), 4,15 (dd, J= 7,4, 7,4 Hz, 1H), 3,34 (d, J= 6,9 Hz, 2H), 2,83-2,68 (m, 1H), 2,35-2,08 (m, 3H), 2,05-1,93 (m, 1H), 1,33-1,03 (m, 3H), 0,93-0,77 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 0,85 min, ES<+>382 (FA-standard). [0239] ((1S,2S,4R)-2-{[tert-Butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}-4-{4-[(cyclopropylmethyl)amino]-7i H -pyrrolo[2,3-(i ]pyrimidin-7-yl}cyclopentyl)methylsulfamate (88.0 mg, 0.178 mmol) was dissolved in THF (1.00 mL) and pyridine (3.00 mL).Pyridine hydrofluoride (12 drops) was added and the reaction was stirred for 3 h. The reaction was quenched using a saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3x10 mL), and the combined organic extracts were dried over MgSO/t, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel -chromatography eluting with 5% MeOH in DCM The compound was repurified by silica gel chromatography eluting with 10% MeOH in DCM to give the title compound (3.00 mg, 4.4%).<!>H NMR (400 MHz , CD3OD, 5): 8.05 (s, 1H), 7.15 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 1H), 6.59 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 1H), 5.45 -5.32 (m, 1H), 4.56 (br s, 1H), 4.45 (br s, 1H), 4.33 (dd, J = 7.6, 7.6 Hz, 1H), 4.15 (dd, J= 7.4, 7.4 Hz, 1H), 3.34 (d, J= 6.9 Hz, 2H), 2.83-2.68 (m, 1H), 2.35-2.08 (m, 3H), 2.05-1.93 (m, 1H), 1.33-1.03 (m, 3H), 0.93-0.77 (m, 1H ) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 0.85 min, ES<+>382 (FA standard).

Eksempel 21: ((lS,2S,4R)-4-{4-[(4-Klorobenzyl)oksy]-7i/-pyrrolo[2,3-^pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-hydroksysyklopentyl)metylsulfamat (forbindelse 1-34) Example 21: ((1S,2S,4R)-4-{4-[(4-Chlorobenzyl)oxy]-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-^pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-hydroxycyclopentyl)methylsulfamate (compound 1-34)

Trinn a: 4-[( 4- Klorobenzvl) oksv]- 7//- pvrrolo[ 2. 3-^] pyrimidin Step a: 4-[( 4-Chlorobenzvl) oxv]- 7//- pvrrolo[ 2. 3-^] pyrimidine

[0240] En 0,375 M oppløsning med vandig kaliumhydroksid (26,2 mL, 9,83 mmol) tilsattes (4-klorofenyl)metanol (464 mg, 3,26 mmol), og blandingen ble oppvarmet til 80 °C i 30 minutter. Deretter ble 4-kloro-l//-pyrrolo[2,3-^]pyrimidin (500 mg, 3,26 mmol) tilsatt og blandingen ble refluksert ved 130 °C. Etter 6 timer ble ekstra (4-klorofenyl)metanol (100 g, 0,701 mmol) tilsatt og oppløsningen ble oppvarmet til 115 °C over natten. Reaksjonen ble avkjølt til romtemperatur og fortynnet med vann. Oppløsningen ble deretter utvunnet med EtOAc (2x) og DCM (2x). De kombinerte organiske lagene ble tørket over natriumsulfat, filtrert og konsentrert in vacuo. Den resulterende rå oljen ble renset med silikagel-kromatografi utvasket med en gradient på 5 til 30 % EtOAc i DCM for å gi produktet som et hvitt, fast stoff (210 mg, 25 %). LC/MS: Rt = 1,72 min, ES<+>260. (FA-standard). [0240] A 0.375 M solution of aqueous potassium hydroxide (26.2 mL, 9.83 mmol) was added to (4-chlorophenyl)methanol (464 mg, 3.26 mmol), and the mixture was heated to 80 °C for 30 minutes. Then 4-chloro-1 H -pyrrolo[2,3-^]pyrimidine (500 mg, 3.26 mmol) was added and the mixture was refluxed at 130 °C. After 6 h, additional (4-chlorophenyl)methanol (100 g, 0.701 mmol) was added and the solution was heated to 115 °C overnight. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and diluted with water. The solution was then extracted with EtOAc (2x) and DCM (2x). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The resulting crude oil was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 5 to 30% EtOAc in DCM to give the product as a white solid (210 mg, 25%). LC/MS: Rt = 1.72 min, ES<+>260. (FA standard).

Trinn b: (( lS. 2S. 4R)- 4-( 4-[ r4- Klorobenzvl) oksv1- 7//- pvrrolo[ 2. 3-^ 1pyrimidin- 7-vl]- 2- hydroksvsvklopentvl) metvlsulfamat ( forbindelse 1- 34) Step b: (( 1S . 2S . 4R )- 4-( 4-[ r 4-Chlorobenzyl) oxyl- 7//- pvirrolo[ 2. 3-^ 1pyrimidine- 7-yl]- 2- hydroxycyclopentyl) methylsulfamate (compound 1 - 34)

[0241] Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt ved å følge fremgangsmåten som beskrives i eksempel ld-g og deretter eksempel 2i-j, og 4-[(4-Klorobenzyl)oksy]-7i7-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin ble brukt i trinn ld.<*>H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD, 5): 8,35 (s, 1H), 7,51-7,34 (m, 5H), 6,56 (d, J= 3,5 Hz, 1H), 5,55 (s, 2H), 5,54-5,46 (m, 1H), 4,52-4,48 (m, 1H), 4,37 (dd, J= 7,8, 10,0 Hz, 1H), 4,20 (dd, J= 7,3, 9,8 Hz, 1H), 2,90-2,80 (m, 1H), 2,34-2,20 (m, 3H), 2,11-2,03 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1,81 min, ES<+>453 (FA-standard). [0241] The title compound was prepared by following the procedure described in Example 1d-g and then Example 2i-j, and 4-[(4-Chlorobenzyl)oxy]-7i7-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidine was used in step ld.<*>H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD, 5): 8.35 (s, 1H), 7.51-7.34 (m, 5H), 6.56 (d, J= 3.5 Hz, 1H), 5.55 (s, 2H), 5.54-5.46 (m, 1H), 4.52-4.48 (m, 1H), 4.37 (dd, J= 7, 8, 10.0 Hz, 1H), 4.20 (dd, J= 7.3, 9.8 Hz, 1H), 2.90-2.80 (m, 1H), 2.34-2.20 (m, 3H), 2.11-2.03 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1.81 min, ES<+>453 (FA standard).

Eksempel 22: {(lS,2S,4R)-4-[4-(Benzylsulfanyl)-7i/-pyrrolo[2,3-^]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-hydroksysyklopentyl}metylsulfamat (forbindelse 1-32) Example 22: {(1S,2S,4R)-4-[4-(Benzylsulfanyl)-7i/-pyrrolo[2,3-^]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-hydroxycyclopentyl}methylsulfamate (compound 1-32)

[0242] Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt ved å følge fremgangsmåten som beskrives i eksempel 2a-d og g-j.<!>H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD, 5): 8,54 (s, 1H), 7,45-7,36 (m, 3H), 7,28-7,14 (m, 3H), 6,47 (d, J= 3,6 Hz, 1H), 5,51-5,43 (m, 1H), 4,58 (s, 2H), 4,49-4,45 (m, 1H), 4,33 (dd, J= 7,6, 9,7 Hz, 1H), 4,16 (dd, J= 7,3, 9,7 Hz, 1H), 2,87-2,78 (m, 1H), 2,62 (s, 2H), 2,32-2,15 (m, 3H), 2,08-2,01 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1,97 min, ES<+>435 (FA-standard). [0242] The title compound was prepared by following the procedure described in Examples 2a-d and g-j. <!>H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD, 5): 8.54 (s, 1H), 7.45-7.36 (m, 3H), 7.28-7.14 (m, 3H), 6.47 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 1H), 5.51-5.43 (m, 1H), 4, 58 (s, 2H), 4.49-4.45 (m, 1H), 4.33 (dd, J= 7.6, 9.7 Hz, 1H), 4.16 (dd, J= 7, 3, 9.7 Hz, 1H), 2.87-2.78 (m, 1H), 2.62 (s, 2H), 2.32-2.15 (m, 3H), 2.08-2 .01 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1.97 min, ES<+>435 (FA standard).

Eksempel 23: ((lS,2S,4R)-4-{4-[(4-Klorobenzyl)amino]-7//-pyrrolo[2,3-<|pyrimidm-7-yl}-2-hydroksysyklopentyl)metylsulfamat (forbindelse 1-45) Example 23: ((1S,2S,4R)-4-{4-[(4-Chlorobenzyl)amino]-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-<|pyrimid-7-yl}-2-hydroxycyclopentyl)methylsulfamate (connection 1-45)

[0243] Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt ved å følge fremgangsmåten som beskrives i eksempel 2a-j, og 4-klorobenzylamin ble brukt i trinn f. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD, 5): 8,10 (s, 1H), 7,34-7,28 (m, 4H), 7,21 (d, .7=3,6 Hz, 1H), 6,59 (d,J=3,6 Hz, 1H), 5,47-5,39 (m, 1H), 4,73 (s, 2H), 4,50-4,48 (m, 1H), 4,25 (dd, J= 8,3, 9,9 Hz, 1H), 4,09 (dd, J= 6,8, 10,0 Hz, 1H), 3,35-3,33 (m, 2H), 2,81-2,71 (m, 1H), 2,35-2,29 (m, 1H), 2,26-2,15 (m, 2H), 2,02-1-96 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 5,39 min, ES<+>452 (FA-standard, lang rensingsmetode) [0243] The title compound was prepared by following the procedure described in Example 2a-j, and 4-chlorobenzylamine was used in step f. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD, 5): 8.10 (s, 1H), 7 .34-7.28 (m, 4H), 7.21 (d, .7=3.6 Hz, 1H), 6.59 (d,J=3.6 Hz, 1H), 5.47-5 .39 (m, 1H), 4.73 (s, 2H), 4.50-4.48 (m, 1H), 4.25 (dd, J= 8.3, 9.9 Hz, 1H), 4.09 (dd, J= 6.8, 10.0 Hz, 1H), 3.35-3.33 (m, 2H), 2.81-2.71 (m, 1H), 2.35- 2.29 (m, 1H), 2.26-2.15 (m, 2H), 2.02-1-96 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 5.39 min, ES<+>452 (FA standard, long purification method)

Eksempel 24: ((lS,2S,4R)-4-{4-[(3-Klorobenzyl)amino]-777-pyrrolo[2,3-^]pyrimidin-7-yl}-2-hydroksysyklopentyl)metylsulfamat (forbindelse 1-51) Example 24: ((1S,2S,4R)-4-{4-[(3-Chlorobenzyl)amino]-777-pyrrolo[2,3-^]pyrimidin-7-yl}-2-hydroxycyclopentyl)methylsulfamate (compound 1-51)

[0244] Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt ved å følge fremgangsmåten som [0244] The title compound was prepared by following the procedure as

beskrives i eksempel 2a-j, og 3-klorobenzylamin ble brukt i trinn f.<*>H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD, 5): 8,22 (s, 1H), 7,44-7,31 (m, 5H), 6,78 (d, J= 3,6 Hz, 1H), 5,56-5,48 (m, 1H), 4,82 (s, 2H), 4,56-4,52 (m, 1H), 4,42 (dd, J= 7,5, 9,8 Hz, 1H), 4,25 (dd, J= 7,3, 9,8 Hz, 1H), 2,92-2,83 (m,lH), 2,42-2,26 (m, 3H), 2,15-2,08 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1,51 min, ES<+>452 (FA-standard). described in example 2a-j, and 3-chlorobenzylamine was used in step f.<*>H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD, 5): 8.22 (s, 1H), 7.44-7.31 (m, 5H), 6.78 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 1H), 5.56-5.48 (m, 1H), 4.82 (s, 2H), 4.56-4.52 (m , 1H), 4.42 (dd, J= 7.5, 9.8 Hz, 1H), 4.25 (dd, J= 7.3, 9.8 Hz, 1H), 2.92-2, 83 (m, 1H), 2.42-2.26 (m, 3H), 2.15-2.08 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1.51 min, ES<+>452 (FA standard).

Eksempel 25: ((lS,2S,4R)-4-{4-[(4-Kloro-2-metylbenzyl)amino]-777-pyrrolo[2,3-^-pyrimidin-7-yl} -2-hydroksysyklopentyl)metylsulfamat (forbindelse 1-48) Example 25: ((1S,2S,4R)-4-{4-[(4-Chloro-2-methylbenzyl)amino]-777-pyrrolo[2,3-^-pyrimidin-7-yl}-2-hydroxycyclopentyl )methylsulfamate (compound 1-48)

[0245] Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt ved å følge fremgangsmåten som beskrives i eksempel 2a-j, og 4-kloro-2-metylbenzylamin ble brukt i trinn f.<!>H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD, 5): 8,12 (s, 1H), 7,26-7,21 (m, 3H), 7,14-7,11 (m, 1H), 6,66 (d, J= 3,5 Hz, 1H), 5,49-5,41 (m, 1H), 4,69 (s, 2H), 4,50-4,47 (m, 1H), 4,36 (dd, J= 7,5, 9,8 Hz, 1H), 4,19 [0245] The title compound was prepared following the procedure described in Example 2a-j, and 4-chloro-2-methylbenzylamine was used in step f. <!>H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD, 5): 8.12 ( s, 1H), 7.26-7.21 (m, 3H), 7.14-7.11 (m, 1H), 6.66 (d, J= 3.5 Hz, 1H), 5.49 -5.41 (m, 1H), 4.69 (s, 2H), 4.50-4.47 (m, 1H), 4.36 (dd, J= 7.5, 9.8 Hz, 1H ), 4.19

(dd, y = 7,5, 9,8 Hz, 1H), 2,86-2,76 (m, 1H), 2,36 (s, 3H), 2,33-2,19 (m, 3H), 2,08-2,01 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1,11 min, ES<+>466 (FA-standard). (dd, y = 7.5, 9.8 Hz, 1H), 2.86-2.76 (m, 1H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 2.33-2.19 (m, 3H ), 2.08-2.01 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1.11 min, ES<+>466 (FA standard).

Eksempel 26: ((lS,2S,4R)-2-Hydroksy-4-{4-[(2-metoksybenzyl)amino]-7//-pyrrolo[2,3-<y>j-pyrimidin-7-yl}syklopentyl)metylsulfamat (forbindelse 1-43) Example 26: ((1S,2S,4R)-2-Hydroxy-4-{4-[(2-methoxybenzyl)amino]-7 H -pyrrolo[2,3-<y>j -pyrimidin-7-yl }cyclopentyl)methylsulfamate (compound 1-43)

[0246] Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt ved å følge fremgangsmåten som beskrives i eksempel 2a-j, og 2-metoksybenzylamin ble brukt i trinn f.<!>H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD, 5): 8,08 (s, 1H), 7,24-7,18 (m, 3H), 6,96 (d, J= 7,8 Hz, 1H), 6,85 ( åt, J= 0,8, 7,3 Hz, 1H), 6,61 (d, J= 3,5 Hz, 1H), 5,47-5,39 (m, 1H), 4,72 (s, 2H), 4,50-4,46 (m, 1H), 4.36 (dd, 7 = 7,5, 9,8 Hz, 1H), 4,19 (dd, J = 7,3, 9,8 Hz, 1H), 3,87 (s, 3H), 2,84-2,75 (m, 1H), 2,35-2,18 (m, 3H), 2,06-1,99 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1,16 min, ES<+>448 (FA-standard). [0246] The title compound was prepared following the procedure described in Example 2a-j, and 2-methoxybenzylamine was used in step f. <!>H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD, 5): 8.08 (s, 1H) , 7.24-7.18 (m, 3H), 6.96 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.85 ( ate, J= 0.8, 7.3 Hz, 1H), 6.61 (d, J= 3.5 Hz, 1H), 5.47-5.39 (m, 1H), 4.72 (s, 2H), 4.50-4.46 (m, 1H) , 4.36 (dd, 7 = 7.5, 9.8 Hz, 1H), 4.19 (dd, J = 7.3, 9.8 Hz, 1H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 2, 84-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.35-2.18 (m, 3H), 2.06-1.99 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1.16 min, ES<+>448 (FA standard).

Eksempel 27: ((lS,2S,4R)-4-{4-[(3,4-Diklorobenzyl)amino]-7//-pyrrolo[2,3-<y>]pyrimidin-7-yl}-2-hydroksysyklopentyl)metylsulfamat (forbindelse I-24) Example 27: ((1S,2S,4R)-4-{4-[(3,4-Dichlorobenzyl)amino]-7 H -pyrrolo[2,3-<y>]pyrimidin-7-yl}-2 -hydroxycyclopentyl)methylsulfamate (compound I-24)

(0247] Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt ved å følge fremgangsmåten som beskrives i eksempel 2a-j, og 3,4-diklorobenzylamin ble brukt i trinn f.<!>H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD, 5): 8,15 (s, 1H), 7,51 (d, J= 2,0 Hz, 1H), 7,46 (d, J = 8,3 Hz, 1H), 7,30-7,27 (m, 2H), 6,65 (d, y = 3,5 Hz, 1H), 5,48-5,41 (m, 1H), 4,74 (s, 2H), 4,49 (t, J = 4,0 Hz, 1H), 4.37 (dd, y = 7,5, 9,8 Hz, 1H), 4,20 (dd, J = 7,5, 9,8 Hz, 1H), 2,86-2,77 (m, 1H), 2,36-2,20 (m, 3H), 2,08-2,01 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1,16 min, ES<+>486 (FA-standard). (0247) The title compound was prepared by following the procedure described in Example 2a-j, and 3,4-dichlorobenzylamine was used in step f. <!>H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD, 5): 8.15 (s, 1H), 7.51 (d, J= 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.30-7.27 (m, 2H), 6, 65 (d, y = 3.5 Hz, 1H), 5.48-5.41 (m, 1H), 4.74 (s, 2H), 4.49 (t, J = 4.0 Hz, 1H ), 4.37 (dd, y = 7.5, 9.8 Hz, 1H), 4.20 (dd, J = 7.5, 9.8 Hz, 1H), 2.86-2.77 (m, 1H), 2.36-2.20 (m, 3H), 2.08-2.01 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1.16 min, ES<+>486 (FA standard ).

Eksempel 28: ((lS,2S,4R)-2-Hydroksy-4-{4-[(lS)-l,2,3,4-tetrahydronaftalen-l-ylamino]-7//-pyrrolo[2,3-(i]pyrimidin-7-yl}syklopentyl)metylsulfamat Example 28: ((1S,2S,4R)-2-Hydroxy-4-{4-[(1S)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalen-1-ylamino]-7 H -pyrrolo[2,3 -(i]pyrimidin-7-yl}cyclopentyl)methylsulfamate

(forbindelse I 37) (compound I 37)

[0248] Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt ved å følge fremgangsmåten som beskrives i eksempel 2a-j, og (S)-(+)-l,2,3,4-tetrahydro-l-naftylamin ble brukt i trinn f.<!>H NMR [0248] The title compound was prepared by following the procedure described in Example 2a-j, and (S)-(+)-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-1-naphthylamine was used in step f.<!>H NMR

(400 MHz, CD3OD, 5): 8,16 (s, 1H), 7,26-7,07 (m, 5H), 6,63 ( d, J= 3,5 Hz, 1H), 5,56-5,50 (m, 1H), 5,49-5,41 (m, 1H), 4,50 (m, 1H), 4,38 (dd, J= 7,5, 9,8 Hz, 1H), 4,20 (dd, J = 7,3, 9,8 Hz, 1H), 2,93-2,76 (m, 3H), 2,37-2,20 (m, 3H), 2,17-1,82 (m, 5H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1,29 min, ES<+>458 (FA-standard). (400 MHz, CD3OD, 5): 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.26-7.07 (m, 5H), 6.63 (d, J= 3.5 Hz, 1H), 5.56 -5.50 (m, 1H), 5.49-5.41 (m, 1H), 4.50 (m, 1H), 4.38 (dd, J= 7.5, 9.8 Hz, 1H ), 4.20 (dd, J = 7.3, 9.8 Hz, 1H), 2.93-2.76 (m, 3H), 2.37-2.20 (m, 3H), 2, 17-1.82 (m, 5H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1.29 min, ES<+>458 (FA standard).

Eksempel 29: ((lS,2R,3S,4R)-4-{4-[(4-Klorobenzyl)amino]-7//-pyrrolo[2,3-<i]pyrimidin-7-yl}-2,3-dihydroksysyklopentyl)metylsulfamat (forbindelse 1-22) Example 29: ((1S,2R,3S,4R)-4-{4-[(4-Chlorobenzyl)amino]-7 H -pyrrolo[2,3-<i]pyrimidin-7-yl}-2, 3-dihydroxycyclopentyl)methylsulfamate (compound 1-22)

[0249] Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt ved å følge fremgangsmåten som beskrives i eksempel 2a-d og g-j, og 4-klorobenzylamin ble brukt i trinn f.<!>H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD, 5): 8,11 (s, 1H), 7,34-7,21 (m, 5H), 6,60 (d, J= 3,6 Hz, 1H), 5,06-4,97 (m, 1H), 4,74 (s, 2H),4,51 (dd, 7= 3,6, 9,2 Hz, 1H), 4,40 (dd, 7 =8,0, 9,6 Hz, 1H), 4,18-4,14 (m, 2H), 2,88-2,78 (m, 1H), 2,23-2,02 (m, 2H) ppm. LC /MS: R =1,46 min, ES<+>468 (AA-standard). [0249] The title compound was prepared following the procedure described in Examples 2a-d and g-j, and 4-chlorobenzylamine was used in step f. <!>H NMR (300 MHz, CD 3 OD, 5): 8.11 (s, 1H), 7.34-7.21 (m, 5H), 6.60 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 1H), 5.06-4.97 (m, 1H), 4.74 (s , 2H),4.51 (dd, 7= 3.6, 9.2 Hz, 1H), 4.40 (dd, 7 =8.0, 9.6 Hz, 1H), 4.18-4, 14 (m, 2H), 2.88-2.78 (m, 1H), 2.23-2.02 (m, 2H) ppm. LC /MS: R =1.46 min, ES<+>468 (AA standard).

Eksempel 30: ((lS,2S,4R)-4-{6-[(4-Klorobenzyl)amino]-9i/-purin-9-yl}-2-hydroksysyklopentyl)metylsulfamat (forbindelse 1-23) Example 30: ((1S,2S,4R)-4-{6-[(4-Chlorobenzyl)amino]-9H-purin-9-yl}-2-hydroxycyclopentyl)methylsulfamate (compound 1-23)

[0250] Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt ved å følge fremgangsmåten som beskrives i eksempel la-f og eksempel 2h-j, og 4-klorobenzylamin og 6-kloro-9//-purin ble brukt i trinn le.<!>HNMR (300 MHz, CD3OD, 5): 8,23 (s, 1H), 8,14 (s, 1H), 7,35-7,25 (m, 4H), 5,31-5,22 (m, 1H), 4,79 (s, 2H), 4,51-4,49 (br s, 1H), 4,37 (dd, J= 7,5, 9,6 Hz, 1H), 4,23-4,17 (m, 1H), 2,93-2,87 (m, 1H) 2,47-2,30 (m, 2H), 2,28-2,10 (m, 2H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1,42 min, ES<+>453 (AA-standard). [0250] The title compound was prepared by following the procedure described in Example la-f and Example 2h-j, and 4-chlorobenzylamine and 6-chloro-9//-purine were used in step le.<!>HNMR (300 MHz , CD3OD, 5): 8.23 (s, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 7.35-7.25 (m, 4H), 5.31-5.22 (m, 1H), 4.79 (s, 2H), 4.51-4.49 (br s, 1H), 4.37 (dd, J= 7.5, 9.6 Hz, 1H), 4.23-4.17 (m, 1H), 2.93-2.87 (m, 1H) 2.47-2.30 (m, 2H), 2.28-2.10 (m, 2H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1.42 min, ES<+>453 (AA standard).

Eksempel 31: [(lS,2S,4R)-2-Hydroksy-4-(4-metyl-7//-pyrrolo[2,3-<|pyrimidin-7-yl)syklopentyl]metylsulfamat (forbindelse 1-46) Example 31: [(1S,2S,4R)-2-Hydroxy-4-(4-methyl-7/-pyrrolo[2,3-<|pyrimidin-7-yl)cyclopentyl]methylsulfamate (compound 1-46)

Trinn a: 4- Metyl- 7//- pvrrolo[ 2. 3-^] pyrimidin Step a: 4- Methyl- 7//- pvrrolo[ 2. 3-^] pyrimidine

[0251] Et 3,00 M oppløsning med magnesiumklorid i THF (13,0 mL, 39,0 mmol) ble tilsatt i dråper til en rørt oppløsning med 4-kloro-i//-pyrrolo[2,3-(f|pyrimidin (2,50 g, 16,3 mmol) og ferriacetylacetonat (700 mg 1,98 mmol) i THF (30,0 mL) under argonatmosfære. Den resulterende reaksjonsblandingen ble rørt ved romtemperatur i 8 timer. Blandingen ble helt over på en isblanding (100 mL) og ammoniumklorid (1,00 g) og blandingen ble utvunnet med kloroform. Volatiler ble fjernet in vacuo og C-18 kolonnekromatografi utvasket med en gradient på 0 til 60 % AcCN i vann med 0,1 % AA ga tittelforbindelsen (1,50 g, 69 %). LC/MS: R = 0,94 min, ES<+>134 (AA-standard). [0251] A 3.00 M solution of magnesium chloride in THF (13.0 mL, 39.0 mmol) was added dropwise to a stirred solution of 4-chloro-i//-pyrrolo[2,3-(f| pyrimidine (2.50 g, 16.3 mmol) and ferric acetylacetonate (700 mg 1.98 mmol) in THF (30.0 mL) under an argon atmosphere. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 8 h. The mixture was poured into a ice mixture (100 mL) and ammonium chloride (1.00 g) and the mixture was extracted with chloroform. Volatiles were removed in vacuo and C-18 column chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0 to 60% AcCN in water with 0.1% AA gave the title compound (1.50 g, 69%) LC/MS: R = 0.94 min, ES<+>134 (AA standard).

Trinn b: [( 1 S. 2S. 4R)- 2- Hvdroksv- 4-( 4- metvl- 7//- pvrrolo[ 2. 3- yipyrimidin- 7-vDsvklopentvllmetylsulfamat ( forbindelse 1- 46) Step b: [( 1 S . 2 S . 4 R )- 2- Hydroxiv- 4-( 4- methyl- 7//- pvrrolo[ 2. 3- ypyrimidine- 7-vDscyclopentylmethylsulfamate (compound 1- 46)

[0252] Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt ved å følge fremgangsmåten som beskrives i eksempel la-k, og 4-metyl-7i/-pyrrolo[2,3-<f]pyrimdin ble brukt i trinn c.<!>H NMR (CD3OD, 300 MHz, 5): 8,69 (s, 1H), 7,68 (d, J= 3,6 Hz, 1H), 6,82 (d, J= 3,6 Hz, 1H), 5,63-5,51 (m, 1H), 4,53 4,49 (m, 1H), 4,37 (dd, J= 7-5, 9,9 Hz, 1H), 4,20 (dd, J= 7,5, 9,9 Hz, 1H), 2,90-2,80 (m, 1H), 2,77 (s, 3H), 2,36-2,05 (m, 4H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 0,50 min, ES<+>327 (FA-standard). [0252] The title compound was prepared following the procedure described in Example 1a-k, and 4-methyl-7i/-pyrrolo[2,3-<f]pyrimidine was used in step c.<!>H NMR (CD 3 OD, 300 MHz, 5): 8.69 (s, 1H), 7.68 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 1H), 5.63 -5.51 (m, 1H), 4.53 4.49 (m, 1H), 4.37 (dd, J= 7-5, 9.9 Hz, 1H), 4.20 (dd, J= 7.5, 9.9 Hz, 1H), 2.90-2.80 (m, 1H), 2.77 (s, 3H), 2.36-2.05 (m, 4H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 0.50 min, ES<+>327 (FA standard).

Eksempel 32: {(1 S,2S,4R)-2-Hydroksy-4-[4-(2-fenyletyl)-7//-pyrrolo[2,3-y]pyrimidin-7-yl]-syklopentyl}metylsulfamat (forbindelse 1-28) Example 32: {(1S,2S,4R)-2-Hydroxy-4-[4-(2-phenylethyl)-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-y]pyrimidin-7-yl]-cyclopentyl}methylsulfamate (connection 1-28)

[0253] Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt ved å følge fremgangsmåten som beskrives i eksempel 31 a-b, og kloro(2-fenyletyl)magnesium ble brukt i trinn a.<*>H NMR (CD3OD, 300 MHz, 5): 8,62 (s, 1H), 7,48 (d, J= 3,9 Hz, 1H), 7,19-7,09 (m, 5H), 6,57 (d, J= 3,9 Hz, 1H), 5,55-5,46 (m, 1H), 4,49-4,46 (m,lH), 4,35 (dd, J=7,8, 9,6 Hz, 1H), 4,18 (dd, J = 7,5, 9,6 Hz, 1H), 3,28-3,24 (m, 2H), 3,10-3,04 (m, 2H), 2,88-2,80 (m, 1H), 2,31-2,01 (m, 4H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1,56 min, ES<+>417 (AA-standard). [0253] The title compound was prepared by following the procedure described in Example 31 a-b, and chloro(2-phenylethyl)magnesium was used in step a.<*>H NMR (CD 3 OD, 300 MHz, 5): 8.62 (s , 1H), 7.48 (d, J= 3.9 Hz, 1H), 7.19-7.09 (m, 5H), 6.57 (d, J= 3.9 Hz, 1H), 5 .55-5.46 (m, 1H), 4.49-4.46 (m,lH), 4.35 (dd, J=7.8, 9.6 Hz, 1H), 4.18 (dd , J = 7.5, 9.6 Hz, 1H), 3.28-3.24 (m, 2H), 3.10-3.04 (m, 2H), 2.88-2.80 (m , 1H), 2.31-2.01 (m, 4H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1.56 min, ES<+>417 (AA standard).

Eksempel 33: [(lS,2S,4R)-2-Hydroksy-4-[4-(2-metyl-2-fenylpropyl)-7//-pyrrolo[2,3-^]-pyrimidin-7-yl]syklopentyl}metylsulfamat (forbindelse 1-50) Example 33: [(1S,2S,4R)-2-Hydroxy-4-[4-(2-methyl-2-phenylpropyl)-7/-pyrrolo[2,3-^]-pyrimidin-7-yl] cyclopentyl}methylsulfamate (compound 1-50)

[0254] Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt ved å følge fremgangsmåten som beskrives i eksempel 31 a-b, og kloro(2-metyl-2-fenylpropyl)magnesium ble brukt i trinn a.<!>H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD, 5): 8,62 (s, 1H), 7,37-7,34 (m, 2H), 7,25-7,21 (m, 2H), 7,16-7,12 (m, 1H), 6,15 (d, 1H), 5,56-5,47 (m, 1H), 4,49-4,48 (br s, 1H), 4,37 (dd, J= 7,6, 9,6 Hz, 1H), 4,22-4,17 (m, 1H), 2,93-2,87 (m, 1H), 2,89-2,80 (m, 1H), 2,31-2,19 (m, 3H), 2,07-2,00 (m, 1H), 1,43 (s, 6H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1,59 min, ES<+>445 (AA-standard). [0254] The title compound was prepared following the procedure described in Example 31 a-b, and chloro(2-methyl-2-phenylpropyl)magnesium was used in step a.<!>H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD, 5): 8 .62 (s, 1H), 7.37-7.34 (m, 2H), 7.25-7.21 (m, 2H), 7.16-7.12 (m, 1H), 6.15 (d, 1H), 5.56-5.47 (m, 1H), 4.49-4.48 (br s, 1H), 4.37 (dd, J= 7.6, 9.6 Hz, 1H), 4.22-4.17 (m, 1H), 2.93-2.87 (m, 1H), 2.89-2.80 (m, 1H), 2.31-2.19 ( m, 3H), 2.07-2.00 (m, 1H), 1.43 (s, 6H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1.59 min, ES<+>445 (AA standard).

Eksempel 34: {(1 S,2S,4R)-4-[4-(Acetylamino)-7Jf/-pyrrolo[2,3-^]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-hydroksysyklopentyljmetylsulfamat og [(lS,2S,4R)-4-(4-amino-7i/- pyrrolo[2,3-<i]pyrimidin-7-yl)-2-hydroksysyklopentyl]metylsulfamat Example 34: {(1S,2S,4R)-4-[4-(Acetylamino)-7H/-pyrrolo[2,3-^]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-hydroxycyclopentyljmethylsulfamate and [(1S,2S, 4R)-4-(4-amino-7i/-pyrrolo[2,3-<i]pyrimidin-7-yl)-2-hydroxycyclopentyl]methylsulfamate

(forbindelse 1-9 og 1-18) (connection 1-9 and 1-18)

Trinn a: ( lS. 2S. 4R)- 4-( 4- Amino- 7//- pyrrolo[ 2. 3-^ 1Pvrimidin- 7- vl)- 2-(hvdroksvmetvDsyklopentanol Step a: ( 1S . 2S . 4R )- 4-( 4- Amino- 7//- pyrrolo[ 2. 3-^ 1Pvrimidin- 7- vl )- 2-(hvdroxvmetvDcyclopentanol

[0255] En oppløsning med 7V-(2,4-dimetoksybenzyl)-7-[(4aS,6R,7aS)-2-(4-metoksyfenyl)-heksahydrosyklopenta[(f|[l,3]dioksin-6-yl]-7i/-pyrrolo[2,3-(i]pyrimidin-4-amin (123 mg, 0,238 mmol ble fremstilt ved å følge fremgangsmåten som beskrives i eksempel la-f, og 2,4 dimetoksybenzylamin ble brukt i trinn c) og AcOH (1,00 mL, 17,6 mmol) i vann (0,500 mL) og THF (0,500 mL) ble rørt ved romtemperatur over natten. Reaksjonsblandingen ble konsentrert in vacuo og rengjøring med silikagel-kromatografi utvasket med en gradient på 0 til 10 % MeOH i DCM ga tittelforbindelsen (43,0 mg, 73 %). LC/MS: Rt = 0,15 min, ES<+>249 (FA-standard). [0255] A solution of 7N-(2,4-dimethoxybenzyl)-7-[(4aS,6R,7aS)-2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-hexahydrocyclopenta[(f|[1,3]dioxin-6-yl ]-7i/-pyrrolo[2,3-(i]pyrimidin-4-amine (123 mg, 0.238 mmol was prepared following the procedure described in Examples la-f, and 2,4 dimethoxybenzylamine was used in step c) and AcOH (1.00 mL, 17.6 mmol) in water (0.500 mL) and THF (0.500 mL) were stirred at room temperature overnight.The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0 to 10% MeOH in DCM gave the title compound (43.0 mg, 73%) LC/MS: Rt = 0.15 min, ES<+>249 (FA standard).

Trinn b: ( lS. 2S. 4R)- 4-( 4- Amino- 7//- pyrrolo[ 2. 3-^ 1Pvrimidin- 7- vl)- 2-(([ ter?butvl( dimetvl) silvl] oksy| metyl) svklopentanol Step b: ( 1S . 2S . 4R )- 4-( 4- Amino- 7//- pyrrolo[ 2 . 3-^ 1Pvrimidine- 7- vl )- 2-(([ tert -butvl( dimethylvl) silvl] oxy | methyl) sclopentanol

[0256] En oppløsning med (lS,2S,4R)-4-(4-amino-7i/-pyrrolo[2,3-(i]pyrimidin-7-yl)-2-(hydroksymetyl)syklopentanol (43,0 mg, 0,173 mmol) og imidazol (25,0 mg, 0,367 mmol) i tørr DMF (2,00 mL) ved 0 °C tilsattes ter^-butyldimetylsilylklorid (29,0 mg, 0,192 mmol). Oppløsningen ble rørt ved romtemperatur i 2 timer og konsentrert in vacuo, restkonsentrasjonen ble oppløst i vann og utvunnet med EtOAc. De kombinerte organiske ekstraktene ble tørket over MgSO/t, filtrert og konsentrert in vacuo for å gi tittelforbindelsen (50,8 mg, 81 %) som ble tatt uten videre rengjøring. LC/MS: Rt = 1,38 min, ES<+>364 (FA-standard). [0256] A solution of (1S,2S,4R)-4-(4-amino-7iH-pyrrolo[2,3-(i]pyrimidin-7-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)cyclopentanol (43.0 mg, 0.173 mmol) and imidazole (25.0 mg, 0.367 mmol) in dry DMF (2.00 mL) at 0 °C was added tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride (29.0 mg, 0.192 mmol). The solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 h and concentrated in vacuo, the residue was dissolved in water and extracted with EtOAc.The combined organic extracts were dried over MgSO/t, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound (50.8 mg, 81%) which was taken without further cleanup LC/MS: Rt = 1.38 min, ES<+>364 (FA standard).

Trinn c: ( lS. 2S. 4R)- 4- r4-( Acetvlamino)- 7if- pvrrolor2. 3-^ 1Pvrimidin- 7- vl1- 2-({[ ter?- butvl( dimetvl) silylloksvlmetvl) svklopentvlacetat Step c: ( 1S . 2S . 4R )- 4- r 4 -(Acetylamino)- 7if - pvrrolor 2 . 3-^ 1Primidine-7- val1- 2-({[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyloxyvlmethyl)sylclopentyl acetate

[0257] En oppløsning med (lS,2S,4R)-4-(4-amino-7i7-pyrrolo[2,3-fr]pyrimidin-7-yl)-2-({[ter?-butyl(dimetyl)silyl]oksy}metyl)syklopentanol (125 mg, 0,345 mmol) i pyridin (2,00 mL) ved 0 °C tilsattes sur anhydrid (0,380 mL, 4,03 mmol). Oppløsningen ble rørt ved romtemperatur over natten. Reaksjonsblandingen ble fortynnet med DCM og vann. Lagene ble separert og det vandige laget ble utvunnet med DCM. De kombinerte organiske lagene ble tørket over MgS04, filtrert og konsentrert in vacuo. Restkonsentrasjonen ble renset med silikagel-kromatografi utvasket med en gradient på 0 til 50 % EtOAc i heksaner for å gi tittelforbindelsen (47,8 mg, 31 %). LC/MS: Rt = 1,68 min, ES<+>447 (FA-standard). [0257] A solution of (1S,2S,4R)-4-(4-amino-7i7-pyrrolo[2,3-fr]pyrimidin-7-yl)-2-({[tert-butyl(dimethyl) To silyl]oxy}methyl)cyclopentanol (125 mg, 0.345 mmol) in pyridine (2.00 mL) at 0 °C was added acid anhydride (0.380 mL, 4.03 mmol). The solution was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM and water. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM. The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0 to 50% EtOAc in hexanes to give the title compound (47.8 mg, 31%). LC/MS: Rt = 1.68 min, ES<+>447 (FA standard).

Trinn d: ( 1 S. 2S. 4R)- 4- r4-( Acetvlamino)- 7i/- pvrrolo[ 2. 3- 6npvrimidin- 7- vl 1- 2-(h<y>droksvmet<y>Dsvklopentylacetat Step d: ( 1 S . 2 S . 4 R )- 4- r 4 -(Acetvlamino)- 7 i / - pvrrolo[ 2. 3- 6 npvrimidin- 7- vl 1- 2-( hydroxymethyl<y>Dscyclopentyl acetate

[0258] En oppløsning med (1 S,2S,4R)-4-[4-(acetylamino)-7i/-pyrrolo[2,3-(f]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-({[ter;-butyl(dimetyl)silyl]oksy}metyl)syklopentylacetat (47,0 mg, 0,105 mmol) i en blanding med THF (2,00 mL) og pyridin (2,00 mL) tilsattes pyridin hy dro fluorid (10 dråper). Etter 2 timer ble ekstra pyridin hydrofluorid (15 dråper) tilsatt og oppløsningen ble rørt i en ekstra 2 timer. Reaksjonen ble avkjølt ved tilsetting av en mettet vandig natriumbikarbonatoppløsning og utvunnet med EtOAc (2 x 50 mL). De kombinerte organiske ekstrakter ble tørket over MgS04, filtrert og konsentrert in vacuo. Restkonsentrasjonen ble renset med silikagel-kromatografi utvasket med en gradient på 0 til 10 % MeOH i DCM for å gi tittelforbindelsen (29,0 mg, 83 %). LC/MS: Rt = 0,76 min, ES<+>333 (FA-standard). [0258] A solution of (1S,2S,4R)-4-[4-(acetylamino)-7iH-pyrrolo[2,3-(f]pyrimidin-7-yl)-2-({[ter; -butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}methyl)cyclopentyl acetate (47.0 mg, 0.105 mmol) in a mixture of THF (2.00 mL) and pyridine (2.00 mL) was added pyridine hydrofluoride (10 drops). After 2 h, additional pyridine hydrofluoride (15 drops) was added and the solution was stirred for an additional 2 h. The reaction was quenched by the addition of a saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0 to 10% MeOH in DCM to give the title compound (29.0 mg, 83%). LC/MS: Rt = 0.76 min, ES<+>333 (FA standard).

Trinn e: ( lS. 2S. 4R)- 4- r4-( Acetvlamino)- 7//- pyrrolor2. 3- 6npvrimidin- 7- vl1- 2-{[( aminosulfonvDoksvlmetvDsvklopentylacetat Step e: (1S.2S.4R)-4-r4-(Acetylamino)-7//- pyrrolor2. 3- 6-pyrimidin- 7- vl1- 2-{[( aminosulfonvDoxvlmetvDsvclopentyl acetate

[0259] En oppløsning med (1 S,2S,4R)-4-[4-(acetylamino)-7if-pyrrolo[2,3-(f|pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-(hydroksymetyl)syklopentylacetat (63,0 mg, 0,190 mmol) og pyridin (0,0800 mL, 0,989 mmol) i AcCN (5,00 mL) ved 0 °C ble rørt i 15 minutter. En 0,641 M oppløsning med klorosulfonamid i AcCN (0,640 mL, 0,410 mmol, som fremstilt i lj) ble deretter langsomt tilsatt. Etter 2 timer ble enda en porsjon med en klorosulfonamidoppløsning (0,72 mL, 0,462 mmol) tilsatt og reaksjonen ble rørt i 1 time. Reaksjonen ble deretter konsentrert in vacuo og restkonsentrasjonen ble renset med silikagel-kromatografi utvasket med en gradient på 0 til 10 % MeOH i DCM for å gi tittelforbindelsen (78,0 mg, 100 %). LC/MS: R = 0,81 min, ES<+>412 (FA-standard). [0259] A solution of (1S,2S,4R)-4-[4-(acetylamino)-7if-pyrrolo[2,3-(f|pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-(hydroxymethyl)cyclopentyl acetate (63 .0 mg, 0.190 mmol) and pyridine (0.0800 mL, 0.989 mmol) in AcCN (5.00 mL) at 0 °C was stirred for 15 min. A 0.641 M solution of chlorosulfonamide in AcCN (0.640 mL, 0.410 mmol , as prepared in lj) was then slowly added. After 2 h, another portion of a chlorosulfonamide solution (0.72 mL, 0.462 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred for 1 h. The reaction was then concentrated in vacuo and the residue purified with silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0 to 10% MeOH in DCM to give the title compound (78.0 mg, 100%). LC/MS: R = 0.81 min, ES<+>412 (FA standard) .

Trinn f: {( 1 S, 2S, 4R)- 4-[ 4-( Acetvlamino)- 7//- pvrrolo[ 2 3-^] pyrimidin- 7- vl 1- 2-hydroksvsvklopentvl] metylsulfamat og [( lS. 2S. 4R)- 4-( 4- amino- 7i/pvrrolo-[ 2, 3-^ 1pvrimidin- 7- vl)- 2- hydroksvsvklopentvl1metvlsulfamat Step f: {( 1 S, 2S, 4R)- 4-[ 4-(Acetvlamino)- 7//- pvrrolo[ 2 3-^] pyrimidine- 7- vl 1- 2-hydroxyvsvclopentvl] methylsulfamate and [( 1S. 2S. 4R)- 4-( 4-amino- 7i/pyrrolo-[ 2, 3-^ 1pyrimidin- 7- vl)- 2- hydroxyvsvclopentvl1metvlsulfamate

( forbindelse 1- 9 og 1- 18) (connection 1-9 and 1-18)

[0260] En ublandet (1 S,2S,4R)-4-[4-(acetylamino)-7//-pyrrolo[2,3-^]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-{[(aminosulfonyl)oksy]metyl}syklopentylacetat (78,0 mg, 0,190 mmol) tilsattes en 7 M oppløsning med ammoniakk i MeOH (5,00 mL) rørt ved romtemperatur over natten. LC/MS viste delvis konvertering til den intermediære mono-acetylerte forbindelsen, det ønskede produktet og noe startmateriale gjenstod. Reaksjonsblandingen ble konsentrert in vacuo og restkonsentrasjonen ble renset ved fasereversert kromatografi for å gi [(lS,2S,4R)-4-[4-(acetylamino)-7Jf/-pyrrolo[2,3-^]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-hydroksysyklopentyljmetylsulfamat (0,900 mg, 1,3 %) og [(lS,2S,4R)-4-(4-amino-7i/- pyrrolo[2,3-^]pyrimidin-7-yl)-2-hydroksysyklopentyl]metylsulfamat (6,50 mg, 11 %). Analytisk data for {(lS,2S,4R)-4-[4-(acetylamino)-7Jf/-pyrrolo[2,3-<|pyrimidin-7-yl]-2- hydroksysyklopentyljmetylsulfamat (forbindelse 1-9):<!>H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD, 5): 8,48 (s, 1H), 7,47 (d, J= 3,8 Hz, 1H), 6,82 ( d, J= 3,8, 1H), 5,65-5,48 (m, 1H), 4,60-4,45 (m, 1H), 4,40-4,27 (m, 1H), 4,24-4,11 (m, 1H), 2,98-2,80 (m, 1H), 2,42-2,13 (m, 6H), 2,18-1,93 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: R = 0,98 min, ES<+>370. (FA-standard). Analytisk data for [(1 S,2S,4R)-4-(4-amino-7//-pyrrolo[2,3-^]pyrimidin-7-yl)-2-hydroksysyklopentyl]metylsulfamat (forbindelse 1-18):<!>H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD, 5): 8,09 (s, 1H), 7,30 (d, .7=3,8 Hz, 1H), 6,66 (d, .7=3,5 Hz, 1H), 5,51-5,41 (m, 1H),4,51-4,48 (m, 1H), 4,39-4,33 (m, 1H), 4,21-4,16 (m, 1H), 2,85-2,79 (m, 1H), 2,33-2,18 (m, 3H), 2,09-2,00 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: R = 0,85 min, ES<+>328 (FA-standard). [0260] An unmixed (1S,2S,4R)-4-[4-(acetylamino)-7/-pyrrolo[2,3-^]pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-{[(aminosulfonyl)oxy ]methyl}cyclopentyl acetate (78.0 mg, 0.190 mmol) was added to a 7 M solution of ammonia in MeOH (5.00 mL) stirred at room temperature overnight. LC/MS showed partial conversion to the intermediate mono-acetylated compound, the desired product and some starting material remained. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was purified by reverse phase chromatography to give [(1S,2S,4R)-4-[4-(acetylamino)-7Jf-pyrrolo[2,3-^]pyrimidin-7-yl] -2-Hydroxycyclopentyljmethylsulfamate (0.900 mg, 1.3%) and [(1S,2S,4R)-4-(4-amino-7iH-pyrrolo[2,3-^]pyrimidin-7-yl)-2- hydroxycyclopentyl]methylsulfamate (6.50 mg, 11%). Analytical data for {(1S,2S,4R)-4-[4-(acetylamino)-7H/-pyrrolo[2,3-<|pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-hydroxycyclopentyl lmethylsulfamate (compound 1-9):< !>H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD, δ): 8.48 (s, 1H), 7.47 (d, J= 3.8 Hz, 1H), 6.82 ( d, J= 3.8, 1H), 5.65-5.48 (m, 1H), 4.60-4.45 (m, 1H), 4.40-4.27 (m, 1H), 4.24-4.11 ( m, 1H), 2.98-2.80 (m, 1H), 2.42-2.13 (m, 6H), 2.18-1.93 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: R = 0.98 min, ES<+>370. (FA standard). Analytical data for [(1S,2S,4R)-4-(4-amino-7//-pyrrolo[2,3-^]pyrimidin-7-yl)-2-hydroxycyclopentyl]methylsulfamate (compound 1-18) :<!>H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD, 5): 8.09 (s, 1H), 7.30 (d, .7=3.8 Hz, 1H), 6.66 (d, .7= 3.5 Hz, 1H), 5.51-5.41 (m, 1H), 4.51-4.48 (m, 1H), 4.39-4.33 (m, 1H), 4.21 -4.16 (m, 1H), 2.85-2.79 (m, 1H), 2.33-2.18 (m, 3H), 2.09-2.00 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: R = 0.85 min, ES<+>328 (FA standard).

Eksempel 35: ((lS,2S,4R)-4-{4-[(l,3-Benzodioksol-5-ylmetyl)amino]-77/-pyrrolo[2,3-(7]-pyrimidin-7-yl}-2-hydroksysyklopentyl)metylsulfamatforbindelse (I-26) Example 35: ((1S,2S,4R)-4-{4-[(1,3-Benzodioxol-5-ylmethyl)amino]-77 H -pyrrolo[2,3-(7]-pyrimidin-7-yl }-2-hydroxycyclopentyl)methylsulfamate compound (I-26)

[0261 ] Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt ved å følge fremgangsmåten som beskrives i eksempel 2a-j, og l-(l,3-benzodioksol-5-yl)metanamin ble brukt i trinn f. 'H-NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD, 5): 8,09 (s, 1H), 7,15 (d, J= 3,6 Hz, 1H), 6,81 (s, 1H), 6,79 (d, J= 9, 9 Hz, 1H), 6,70 (d, J= 7,8 Hz, 1H), 6,56 (d, J= 3,6 Hz, 1H), 5,85 (s, 2H), 5,45-5,35 (m, 1H), [0261 ] The title compound was prepared following the procedure described in Example 2a-j, and l-(l,3-benzodioxol-5-yl)methanamine was used in step f. 'H-NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD, 5 ): 8.09 (s, 1H), 7.15 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 1H), 6.81 (s, 1H), 6.79 (d, J= 9.9 Hz, 1H ), 6.70 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1H), 6.56 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 1H), 5.85 (s, 2H), 5.45-5.35 (m, 1H),

4,62 (s, 2H), 4,49-4,42 (m, 1H), 4,33 (dd, J= 7,6, 7-6 Hz, 1H), 4,16 (dd, J= 7,3, 7,3 Hz, 1H), 2,86-2,70 (m, 1H), 2,35-2,10 (m, 3H), 2,05-1,94 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: R =1,07 min, ES<+>462 (FA-standard). 4.62 (s, 2H), 4.49-4.42 (m, 1H), 4.33 (dd, J= 7.6, 7-6 Hz, 1H), 4.16 (dd, J= 7.3, 7.3 Hz, 1H), 2.86-2.70 (m, 1H), 2.35-2.10 (m, 3H), 2.05-1.94 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: R =1.07 min, ES<+>462 (FA standard).

Eksempel 36: ((lS,2S,4R)-2-Hydroksy-4-{4-[(l-naftylmetyl)amino]-77/-pyrrolo[2,3-^-pyrimidin-7-yl}syklopentyl)metylsulfamat (forbindelse 1-38) Example 36: ((1S,2S,4R)-2-Hydroxy-4-{4-[(1-naphthylmethyl)amino]-77H-pyrrolo[2,3-^-pyrimidin-7-yl}cyclopentyl)methylsulfamate (connection 1-38)

[0262] Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt ved å følge fremgangsmåten som beskrives i eksempel 2a-j, og l-(l-naftyl)metanamin ble brukt i trinn f.<!>H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD, 5): 8,13 (s, 1H), 8,11-8,05 (m, 1H), 7,89-7,84 (m, 1H), 7,77 (d, J= 8,2 Hz, 1H), 7,52-7,43 (m, 3H), 7,42-7,35 (m, 1H), 7,15 (d, J= 3,6 Hz, 1H), 6,56 ( d, J= 3,3 Hz, 1H), 5,45-5,37 (m, 1H), 5,19 (s, 2H), 4,48-4,42 (m, 1H), 4,34 (dd, J= 7,6, 7,6 Hz, 1H), 4,17 [0262] The title compound was prepared by following the procedure described in Example 2a-j, and l-(l-naphthyl)methanamine was used in step f. <!>H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD, 5): 8.13 (s, 1H), 8.11-8.05 (m, 1H), 7.89-7.84 (m, 1H), 7.77 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7, 52-7.43 (m, 3H), 7.42-7.35 (m, 1H), 7.15 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 1H), 6.56 ( d, J= 3, 3 Hz, 1H), 5.45-5.37 (m, 1H), 5.19 (s, 2H), 4.48-4.42 (m, 1H), 4.34 (dd, J= 7 .6, 7.6 Hz, 1H), 4.17

(dd, J= 7,3, 7,4 Hz, 1H), 2,83-2,71 (m, 1H), 2,35-2,15 (m, 3H), 2,06-1,96 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1,24 min, 468 ES<+>(FA-standard). (dd, J= 7.3, 7.4 Hz, 1H), 2.83-2.71 (m, 1H), 2.35-2.15 (m, 3H), 2.06-1.96 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1.24 min, 468 ES<+>(FA standard).

Eksempel 37: [(lS,2S,4R)-2-Hydroksy-4-(4-{[4-(trifluorometyl)benzyl]amino}-7Jf/- Example 37: [(1S,2S,4R)-2-Hydroxy-4-(4-{[4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]amino}-7Jf/-

pyrrolo-[2,3-<i]pyrimidin-7-yl)syklopentyl]metylsulfamat (forbindelse 1-8) pyrrolo-[2,3-<i]pyrimidin-7-yl)cyclopentyl]methylsulfamate (compound 1-8)

[0263] Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt ved å følge fremgangsmåten som beskrives i eksempel 2a-j, og l-[4-(trifluorometyl)fenyl]metanamin ble brukt i trinn f.<!>H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz, 5): 8,08 (s, 1H), 7,56 ( d, J= 8,2 Hz, 2H), 7,48 (d, J= 8,2 Hz, 2H), 7,18 ( d, J= 3,5 Hz, 1H), 6,58 (d, J= 3,6 Hz, 1H), 5,43-5,34 (m, 1H), 4,80 (s, 2H), 4,45 (br s, 1H), 4,33 (dd, J= 2,1, 7,6 Hz, 1H), 4,16 (dd, J= 2,3, 7,4 Hz, 1H), 2,81-2,72 (m, 1H), 2,31-2,10 (m, 3H), 2,05-1,97 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt =1,33 min, ES<+>486 (FA-standard). [0263] The title compound was prepared by following the procedure described in Example 2a-j, and 1-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methanamine was used in step f.<!>H NMR (CD 3 OD, 400 MHz, 5): 8.08 (s, 1H), 7.56 ( d, J= 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.48 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.18 ( d, J= 3 .5 Hz, 1H), 6.58 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 1H), 5.43-5.34 (m, 1H), 4.80 (s, 2H), 4.45 (br s, 1H), 4.33 (dd, J= 2.1, 7.6 Hz, 1H), 4.16 (dd, J= 2.3, 7.4 Hz, 1H), 2.81-2 .72 (m, 1H), 2.31-2.10 (m, 3H), 2.05-1.97 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt =1.33 min, ES<+>486 (FA standard).

Eksempel 38: [(lS,2S,4R)-4-(4-{[4-Kloro-2-(trifluorometyl)benzyl]amino}-77/- Example 38: [(1S,2S,4R)-4-(4-{[4-Chloro-2-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl]amino}-77/-

pyrrolo[2,3-^pyrimidin-7-yl)-2-hydroksysyklopentyl]metylsulfamat pyrrolo[2,3-^pyrimidin-7-yl)-2-hydroxycyclopentyl]methylsulfamate

(forbindelse I 42) (compound I 42)

[0264] Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt ved å følge fremgangsmåten som beskrives i eksempel 2a-j, og l-[4-kloro-2-(trifluorometyl)fenyl]metanamin ble brukt i trinn f.<!>H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz, 5): 8,11 (s, 1H), 7,70 (s, 1H), 7,65-7,46 (m, 2H), 7,23 (d, J = 3,6 Hz, 1H), 6,61 (d, J= 3,4 Hz, 1H), 5,48-5,39 (m, 1H), 4,93 (s, 2H), 4,49 (br s, 1H), 4,36 (dd, .7=2,1, 7,6 Hz, 1H), 4,20 (dd, J= 2,3, 7,4 Hz, 1H), 2,87-2,74 (m, 1H), 2,38-2,12 (m, 3H), 2,09-1,97 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1,29 min, ES<+>520 (FA-standard). [0264] The title compound was prepared following the procedure described in Example 2a-j, and 1-[4-chloro-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]methanamine was used in step f.<!>H NMR (CD 3 OD, 400 MHz , 5): 8.11 (s, 1H), 7.70 (s, 1H), 7.65-7.46 (m, 2H), 7.23 (d, J = 3.6 Hz, 1H) , 6.61 (d, J= 3.4 Hz, 1H), 5.48-5.39 (m, 1H), 4.93 (s, 2H), 4.49 (br s, 1H), 4 .36 (dd, .7=2.1, 7.6 Hz, 1H), 4.20 (dd, J= 2.3, 7.4 Hz, 1H), 2.87-2.74 (m, 1H), 2.38-2.12 (m, 3H), 2.09-1.97 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1.29 min, ES<+>520 (FA standard).

Eksempel 39: ((lS,2S,4R)-4-[4-[(2,4-Diklorobenzyl)amino]-777-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl} -2-hydroksysyklopentyl)metylsulfamat (forbindelse I-19) Example 39: ((1S,2S,4R)-4-[4-[(2,4-Dichlorobenzyl)amino]-777-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl}-2-hydroxycyclopentyl)methylsulfamate (connection I-19)

[0265] Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt ved å følge fremgangsmåten som beskrives i eksempel 2a-j, og l-(2,4-diklorofenyl)metanamin ble brukt i trinn f.<!>H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz, 5): 8,10 (s, 1H), 7,46 (s, 1H), 7,32 (d, J= 8,3 Hz, 1H), 7,29-7,20 (m, 2H), 6,61 (d, J= 3,5 Hz, 1H), 5,54-5,37 (m, 1H), 4,92-4,74 (s, 2H), 4,49 (br s, 1H), 4,37 (dd, J = 2,1, 7,6 Hz, 1H), 4,19 (dd, J= 2,4, 7,3 Hz, 1H), 2,88-2,72 (m, 1H), 2,40-2,17 (m, 3H), 2,11-1,98 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: R = 1,37 min, ES<+>488 (FA-standard). [0265] The title compound was prepared by following the procedure described in Example 2a-j, and 1-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)methanamine was used in step f. <!>H NMR (CD 3 OD, 400 MHz, 5): 8 .10 (s, 1H), 7.46 (s, 1H), 7.32 (d, J= 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.29-7.20 (m, 2H), 6.61 ( d, J= 3.5 Hz, 1H), 5.54-5.37 (m, 1H), 4.92-4.74 (s, 2H), 4.49 (br s, 1H), 4, 37 (dd, J = 2.1, 7.6 Hz, 1H), 4.19 (dd, J= 2.4, 7.3 Hz, 1H), 2.88-2.72 (m, 1H) , 2.40-2.17 (m, 3H), 2.11-1.98 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: R = 1.37 min, ES<+>488 (FA standard).

Eksempel 40: ((lS,2S,4R)-4-{4-[(3,5-Diklorobenzyl)amino]-7/f-pyrrolo[2,3-<f]pyrimidin-7-yl} -2-hydroksysyklopentyl)metylsulfamat (forbindelse I-16) Example 40: ((1S,2S,4R)-4-{4-[(3,5-Dichlorobenzyl)amino]-7/f-pyrrolo[2,3-<f]pyrimidin-7-yl}-2- hydroxycyclopentyl)methylsulfamate (compound I-16)

[0266] Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt ved å følge fremgangsmåten som beskrives i eksempel 2a-j, og l-(3,5-diklorofenyl)metanamin ble brukt i trinn f.<!>H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz, 5): 8,10 (s, 1H), 7,35-7,23 (m, 3H), 7,19 (d, J= 3,6 Hz, 1H), 6,58 (d, J= 3,6 Hz, 1H), 5,49-5,35 (m, 1H), 4,69 (s, 2H), 4,45 (br s, 1H), 4,33 (dd, J= 2,1, 7,6 Hz, 1H), 4,16 (dd, J=2, 4, 7,3 Hz, 1H), 2,85-2,72 (m, 1H), 2,38-2,13 (m, 3H), 2,07-1,94 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1,38 min, ES<+>488 (FA-standard). [0266] The title compound was prepared by following the procedure described in Example 2a-j, and 1-(3,5-dichlorophenyl)methanamine was used in step f. <!>H NMR (CD 3 OD, 400 MHz, 5): 8 .10 (s, 1H), 7.35-7.23 (m, 3H), 7.19 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 1H), 6.58 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 1H), 5.49-5.35 (m, 1H), 4.69 (s, 2H), 4.45 (br s, 1H), 4.33 (dd, J= 2.1, 7.6 Hz, 1H), 4.16 (dd, J=2, 4, 7.3 Hz, 1H), 2.85-2.72 (m, 1H), 2.38-2.13 (m, 3H) , 2.07-1.94 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1.38 min, ES<+>488 (FA standard).

Eksempel 41: [(lS,2S,4R)-2-Hydroksy-4-(4-{[(lR,2S)-2-metoksy-2,3-dihydro-l//- Example 41: [(1S,2S,4R)-2-Hydroxy-4-(4-{[(1R,2S)-2-methoxy-2,3-dihydro-1/-

inden-l-yl]amino}-7//-pyrrolo[2,3-rf]pyrimidin-7-yl)syklopentyl]metylsulfamat (forbindelse 1-52) inden-1-yl]amino}-7/-pyrrolo[2,3-rf]pyrimidin-7-yl)cyclopentyl]methylsulfamate (compound 1-52)

Trinn a: fe/ t- Butyl [( 1 R. 2S)- 2- hydroksy- 2. 3- dihydro- l//- inden- 1 - v 1 ] karbamat Step a: fe/ t- Butyl [( 1 R. 2S)- 2- hydroxy- 2. 3- dihydro- l//- indene- 1 - v 1 ] carbamate

[0267] (lR,2S)-l-Aminoindan-2-ol (1,83 g, 12,3 mmol) ble oppløst i DCM (70,0 mL) og TEA (3,42 mL, 24,5 mmol) ble tilsatt. Di-tert-butyldikarbonat (2,81 g, 12,9 mmol) ble tilsatt ved romtemperatur og reaksjonsblandingen ble rørt i 5 timer. Oppløsningen ble konsentrert in vacuo og renset med silikagel-kromatografi utvasket med en gradient på 0 til 100 % EtOAc i heksaner for å gi tittelforbindelsen (3,12 g, 100 %). LC/MS: Rt =1,55 min, ES<+>250. (AA-standard). [0267] (1R,2S)-1-Aminoindan-2-ol (1.83 g, 12.3 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (70.0 mL) and TEA (3.42 mL, 24.5 mmol) was added. Di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (2.81 g, 12.9 mmol) was added at room temperature and the reaction mixture was stirred for 5 hours. The solution was concentrated in vacuo and purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0 to 100% EtOAc in hexanes to give the title compound (3.12 g, 100%). LC/MS: Rt = 1.55 min, ES<+>250. (AA standard).

Trinn b: ferf- Butyl [( lR. 2S)- 2- metoksv- 2, 3- dihvdro- li/- inden- l- yl] karbamat Step b: terf-Butyl [(1R.2S)-2-methoxy-2,3-dihydro-li/-inden-1-yl] carbamate

[0268] En blanding med fert-butyl [(lR,2S)-2-hydroksy-2,3-dihydro-l#-inden-l-yl]-karbamat (680 mg, 2,73 mmol), DMF (21,1 mL), bariummonoksid (5,02 g, 32,7 mmol), bariumhydroksid (2,80 g, 16,4 mmol) og iodometan (1,70 mL, 27,3 mmol) ble rørt over natten. LC/MS viste ikke noe startmaterial. Reaksjonen ble avkjølt ved tilsetting av en mettet oppløsning med natriumbikarbonat og ble utvunnet med DCM. Det organiske laget ble vasket med vann (3x), tørket over natriumsulfat og konsentrert in vacuo. Restkonsentrasjonen ble renset med silikagel-kromatografi utvasket med en gradient på 0 til 50 % EtOAc i heksaner for å gi tittelforbindelsen (178 mg, 25 %). LC/MS: Rt = 1,24 min, ES<+>264 (AA-standard). [0268] A mixture of tert-butyl [(1R,2S)-2-hydroxy-2,3-dihydro-1#-inden-1-yl]-carbamate (680 mg, 2.73 mmol), DMF (21 .1 mL), barium monoxide (5.02 g, 32.7 mmol), barium hydroxide (2.80 g, 16.4 mmol) and iodomethane (1.70 mL, 27.3 mmol) were stirred overnight. LC/MS showed no starting material. The reaction was quenched by the addition of a saturated solution of sodium bicarbonate and extracted with DCM. The organic layer was washed with water (3x), dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0 to 50% EtOAc in hexanes to give the title compound (178 mg, 25%). LC/MS: Rt = 1.24 min, ES<+>264 (AA standard).

Trinn c: ( 1 R. 2S)- 2- Metoksyindan- 1- amin Step c: (1R.2S)-2-Methoxyindan-1-amine

[0269] tert-butyl [(lR,2S)-2-metoksy-2,3-dihydro-Lf/-inden-l-yl]karbamat (253 mg, 0,961 mmol) tilsattes en 4,00 M oppløsning medhydroklorsyre i 1,4-dioksan (5,00 mL) og blandingen ble rørt i 10 min, deretter presipitertes et hvitt, fast stoff. Suspensjonen ble konsentrert in vacuo og evaporert sammen med toluen for å gi et hvitt, fast stoff som ble oppløst i vann. Oppløsningen ble justert til en pH på 10 ved tilsetning av natriumkarbonat. Blandingen ble deretter utvunnet med dietyleter (3 x 30 mL) og de organiske ekstraktene ble konsentrert in vacuo for å gi tittelforbindelsen (150 mg, 99 %). LC/MS: Rt = 0,85 min, ES<+>164 (AA-standard). [0269] tert-butyl [(1R,2S)-2-methoxy-2,3-dihydro-Lf/-inden-1-yl]carbamate (253 mg, 0.961 mmol) was added to a 4.00 M solution of hydrochloric acid in 1 ,4-dioxane (5.00 mL) and the mixture was stirred for 10 min, then a white solid precipitated. The suspension was concentrated in vacuo and co-evaporated with toluene to give a white solid which was dissolved in water. The solution was adjusted to a pH of 10 by adding sodium carbonate. The mixture was then extracted with diethyl ether (3 x 30 mL) and the organic extracts were concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound (150 mg, 99%). LC/MS: Rt = 0.85 min, ES<+>164 (AA standard).

Trinn d: [( 1 S. 2S. 4R)- 2- Hydroksv- 4-( 4-{ r( lR. 2S)- 2- metoksv- 2. 3- dihvdro- l#- inden-1- yl] - amino] - 7i/- pyrrolo [ 2, 3 - <j] pyrimidin- 7 - vl) svklopentvl] metylsulfamat Step d: [( 1 S . 2 S . 4 R )- 2- Hydroxyl- 4-( 4-{ r( 1 R . 2 S )- 2- methoxy- 2 . 3- dihydro- 1#- inden-1-yl] - amino] - 7i/- pyrrolo [ 2, 3 - <j] pyrimidine- 7 - vl) sclopentvl] methylsulfamate

( forbindelse 1- 52) (connection 1-52)

[0270] Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt ved å følge fremgangsmåten som beskrives i eksempel 2a-j, og (IR,2S)-2-metoksyindan-l-amin ble brukt i trinn f.<*>H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz, 5): 8,20 (s, 1H), 7,27-7,14 (m, 5H), 6,67 ( d, J= 3,6 Hz, 1H), 5,90 (d, J= 5,2 Hz, 1H), 4,49 (t,J= 3,5 Hz, 1H), 4,37 (dd, J= 7,6, 9,7 Hz, 1H), 4,31-4,28 (m, 1H), 4,20 (dd, J= 7,3, 9,7 Hz, 1H), 3,31-3,29 (m, 4H) 3,19-3,05 (m, 2H), 2,85-2,77 (m, 1H), 2,37-2,20 (m, 3H), 2,08-2,00 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt =1,46 min, ES<+>474 (AA-standard). [0270] The title compound was prepared following the procedure described in Example 2a-j, and (IR,2S)-2-methoxyindan-1-amine was used in step f.<*>H NMR (CD 3 OD, 400 MHz, 5 ): 8.20 (s, 1H), 7.27-7.14 (m, 5H), 6.67 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 1H), 5.90 (d, J= 5, 2 Hz, 1H), 4.49 (t,J= 3.5 Hz, 1H), 4.37 (dd, J= 7.6, 9.7 Hz, 1H), 4.31-4.28 ( m, 1H), 4.20 (dd, J= 7.3, 9.7 Hz, 1H), 3.31-3.29 (m, 4H) 3.19-3.05 (m, 2H), 2.85-2.77 (m, 1H), 2.37-2.20 (m, 3H), 2.08-2.00 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt =1.46 min, ES<+>474 (AA standard).

Eksempel42: [(lS,2S,4R)-4-(4-{[(lS)-3,3-Dimetyl-2,3-dihydro-li/-inden-l-yl]amino)-7if-pyrrolo[2,3-<i]pyrimidin-7-yl)-2-hydroksysyklopentyl]metylsulfamat og [(lS,2S,4R)-4-(4-([(lR)-3,3-dimetyl-2,3-dihydro-L^-inden-l-yl]amino}-7if-pyrrolo[2,3-(i]pyrimidiri-7-yl)-2-hydroksysykloperityl] metylsulfamat (forbindelse 1-14 og 1-21) Example 42: [(1S,2S,4R)-4-(4-{[(1S)-3,3-Dimethyl-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-yl]amino)-7if-pyrrolo[ 2,3-<i]pyrimidin-7-yl)-2-hydroxycyclopentyl]methylsulfamate and [(1S,2S,4R)-4-(4-([(1R)-3,3-dimethyl-2,3- dihydro-L^-inden-1-yl]amino}-7if-pyrrolo[2,3-(i]pyrimidiri-7-yl)-2-hydroxycycloperityl] methylsulfamate (compound 1-14 and 1-21)

Trinn a: 3. 3- Dimetylindan- l- en oksim Step a: 3. 3- Dimethylindan-l- one oxime

[0271] En oppløsning med 3,3-dimetylindan-l-en (1,16 g, 7,21 mmol) og hydroksylamin hydroklorid (1,31 g, 18,8 mmol) i MeOH (20,0 mL) tilsattes en oppløsning med natriumhydroksid (765 mg, 19,1 mmol) i vann (10,0 mL). Blandingen ble oppvarmet til 80 °C i 2 timer. Den avkjølte reaksjonen ble konsentrert in vacuo og delt mellom DCM og vann. Det organiske laget ble separert og konsentrert in vacuo for å gi tittelforbindelsen som en olje (1,23 g, 97 %). LC/MS: R = 1,61 min, ES<+>176 (AA-standard). [0271] A solution of 3,3-dimethylindan-1-ene (1.16 g, 7.21 mmol) and hydroxylamine hydrochloride (1.31 g, 18.8 mmol) in MeOH (20.0 mL) was added a solution of sodium hydroxide (765 mg, 19.1 mmol) in water (10.0 mL). The mixture was heated to 80°C for 2 hours. The cooled reaction was concentrated in vacuo and partitioned between DCM and water. The organic layer was separated and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound as an oil (1.23 g, 97%). LC/MS: R = 1.61 min, ES<+>176 (AA standard).

Trinn b: 3. 3- Dimetylindan- l- amin Step b: 3. 3-Dimethylindan-l-amine

[0272] 3,3-Dimetylindan-l-en oksim (1,22 g, 6,96 mmol) ble oppløst i MeOH (20,0 mL) og palladium (10 vektprosent på karbon, 50 % vann våt, 148 mg) ble tilsatt. Reaksjonen ble plassert under hydrogenatmosfære og ble rørt over natten. Blandingen ble deretter filtrert gjennom kiselgur, vasket med MeOH og filtratene ble konsentrert in vacuo for å gi produktet som en grå olje (1,12 g, 100 %). LC/MS: Rt = 1,04 min, ES<+>162 (AA-standard). [0272] 3,3-Dimethylindan-1-ene oxime (1.22 g, 6.96 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (20.0 mL) and palladium (10 wt% on carbon, 50% water wet, 148 mg) was added. The reaction was placed under a hydrogen atmosphere and stirred overnight. The mixture was then filtered through diatomaceous earth, washed with MeOH and the filtrates were concentrated in vacuo to give the product as a gray oil (1.12 g, 100%). LC/MS: Rt = 1.04 min, ES<+>162 (AA standard).

Trinne: r( lS. 2S. 4R)- 4-( 4-{[( lS)- 3. 3- Dimetvl- 2. 3- dihvdro- li/- inden- l- vl] amino1-7//- pvrrolo[ 2, 3-^] pvrimidin- 7- vl)- 2- hydroksvsvklopentvl] metvlsulfamat og [( lS. 2S. 4R)- 4-( 4-{ r( lR)- 3. 3- dimetvl- 2. 3- dihvdro- li/- inden- l-vl] amino]- 7//- pvrrolo[ 2, 3-^] pvrimidin- 7- yl)- 2-hvdroksvsvklopentvl] metylsulfamat ( forbindelse 1- 14 og 1- 21) Step: r( 1S. 2S. 4R)- 4-( 4-{[( 1S)- 3. 3- Dimetvl- 2. 3- dihydro- li/- inden- 1- vl] amino1-7///- pvrrolo [ 2, 3-^] pyrimidine- 7- vl)- 2- hydroxysvclopentyl] methylsulfamate and [( 1S. 2S. 4R)- 4-( 4-{ r( 1R)- 3. 3- dimethyl- 2. 3- dihydro- li/- inden- 1-vl] amino]- 7//- pvrrolo[ 2, 3-^] pvrimidin- 7- yl)- 2-hydroxyvsvclopentvl] methylsulfamate (compound 1- 14 and 1- 21)

[0273] Tittelforbindelsene ble fremstilt ved å følge fremgangsmåten som beskrives i la-g og deretter eksempel 2i-j, og 3,3-dimetylindan-l-amin ble brukt i trinn le. Blandingen ble separert inn i sine komponentdiastereomerer via kiral HPLC (Chiralpac-AS-RH, 20 mm ID x 250 mm, 5 mikronkolonne utvasket med 55 % vann i AcCN med 0,1 % AA ved 6 mL/minutt): Topp A - 21,4 min, [(lS,2S,4R)-4-(4-{[(lR)-3,3-dimetyl-2,3-dihydro-lif-inden-l-yl]amino)-7i7-pyrrolo[2,3-(i]pyrimidin-7-yl)-2-hydroksysyklopentyl]metylsulfamat, i?-enantiomer (forbindelse 1-21). Topp B - 22,6 min, [(1 S,2S,4R)-4-(4-{[(1 S)-3,3dimetyl-2,3-dihydro-Lf/-inden-l-yl] amino}-7//- pyrrolo[2,3-tf|pyrimidin-7-yl)-2-hydroksysyklopentyl]metylsulfamat, S-enantiomer [0273] The title compounds were prepared by following the procedure described in la-g and then examples 2i-j, and 3,3-dimethylindan-1-amine was used in step le. The mixture was separated into its component diastereomers via chiral HPLC (Chiralpac-AS-RH, 20 mm ID x 250 mm, 5 micron column eluted with 55% water in AcCN with 0.1% AA at 6 mL/min): Peak A - 21 .4 min, [(1S,2S,4R)-4-(4-{[(1R)-3,3-dimethyl-2,3-dihydro-lif-inden-1-yl]amino)-7i7-pyrrolo [2,3-(i]pyrimidin-7-yl)-2-hydroxycyclopentyl]methylsulfamate, i?-enantiomer (compound 1-21). Peak B - 22.6 min, [(1S,2S,4R)-4-(4-{[(1S)-3,3dimethyl-2,3-dihydro-Lf/-inden-1-yl] amino }-7//- pyrrolo[2,3-tf|pyrimidin-7-yl)-2-hydroxycyclopentyl]methylsulfamate, S-enantiomer

(forbindelse 1-14). 'HNMR (CD3OD, 300 MHz, 5): 8,16 (s, 1H), 7,28-7,10 (m, 5H), 6,63 (d, J= 3,6 Hz, 1H), 5,93 (t, J= 8,1 Hz, 1H), 5,51-5,38 (m, 1H), 4,48 (br s, 1H), 4,37 (dd, J= 7,6, 9,7 Hz, 1H), 4,20 (dd, J= 7,4, 9,6 Hz, 1H), 2,88-2,72 (m, 1H), 2,47 (dd, J= 7,3, 12,4 Hz, 1H), 2,37-2,19 (m, 3H), 2,03 (ddd, J= 4,5, 9,2, 13,9 Hz, 1H), 1,93 (dd, J= 9,1, 12,3 Hz, 1H), 1,42 (s, 3H), 1,27 (s, 3H) ppm. LC/MS: R = 1,66 min, ES<+>472 (AA-standard). (compound 1-14). 'HNMR (CD 3 OD, 300 MHz, 5): 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.28-7.10 (m, 5H), 6.63 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 1H), 5 .93 (t, J= 8.1 Hz, 1H), 5.51-5.38 (m, 1H), 4.48 (br s, 1H), 4.37 (dd, J= 7.6, 9.7 Hz, 1H), 4.20 (dd, J= 7.4, 9.6 Hz, 1H), 2.88-2.72 (m, 1H), 2.47 (dd, J= 7 ,3, 12.4 Hz, 1H), 2.37-2.19 (m, 3H), 2.03 (ddd, J= 4.5, 9.2, 13.9 Hz, 1H), 1, 93 (dd, J= 9.1, 12.3 Hz, 1H), 1.42 (s, 3H), 1.27 (s, 3H) ppm. LC/MS: R = 1.66 min, ES<+>472 (AA standard).

Eksempel 43: [(lS,2S,4R)-4-(4-([(lS)-3,3-Dimetyl-2,3-dihydro-Lf/-inden-l-yl]amino)-7//-pyrrolo [2,3 -d]pyrimidin-7-yl)-2-hydroksysyklopentyl]metylsulfamat (forbindelse 1-14), kiralsyntese Example 43: [(1S,2S,4R)-4-(4-([(1S)-3,3-Dimethyl-2,3-dihydro-Lf-inden-1-yl]amino)-7// -pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)-2-hydroxycyclopentyl]methylsulfamate (compound 1-14), chiral synthesis

Trinn a: r2R)- 2-( r( lS)- 3. 3- Dimetvl- 2. 3- dihvdro- l/ f- inden- l- vl1amino1- 2-fenyletanol Step a: r2R)-2-(r(1S)-3.3-Dimethyl-2.3-dihydro-1/f-indene-1-v1amino1-2-phenylethanol

[0274] En oppløsning med 3,3-dimetylindan-l-en (925 mg, 5,77 mmol) og (R)-(-)-2-fenylglysinol (893 mg, 6,51 mmol) i to luen (10,0 mL) tilsattes p-toluensulfonsyre monohydrat (62,5 mg, 0,328 mmol). Reaksjonen ble oppvarmet til refluks under nitrogenatmosfære i 90 minutter. På dette tidspunkt ble blandingen avkjølt og fortynnet med toluen (10,0 mL). Blandingen ble vasket med en mettet vandig natriumbikarbonatoppløsning og vann. Det organiske laget ble konsentrert in vacuo og restkonsentrasjonen oppløst i THF (10,0 mL) og avkjølt til 0 °C. Eddiksyre (1,13 mL, 19,9 mmol) ble tilsatt, etterfulgt av natriumborohydrid (251 mg, 6,64 mmol) og reaksjonen ble oppvarmet til romtemperatur over natten. Blandingen ble delt mellom DCM og den mettede vandige natriumbikarbonatoppløsningen. Det organiske laget ble konsentrert og silikagel-kromatografi utvasket med en gradient på 5 til 35 % EtOAc i DCM ga tittelforbindelsen (1,49 g, 74 %). LC/MS: Rt = 1,92 min, ES<+>282 (AA-standard). [0274] A solution of 3,3-dimethylindan-1-ene (925 mg, 5.77 mmol) and (R)-(-)-2-phenylglycinol (893 mg, 6.51 mmol) in two luen (10 .0 mL) was added p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (62.5 mg, 0.328 mmol). The reaction was heated to reflux under a nitrogen atmosphere for 90 minutes. At this point the mixture was cooled and diluted with toluene (10.0 mL). The mixture was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution and water. The organic layer was concentrated in vacuo and the residue dissolved in THF (10.0 mL) and cooled to 0 °C. Acetic acid (1.13 mL, 19.9 mmol) was added, followed by sodium borohydride (251 mg, 6.64 mmol) and the reaction was warmed to room temperature overnight. The mixture was partitioned between DCM and the saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution. The organic layer was concentrated and silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 5 to 35% EtOAc in DCM afforded the title compound (1.49 g, 74%). LC/MS: Rt = 1.92 min, ES<+>282 (AA standard).

Trinn b: ( 1 S)- 3, 3- Dimetylindan- l- amin Step b: (1S)-3,3-Dimethylindan-1-amine

[0275] En oppløsning med (2R)-2-{[(lS)-3,3-dimetyl-2,3-dihydro-Lf/-inden-l-yl]amino)-2-fenyletanol (1,44 g, 5,13 mmol) i MeOH (40,0 mL) ble tilsatt en rørt oppløsning med bly tetraacetat (3,75 g, 8,03 mmol) i MeOH (60,0 mL) ved 0 °C i dråper i 20 minutter. Etter omrøring i 45 minutter ble reaksjonen avkjølt ved tilsetting av en 10 % oppløsning med natriumkarbonat i vann (76,0 mL), og blandingen ble rørt i 10 minutter. DCM (200 mL) ble deretter tilsatt og lagene ble separert. Det vandige laget ble utvunnet med DCM (50,0 mL). De kombinerte organiske lagene ble konsentrert in vacuo og restkonsentrasjonen ble oppløst i etanol (190 mL) og behandlet med en 10,4 M vandig oppløsning med hydroklorsyre (5,70 mL, 59,3 mmol). Den resulterende blandingen ble deretter oppvarmet til refluks i 16 timer. Den avkjølte reaksjonen ble konsentrert in vacuo og delt mellom vann (150 mL) og dietyleter (50,0 mL). Det vandige laget ble justert til pH 10 ved tilsettelse av natriumkarbonat og utvunnet med dietyleter (3 x 50,0 mL). De kombinerte organiske lagene ble konsentrert in vacuo og silikagel-kromatografi utvasket med en gradient på 0 til 10 % MeOH i DCM for å gi tittelforbindelsen som en blek gul olje (420 mg, 51 %).<!>H NMR (CD3OD, 300 MHz, 5): 7,34-7,14 (m, 4H), 4,45-4,37 (m, 1H), 2,38 (dd, .7=7,1, 12,4 Hz, 1H), 1,73 (br s, 2H), 1,60 (dd, .7= 8,7, 12,4 Hz, 1H), 1,39 (s, 3H), 1,19 (s, 3H)ppm. [0275] A solution of (2R)-2-{[(1S)-3,3-dimethyl-2,3-dihydro-Lf/-inden-1-yl]amino)-2-phenylethanol (1.44 g , 5.13 mmol) in MeOH (40.0 mL) was added to a stirred solution of lead tetraacetate (3.75 g, 8.03 mmol) in MeOH (60.0 mL) at 0 °C dropwise over 20 min . After stirring for 45 minutes, the reaction was quenched by the addition of a 10% solution of sodium carbonate in water (76.0 mL), and the mixture was stirred for 10 minutes. DCM (200 mL) was then added and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (50.0 mL). The combined organic layers were concentrated in vacuo and the residue was dissolved in ethanol (190 mL) and treated with a 10.4 M aqueous solution of hydrochloric acid (5.70 mL, 59.3 mmol). The resulting mixture was then heated to reflux for 16 hours. The cooled reaction was concentrated in vacuo and partitioned between water (150 mL) and diethyl ether (50.0 mL). The aqueous layer was adjusted to pH 10 by addition of sodium carbonate and extracted with diethyl ether (3 x 50.0 mL). The combined organic layers were concentrated in vacuo and silica gel chromatography eluted with a gradient of 0 to 10% MeOH in DCM to give the title compound as a pale yellow oil (420 mg, 51%).<!>H NMR (CD 3 OD, 300 MHz, 5): 7.34-7.14 (m, 4H), 4.45-4.37 (m, 1H), 2.38 (dd, .7=7.1, 12.4 Hz, 1H ), 1.73 (br s, 2H), 1.60 (dd, .7= 8.7, 12.4 Hz, 1H), 1.39 (s, 3H), 1.19 (s, 3H) ppm.

Trinn c: [( 1S. 2S 4R)- 4-( 4-{[( lS)- 3. 3- Dimetvl- 2. 3- dihvdro- 177- inden- l- vl1amino)-777- pyrrolo[ 2. 3-( i] pvrimidin- 7- vl)- 2- hvdroksvsvklopentvl] metvlsulfamat Step c: [( 1S . 2S 4R )- 4-( 4-{[( 1S )- 3. 3- Dimethyl- 2. 3- dihydro- 177- indene- 1- vl1amino)-777- pyrrolo[ 2. 3 -( i]pyrimidin- 7- vl)- 2- hydroxyvsvclopentyl] methylsulfamate

( forbindelse 1- 14) (connection 1-14)

[0276] Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt ved å følge fremgangsmåten som beskrives i eksempel la-g og deretter eksempel 2i-j, og (lS)-3,3-dimetylindan-l-amin ble brukt i trinn le. Kiral HPLC viste sam-utvasking med forbindelsen syntetisert i eksempel 42c, topp B. Analytisk data er lik eksempel 42c. [0276] The title compound was prepared by following the procedure described in Example la-g and then Example 2i-j, and (1S)-3,3-dimethylindan-1-amine was used in step le. Chiral HPLC showed co-elution with the compound synthesized in Example 42c, peak B. Analytical data are similar to Example 42c.

Eksempel 44: [(lS,2S,4R)-4-(4-l[(lS)-5-Kloro-2,3-dihydro-Lf/-inden-l-yl]amino)-7//- Example 44: [(1S,2S,4R)-4-(4-1[(1S)-5-Chloro-2,3-dihydro-Lf-inden-1-yl]amino)-7/-

pyrrolo[2,3-(i]pyrimidin-7-yl)-2-hydroksysyklopentyl]metylsulfamat, Kalium salt (forbindelse 1-27) pyrrolo[2,3-(i]pyrimidin-7-yl)-2-hydroxycyclopentyl]methylsulfamate, Potassium salt (compound 1-27)

[0277] Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt ved å følge fremgangsmåten som beskrives i eksempel 43a-b og deretter Eksempel 2f-j, og 5-kloroindan-l-en ble brukt i trinn 43a og (lS)-5-kloroindan-l-amin i trinn 2f. Kaliumsaltet ble dannet ved å følge fremgangsmåten som beskrives i eksempel 11. 'HNMR (CD3OD, 300 MHz, 5): 8,17 (s, 1H), 7,28-7,10 [0277] The title compound was prepared by following the procedure described in Example 43a-b and then Example 2f-j, and 5-chloroindan-1-ene was used in step 43a and (1S)-5-chloroindan-1-amine in step 2f. The potassium salt was formed by following the procedure described in Example 11. 'HNMR (CD 3 OD, 300 MHz, δ): 8.17 (s, 1H), 7.28-7.10

(m, 4H), 6,62 ( d, J= 3,6 Hz, 1H), 5,82 ( t, J= 7,7 Hz, 1H), 5,44 (qd, J= 4,6, 8,3 Hz, 1H), 4,48 (br s, 1H), 4,37 (dd, J= 7,6, 9,7 Hz, 1H), 4,19 (dd, J= 7,4, 9,7 Hz, 1H), 4,09 (q, J = 7,1 Hz, 1H), 3,05 (ddd, J= 3,3, 8,6, 15,9 Hz, 1H), 2,98-2,71 (m, 2H), 2,64 (dtd, J= 3,5, 7,7, 11,2 Hz, 1H), 2,38-2,14 (m, 3H), 2,05 (dd,J=4,4, 8,6 Hz, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1,58 min, ES<+>478 (AA-standard). (m, 4H), 6.62 ( d, J= 3.6 Hz, 1H), 5.82 ( t, J= 7.7 Hz, 1H), 5.44 (qd, J= 4.6, 8.3 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (br s, 1H), 4.37 (dd, J= 7.6, 9.7 Hz, 1H), 4.19 (dd, J= 7.4, 9.7 Hz, 1H), 4.09 (q, J = 7.1 Hz, 1H), 3.05 (ddd, J= 3.3, 8.6, 15.9 Hz, 1H), 2, 98-2.71 (m, 2H), 2.64 (dtd, J= 3.5, 7.7, 11.2 Hz, 1H), 2.38-2.14 (m, 3H), 2, 05 (dd, J=4.4, 8.6 Hz, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1.58 min, ES<+>478 (AA standard).

Eksempel 45: [(lS,2S,4R)-4-(4-{[(lS)-5-fluoro-2,3-dihydro-li/-inden-l-yl]amino}-7//- Example 45: [(1S,2S,4R)-4-(4-{[(1S)-5-fluoro-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-yl]amino}-7/-

pyrrolo[2,3-(f|pyrimidin-7-yl)-2-hydroksysyklopentyl]metylsulfamat pyrrolo[2,3-(f|pyrimidin-7-yl)-2-hydroxycyclopentyl]methylsulfamate

(forbindelse I 36) (compound I 36)

[0278] Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt ved å følge fremgangsmåten som beskrives i eksempel 44, og 5-fluoroindan-l-en ble brukt.<!>H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz, 5): 8,17 (s, 1H), 7,25-7,19 (m, 2H), 6,99-6,85 (m, 2H), 6,63 (d, J= 3,6 Hz, 1H), 5,81 (t, J= 7,5 Hz, 1H), 5,49-5,41 (m, 1H), 4,49 (t, J= 3,6 Hz 1H), 4,37 (dd, J= 7,6, 9,7 Hz, 1H), 4,20 (dd, J =7,4, 9,7 Hz, 1H), 3,12-3,02 (m, 1H), 2,95-2,87 (m, 1H), 2,84-2,75 (m, 1H), 2,69-2,61 (m, 1H), 2,36-2,19 (m, 3H), 2,10-1,97 (m, 2H) ppm. LC/MS: R = 1,56 min, ES<+>462 (AA-standard). [0278] The title compound was prepared following the procedure described in Example 44, and 5-fluoroindan-1-ene was used. <!>H NMR (CD 3 OD, 400 MHz, 5): 8.17 (s, 1H), 7.25-7.19 (m, 2H), 6.99-6.85 (m, 2H), 6.63 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 1H), 5.81 (t, J= 7.5 Hz, 1H), 5.49-5.41 (m, 1H), 4.49 (t, J= 3.6 Hz 1H), 4.37 (dd, J= 7.6, 9, 7 Hz, 1H), 4.20 (dd, J =7.4, 9.7 Hz, 1H), 3.12-3.02 (m, 1H), 2.95-2.87 (m, 1H ), 2.84-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.69-2.61 (m, 1H), 2.36-2.19 (m, 3H), 2.10-1.97 (m , 2H) ppm. LC/MS: R = 1.56 min, ES<+>462 (AA standard).

Eksempel46: [(lS,2S,4R)-4(4-{[(lS)-5-bromo-2,3-dihydro-li/-mden-l-yl]amino}-7i/- Example 46: [(1S,2S,4R)-4(4-{[(1S)-5-bromo-2,3-dihydro-1/-mden-1-yl]amino}-7i/-

pyrrolo[2,3-(i]pyrimidin-7-yl)-2-hydroksysyklopentyl]metylsulfamat pyrrolo[2,3-(i]pyrimidin-7-yl)-2-hydroxycyclopentyl]methylsulfamate

(forbindelse 1-33) (connection 1-33)

[0279] Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt ved å følge fremgangsmåten som beskrives i Eksempel 44, og 5-bromoindan-l-en ble brukt.<!>H NMR (CDsOD, 400 MHz, 5): 8,17 (s, 1H), 7,42 (s, 1H), 7,29 (d, J= 8,1 Hz, 1H), 7,19-7,14 (m, 2H), 6,63 (d, J= 3,6 Hz, 1H), 5,82 (t, J= 7,8 Hz, 1H), 5,49-5,41 (m, 1H), 4,49 (br s, 1H), 4,38 (dd, J= 7,6, 9,7 Hz, 1H), 4,20 (dd, J= 7,4, 9,7 Hz, 1H), 3,08-3,01 (m, 1H), 2,96-2,88 (m, 1H), 2,85-2,75 (m, 1H), 2,67-2,59 (m, 1H), 2,36-2,20 (m, 3H), 2,08-1,99 (m, 2H) ppm. LC/MS: R = 1,64 min, ES<+>524 (AA-standard). [0279] The title compound was prepared following the procedure described in Example 44, and 5-bromoindan-1-ene was used. <!>H NMR (CDsOD, 400 MHz, 5): 8.17 (s, 1H), 7.42 (s, 1H), 7.29 (d, J= 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.19-7.14 (m, 2H), 6.63 (d, J= 3.6 Hz , 1H), 5.82 (t, J= 7.8 Hz, 1H), 5.49-5.41 (m, 1H), 4.49 (br s, 1H), 4.38 (dd, J = 7.6, 9.7 Hz, 1H), 4.20 (dd, J= 7.4, 9.7 Hz, 1H), 3.08-3.01 (m, 1H), 2.96- 2.88 (m, 1H), 2.85-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.67-2.59 (m, 1H), 2.36-2.20 (m, 3H), 2, 08-1.99 (m, 2H) ppm. LC/MS: R = 1.64 min, ES<+>524 (AA standard).

Eksempel 47: ((lS,2S,4R)-4-{4[(4-Klorobenzyl)amino]-7//-pyrrolo[2,3-^]pyrimidin-7-yl}-2-hydroksy-2-metylsyklopentyl)metylsulfamat (forbindelse 1-5) Example 47: ((1S,2S,4R)-4-{4[(4-Chlorobenzyl)amino]-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-^]pyrimidin-7-yl}-2-hydroxy-2- methylcyclopentyl)methylsulfamate (compound 1-5)

Trinn a: ( 1 S. 5S)- 5-({[ fert- Butvl( difenyl) silvl] oksv) metvl) svklopent- 2- en- l- ol Step a: ( 1 S. 5S)- 5-({[ tert-Butvl( diphenyl) silvl] oxv) metvl) sclopent- 2- en- l-ol

[0280] En oppløsning med (lS,5S)-5-(hydroksymetyl)syklopent-2-en-l-ol (1,14 g, 9,99 mmol) i DCM (50,0 mL) tilsattes TEA (4,18 mL, 30,0 mmol) og DMAP (60,0 mg, 0,491 mmol). Oppløsningen ble avkjølt til 0 °C, tert-butylklorodifenylsilan (3,90 mL, 15,0 mol) ble tilsatt og blandingen ble rørt ved romtemperatur i 2 timer. TLC viste fullstendig konvertering, og reaksjonen ble avkjølt ved tilsetning av MeOH (1,00 mL). Konsentrasjonen in vacuo og silikagel-kromatografi utvasket med en gradient på 0 til 100 % EtOAc i heksaner ga tittelforbindelsen (2,88 g, 86 %). LC/MS: Rt = 2,51 min, ES<+>353 (AA-standard). [0280] To a solution of (1S,5S)-5-(hydroxymethyl)cyclopent-2-en-l-ol (1.14 g, 9.99 mmol) in DCM (50.0 mL) was added TEA (4, 18 mL, 30.0 mmol) and DMAP (60.0 mg, 0.491 mmol). The solution was cooled to 0 °C, tert-butylchlorodiphenylsilane (3.90 mL, 15.0 mol) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. TLC showed complete conversion and the reaction was quenched by addition of MeOH (1.00 mL). Concentration in vacuo and silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0 to 100% EtOAc in hexanes afforded the title compound (2.88 g, 86%). LC/MS: Rt = 2.51 min, ES<+>353 (AA standard).

Trinn b: ( 5S)- 5-({[ ter?- Butvl( difenyl) silvl] oksv) metvl) svklopent- 2- en- l- en Step b: (5S)-5-({[ter?- Butvl(diphenyl)silvl]oxv)methyl)svclopent-2-ene-1-ene

[0281 ] (1 S,5S)-5-({[tert-Butyl(difenyl)silyl]oksy}metyl)syklopent-2-en-l-ol (460 mg, 1,30 mmol) ble oppløst i DCM (15,0 mL) og pyridinium dikromat (1,47 g, 3,91 mmol) ble tilsatt. Blandingen ble rørt ved romtemperatur over natten, og på dette [0281 ] (1 S,5S)-5-({[tert-Butyl(diphenyl)silyl]oxy}methyl)cyclopent-2-en-l-ol (460 mg, 1.30 mmol) was dissolved in DCM ( 15.0 mL) and pyridinium dichromate (1.47 g, 3.91 mmol) were added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight, and at this

tidspunktet viste LC/MS fullstendig konvertering. Blandingen ble fortynnet med DCM (15,0 mL), filtrert og konsentrert in vacuo. Silika gel-kromatografi utvasket med 0 til 50 % EtOAc i heksaner ga tittelforbindelsen (400. mg, 79 %). LC/MS: Rt = 2,42 min, ES<+>351 (AA-standard). time point LC/MS showed complete conversion. The mixture was diluted with DCM (15.0 mL), filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Silica gel chromatography eluting with 0 to 50% EtOAc in hexanes afforded the title compound (400 mg, 79%). LC/MS: Rt = 2.42 min, ES<+>351 (AA standard).

Trinn c: ( lS. 5S)- 5-({[ fer?- Butvl( difenvl) silylloksvlmetvl)- l- metvlsvklopent- 2- en-Lol Step c: ( 1S . 5S )- 5-({[ ferr?-Butyl(diphenyl)silylloxylmethyl)- 1- methylcyclopent- 2-ene-Lol

[0282] En oppløsning på (5S)-5-({[ter?-butyl(difenyl)silyl]oksy}metyl)syklopent-2-en l-en (250 mg, 0,713 mmol) i dietyleter (10,0 mL) under nitrogenatmosfære ble avkjølt til -40 °C og en 1,60 M oppløsning med metyllitium i dietyleter (0,579 mL, 0,926 mmol) ble tilsatt langsomt og blandingen ble rørt ved -40 °C i 3 timer. TLC viste fullstendig konvertering, og reaksjonen ble avkjølt ved tilsetting av mettet vandig ammoniumklorid (5,00 mL), utvunnet med EtOAc (3 x 10,0 mL), tørket over MgSO/t, filtrert og konsentrert in vacuo. Silika gel-kromatografi utvasket med en gradient på 0 til 50 % EtOAc i heksaner ga tittelforbindelsen (190 mg, 73 %). Stereokjemi av produktet ble bekreftet ved bruk av ROESY-analyse. LC/MS: R = 2,55 min, ES<+>367 (AA-standard). [0282] A solution of (5S)-5-({[ter?-butyl(diphenyl)silyl]oxy}methyl)cyclopent-2-ene 1-ene (250 mg, 0.713 mmol) in diethyl ether (10.0 mL) ) under a nitrogen atmosphere was cooled to -40 °C and a 1.60 M solution of methyllithium in diethyl ether (0.579 mL, 0.926 mmol) was added slowly and the mixture was stirred at -40 °C for 3 h. TLC showed complete conversion, and the reaction was quenched by addition of saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (5.00 mL), extracted with EtOAc (3 x 10.0 mL), dried over MgSO/t, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0 to 50% EtOAc in hexanes afforded the title compound (190 mg, 73%). Stereochemistry of the product was confirmed using ROESY analysis. LC/MS: R = 2.55 min, ES<+>367 (AA standard).

Trinn d: ( 1 S. 5S)- 5-( Hydroksvmetyl)- 1 - metylsyklopent- 2- en- 1 - o 1 Step d: ( 1 S. 5 S )- 5-( Hydroxvmethyl)- 1 - methylcyclopent- 2- en- 1 - o 1

[0283] En oppløsning med (lS,5S)-5-({[etr?-butyl(difenyl)silyl]oksy}metyl)-l-metylsyklopent-2-en-l-ol (560 mg, 1,53 mmol) i THF (29,5 mL) ved 0 °C tilsattes 1,00 M med tetra-«-butylammonium fluorid i THF (3,06 mL, 3,06 mmol). Blandingen ble rørt ved romtemperatur i 2 timer, deretter ble løsningsmidlet konsentrert in vacuo og restkonsentrasjonen ble renset med silikagel-kromatografi utvasket med en gradient på 50 til 100 % EtOAc i heksaner for å gi tittelforbindelsen (181 mg, 92 %). LC/MS: Rt = 0.76 min, ES<+>129 (AA-standard). [0283] A solution of (1S,5S)-5-({[etr?-butyl(diphenyl)silyl]oxy}methyl)-1-methylcyclopent-2-en-l-ol (560 mg, 1.53 mmol ) in THF (29.5 mL) at 0 °C was added 1.00 M of tetra-«-butylammonium fluoride in THF (3.06 mL, 3.06 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h, then the solvent was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 50 to 100% EtOAc in hexanes to give the title compound (181 mg, 92%). LC/MS: Rt = 0.76 min, ES<+>129 (AA standard).

Trinn e: ( lS. 2R. 3S. 5S)- 3-( Hvdroksvmetvl)- 2- metvl- 6- oksabisyklo[ 3. 1. 0] heksan- 2-ol Step e: ( 1S . 2R . 3S . 5S )- 3-( Hydroxymethyl)- 2- methyl- 6- oxabicyclo[ 3. 1. 0 ] hexan- 2-ol

[0284] En oppløsning med (lS,5S)-5-(hydroksymetyl)-l-metylsyklopent-2-en-l-ol (0,181 g, 0,00141 mol) i DCM (18,0 mL) tilsattes natriumbikarbonat (237 mg, 2,82 mmol), og blandingen ble avkjølt til 0 °C. Denne blandingen tilsattes 3-kloroperbenzosyre (380 mg, 1,69 mmol), og reaksjonen ble rørt ved romtemperatur i 4 timer. Løsningsmidlet ble fjernet in vacuo og silikagel-kromatografi utvasket med en gradient på 0 til 100 % EtOAc i DCM ga tittelforbindelsen (200 mg, 98 %). LC/MS: Rt = 0,52 min, ES<+>145 (AA-standard). [0284] To a solution of (1S,5S)-5-(hydroxymethyl)-1-methylcyclopent-2-en-l-ol (0.181 g, 0.00141 mol) in DCM (18.0 mL) was added sodium bicarbonate (237 mg, 2.82 mmol), and the mixture was cooled to 0 °C. To this mixture was added 3-chloroperbenzoic acid (380 mg, 1.69 mmol), and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 4 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo and silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0 to 100% EtOAc in DCM afforded the title compound (200 mg, 98%). LC/MS: Rt = 0.52 min, ES<+>145 (AA standard).

Trinn f: ( laSJbR. 5aS. 6aS)- 3-( 4- Metoksvfenyl)- lb- metvlheksahvdrooksireno[ 4. 5]-syklopenta[ l , 2-( f|[ l, 3] dioksin Step f: (laSJbR. 5aS. 6aS)- 3-( 4- Methoxyphenyl)- 1b- methylhexahydrooxireno[ 4. 5]-cyclopenta[ 1 , 2-( f|[ 1, 3] dioxin

[0285] En oppløsning med (lS,2R,3S,5S)-3-(hydroksymetyl)-2-metyl-6-oksabisyklo[3.1.0]heksan-2-ol (200 mg, 1,39 mmol) i DCM (13,0 mL) ved 0 °C tilsattes dimetoksy(4-metoksyfenyl)metan (0,709 mL, 4,16 mmol) etterfulgt av pyridinium p-toluenesulfonat (35,0 mg, 0,139 mmol), og blandingen ble rørt ved romtemperatur over natten. TLC viste fullstendig konvertering. Silika gel-kromatografi utvasket med en gradient på 0 til 50 % EtOAc i heksaner ga tittelforbindelsen (215 mg, 59 %). LC/MS: Rt = 1,72 min, ES<+>263 (AA-standard). [0285] A solution of (1S,2R,3S,5S)-3-(hydroxymethyl)-2-methyl-6-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hexan-2-ol (200 mg, 1.39 mmol) in DCM (13.0 mL) at 0 °C was added dimethoxy(4-methoxyphenyl)methane (0.709 mL, 4.16 mmol) followed by pyridinium p-toluenesulfonate (35.0 mg, 0.139 mmol), and the mixture was stirred at room temperature over the night. TLC showed complete conversion. Silica gel chromatography eluting with a gradient of 0 to 50% EtOAc in hexanes afforded the title compound (215 mg, 59%). LC/MS: Rt = 1.72 min, ES<+>263 (AA standard).

Trinn g: (( lS. 2S. 4R)- 4- r4- r( 4- Klorobenzvl) amino1- 7//- pvrrolo[ 2. 3-^ 1pyrimidin- 7-vl]- 2- hydroksv- 2- metvlsvklopentvl) metvlsulfamat ( forbindelse 1- 5) Step g: (( 1S . 2S . 4R )- 4- r 4- r( 4- Chlorobenzvl)amino1- 7//- pvrrolo[ 2. 3-^ 1pyrimidine- 7-vl]- 2- hydroxysv- 2- methylsvclopentvl) methylsulfamate (compound 1-5)

[0286] Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt ved å følge fremgangsmåten som beskrives i eksempel ld-i, og (laS,lbR,5aS,6aS)-3-(4-Metoksyfenyl)-lb-metylheksahydrooksireno[4,5]syklopenta[l,2-^][l,3]dioksin og 4-klorobenzylamin ble brukt i trinn d.<!>H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz, 5): 8,20 (s, 1H), 7,46 (d, J= 3,6 Hz, 1H), 7,37 (s, 4H), 6,82 (d, J= 3,6 Hz, 1H), 5,48-5,40 (m, 1H), 4,78 (s, 2H), 4,41 (dd, J= 6,0, 10,0 Hz, 1H), 4,14 (dd, J= 8,2, 10,0 Hz, 1H), 2,69-2,64 (m, 1H), 2,39-2,16 (m, 4H), 1,47 (s, 3H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1,55 min, ES<+>466 (AA-standard). [0286] The title compound was prepared by following the procedure described in example 1d-i, and (1aS,1bR,5aS,6aS)-3-(4-Methoxyphenyl)-1b-methylhexahydroxyreno[4,5]cyclopenta[1,2 -^][1,3]dioxin and 4-chlorobenzylamine were used in step d.<!>H NMR (CD 3 OD, 400 MHz, δ): 8.20 (s, 1H), 7.46 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (s, 4H), 6.82 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 1H), 5.48-5.40 (m, 1H), 4.78 ( s, 2H), 4.41 (dd, J= 6.0, 10.0 Hz, 1H), 4.14 (dd, J= 8.2, 10.0 Hz, 1H), 2.69-2 .64 (m, 1H), 2.39-2.16 (m, 4H), 1.47 (s, 3H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1.55 min, ES<+>466 (AA standard).

Eksempel48: (lS,2S,4R)-4(4-[(lS)-2,3-Dihydro-l//-mden-l-ylamino]-77/-pyrrolo[2,3-^]pyrimidin-7-yl}-2-hydroksy-2-metylsyklopentyl)metylsulfamat Example 48: (1S,2S,4R)-4(4-[(1S)-2,3-Dihydro-1H-mden-1-ylamino]-77H-pyrrolo[2,3-^]pyrimidine-7 -yl}-2-hydroxy-2-methylcyclopentyl)methylsulfamate

(forbindelse 1-30) (connection 1-30)

[0287] Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt ved å følge fremgangsmåten som beskrives i eksempel 47, og (S)-(+)-l-aminoindan ble brukt i trinn g.<!>H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz, 5): 8,25 (s, 1H), 7,48 (d, J= 3,6 Hz, 1H), 7,34-7,23 (m, 4H), 6,89 (d, J= 3,6 Hz, 1H), 5,61-5,56 (m, 1H), 5,50-5,43 (m, 1H), 4,42 (dd,J=6,0, 10,0 Hz, 1H), 4,15 (dd, J= 8,0, 10,0 Hz, 1H), 3,18-3,10 (m, 1H), 3,03-2,97 (m, 1H), 2,75-2,64 (m, 1H), 2,39-2,07 (m, 5H), 1,48 (s, 3H) ppm. LC/MS: R = 1,57 min, ES<+>458 (AA-standard). [0287] The title compound was prepared following the procedure described in Example 47, and (S)-(+)-1-aminoindane was used in step g.<!>H NMR (CD 3 OD, 400 MHz, 5): 8, 25 (s, 1H), 7.48 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 1H), 7.34-7.23 (m, 4H), 6.89 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 1H ), 5.61-5.56 (m, 1H), 5.50-5.43 (m, 1H), 4.42 (dd,J=6.0, 10.0 Hz, 1H), 4, 15 (dd, J= 8.0, 10.0 Hz, 1H), 3.18-3.10 (m, 1H), 3.03-2.97 (m, 1H), 2.75-2, 64 (m, 1H), 2.39-2.07 (m, 5H), 1.48 (s, 3H) ppm. LC/MS: R = 1.57 min, ES<+>458 (AA standard).

Eksempel 49: [(lS,2S,4R)-4-(4-([2-(difluorometoksy)benzyl]amino}-7i/-pyrrolo[2,3-<i]pyrimidin-7-yl)-2-hydroksysyklopentyl]metylsulfamat (forbindelse 1-2) Example 49: [(1S,2S,4R)-4-(4-([2-(difluoromethoxy)benzyl]amino}-7i/-pyrrolo[2,3-<i]pyrimidin-7-yl)-2- hydroxycyclopentyl]methylsulfamate (compound 1-2)

[0288] Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt ved å følge fremgangsmåten som beskrives i eksempel 2a-j, og 2-difluorometoksybenzylamin ble brukt i trinn f.<l>H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz, 5): 8,10 (s, 1H), 7,35-7,26 (m, 2H), 7,22 (d, J= 3,7 Hz, 1H), 7,17-7,13 (m, 2H), 6,87 (t, J= 74,2 Hz, 1H), 6,62 (d, J= 3,6 Hz, 1H), 5,45-5,20 (m, 1H), 4,80 (s, 2H), 4,49-4,47 (m, 1H), 4,36 (dd, J= 7,6, 9,7 Hz, 1H), 4,19 (dd, J= 7,3, 9,7 Hz, 1H), 2,86-2,75 (m, 1H), 2,35-2,19 (m, 3H), 2,07-2,00 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1,03 min, ES<+>484 (FA-standard). [0288] The title compound was prepared following the procedure described in Example 2a-j, and 2-difluoromethoxybenzylamine was used in step f.<l>H NMR (CD 3 OD, 400 MHz, 5): 8.10 (s, 1H) , 7.35-7.26 (m, 2H), 7.22 (d, J= 3.7 Hz, 1H), 7.17-7.13 (m, 2H), 6.87 (t, J = 74.2 Hz, 1H), 6.62 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 1H), 5.45-5.20 (m, 1H), 4.80 (s, 2H), 4.49 -4.47 (m, 1H), 4.36 (dd, J= 7.6, 9.7 Hz, 1H), 4.19 (dd, J= 7.3, 9.7 Hz, 1H), 2.86-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.35-2.19 (m, 3H), 2.07-2.00 (m, 1H) ppm. LC/MS: Rt = 1.03 min, ES<+>484 (FA standard).

Eksempel 60: (lS,2S,4R)-2-hydroksy-4-(4-{[(lR,2S)-2-isopropoksy-2,3-dihydro-li/- Example 60: (1S,2S,4R)-2-hydroxy-4-(4-{[(1R,2S)-2-isopropoxy-2,3-dihydro-li/-

inden-1 -yl] -amino} -7i/-pyrrolo[2,3 -d]pyrimidin-7-yl)syklopentyl]metylsulfamat (forbindelse 1-54) inden-1-yl]-amino}-7i/-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl)cyclopentyl]methylsulfamate (compound 1-54)

[0306] Tittelforbindelsen ble fremstilt ved å følge fremgangsmåten som beskrives i eksempel 41 a-d, og isopropyljodid ble brukt i trinn b.<*>H NMR (CD3OD, 400 MHz, 5): 8,20 (s, 1H), 7,31-7,18 (m, 5H), 6,67 (d, J= 3,6 Hz, 1H), 5,82 (d, J= 5,4 Hz, 1H), 5,51-5,44 (m, 1H), 4,53-4,48 (m,2H), 4,37 (dd, J= 7,6, 9,7 Hz, 1H), 4,20 (dd, J = 7,3, 9,7 Hz, 1H), 3,67-3,61 (m, 1H), 3,18-3,02 (m, 2H), 2,84-2,78 (m, 1H), 2,37-2,00 (m, 4H), 1,09 (d, J= 6,1 Hz, 3H), 0,93 (d, J= 6,1 Hz, 3H). LC/MS: Rt = 1,68 min, ES<+>502 (AA-standard). [0306] The title compound was prepared following the procedure described in Example 41 a-d, and isopropyl iodide was used in step b.<*>H NMR (CD 3 OD, 400 MHz, 5): 8.20 (s, 1H), 7, 31-7.18 (m, 5H), 6.67 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 1H), 5.82 (d, J= 5.4 Hz, 1H), 5.51-5.44 (m, 1H), 4.53-4.48 (m,2H), 4.37 (dd, J= 7.6, 9.7 Hz, 1H), 4.20 (dd, J = 7.3 , 9.7 Hz, 1H), 3.67-3.61 (m, 1H), 3.18-3.02 (m, 2H), 2.84-2.78 (m, 1H), 2, 37-2.00 (m, 4H), 1.09 (d, J= 6.1 Hz, 3H), 0.93 (d, J= 6.1 Hz, 3H). LC/MS: Rt = 1.68 min, ES<+>502 (AA standard).

Eksempel 63: 2-(( 1 S,2S,4R)-4- {4-[( 1 S)-2,3-dihydro-177-inden-1 -ylamino]-7//- Example 63: 2-((1S,2S,4R)-4-{4-[(1S)-2,3-dihydro-177-inden-1-ylamino]-7//-

pyrrolo[2,3-<i]pyrimidin-7-yl}-2-hydroksysyklopentyl)etansulfonamid pyrrolo[2,3-<i]pyrimidin-7-yl}-2-hydroxycyclopentyl)ethanesulfonamide

(forbindelse 1-59) (connection 1-59)

Trinn a: 7- IYlR. 3S. 4S)- 3- rtert- butvl( dimetvl) silyl1oksv- 4-( rtert-butvl( dimetvl) silvlloksvmetvl) svklopentvll- N-[( lS)- 2. 3- dihydro- l//-inden- 1 - vl]- 77^ pviTolo[ 2. 3-( i] pvrimidin- 4- amin Step a: 7- IYlR. 3S. 4S)- 3- tert -Butyl(Dimethyl)silyloxymethyl-4-(tert-Butyl(Dimethyl)silyloxymethyl)Sylpentyl-N-[(1S)- 2.3-Dihydro-l//-inden-1-yl]- 77^ pviTolo[ 2. 3-( i] pvrimidin- 4- amine

[0312] (lS,2S,4R)-4-{4-[(lS)-2,3-dihydro-Lf/-inden-l-ylaminol-7//-pyrrolo[2,3-(f|pyrimidin-7-yl}-2-(hydroksymetyl)syklopentanol (0,787 g, 0,00216 mol), 17f-imidazol (0,588 g, 0,00864 mol) og A^-dimetylaminopyridin (0,022 g, 0,00018 mol) ble oppløst i A^TV-dimetyldanneramid (24 mL) under nitrogenatmosfære. Etter 2 timer ble tilsetningen tert-butyldimetylsilylklorid (0,500 g, 0,00332 mol) tilsatt, og blandingen ble videre rørt i 1 time. Blandingen ble avkjølt med en saltoppløsning og utvunnet med etylacetat. Den organiske fasen ble evaporert og restkonsentrasjonen ble renset med silikagel-kromatografi, utvasket med 0 til 100 % etylacetat i diklorometan og ga 1,17g (92 %) av tittelforbindelsen.<!>H -NMR (300 MHz, CDCb, 5): 8,40 (s, 1H), 7,29 (m, 5H), 7,00 (d, 1=3,6 Hz, 1H), 6,33 (d, .7=3,3 Hz, 1H), 5,89 (dd, J =7,3 Hz, 15,3 Hz, 1H), 5,46 (ddd, J =4,3 Hz, 8,5 Hz,18,l Hz, 1H), 4,48 (t, J= 3,1 Hz, 1H), 3,79 (dd, J= 7,2 Hz, 9,9 Hz, 1H), 3,60 (dd, J= 6,8 Hz, 9,9 Hz, 1H), 3,00 (m, 1H), 2,75 (dtd, J=4,0 Hz, 7,6 Hz, 11,7 Hz, 1H), 2,45 (d, .7=4,0 Hz, 1H), 2,22 (d, .7=4,0 Hz, 3H), 1,96 (d, .7=4,0 Hz, 2H), 0,90 (s, 18H), 0,08 (s, 12H). [0312] (1S,2S,4R)-4-{4-[(1S)-2,3-dihydro-Lf-inden-1-ylaminol-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-(f|pyrimidine -7-yl}-2-(hydroxymethyl)cyclopentanol (0.787 g, 0.00216 mol), 17f-imidazole (0.588 g, 0.00864 mol) and N-dimethylaminopyridine (0.022 g, 0.00018 mol) were dissolved in A^TV-dimethyldanneramide (24 mL) under a nitrogen atmosphere. After 2 hours, tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride (0.500 g, 0.00332 mol) was added, and the mixture was further stirred for 1 hour. The mixture was cooled with brine and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was evaporated and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography, eluting with 0 to 100% ethyl acetate in dichloromethane to give 1.17g (92%) of the title compound. <!>H -NMR (300 MHz, CDCb, 5 ): 8.40 (s, 1H), 7.29 (m, 5H), 7.00 (d, 1=3.6 Hz, 1H), 6.33 (d, .7=3.3 Hz, 1H), 5.89 (dd, J =7.3 Hz, 15.3 Hz, 1H), 5.46 (ddd, J =4.3 Hz, 8.5 Hz, 18.1 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (t, J= 3.1 Hz, 1H), 3.79 (dd, J= 7.2 Hz, 9.9 Hz, 1H), 3.60 (dd, J= 6.8 Hz, 9.9 Hz, 1H), 3.00 (m, 1H), 2.75 (dt d, J=4.0 Hz, 7.6 Hz, 11.7 Hz, 1H), 2.45 (d, .7=4.0 Hz, 1H), 2.22 (d, .7=4, 0 Hz, 3H), 1.96 (d, .7=4.0 Hz, 2H), 0.90 (s, 18H), 0.08 (s, 12H).

Trinn b: r( lS. 2S. 4R)- 24te^ butyl( dimetvnsilvl1oksv- 4- r4- rriS)- 2. 3- dihvdro- LF/-inden- l- vlaminol- 7//- pyrrolo[ 2, 3-(/ 1pvrimidin- 7- vl} svklopentalN) metanol Step b: r( 1S. 2S. 4R)- 24te^ butyl( dimetvnsilvl1oxv- 4- r4- rriS)- 2. 3- dihydro- LF/-inden- 1- vlaminol- 7//- pyrrolo[ 2, 3- (/1pvirimidin-7-vl}svclopentalN)methanol

[0313] 7-[(lR,3S,4S)-3-[tert-butyl(dimetyl)silyl]oksy-4-([tert-butyl(dimetyl)silyl]-oksymetyl)syklopentyl]-7V-[( 1 S)-2,3-dihydro-lH-inden-1 - yl]- 7H-pyrrolo[2,3-tf|pyrimidin-4amin (1,66 g, 0,00280 mol) ble oppløst i en blanding med tetrahydrofuran (6,6 mL), vann (6,6 mL, 0,36 mol) og eddiksyre (19 mL, 0,34 mol). Oppløsningen ble deretter oppvarmet til 40 °C over natten. Blandingen ble deretter avkjølt og evaporert, azeotropert med toluen (2 x 50 mL) og restkonsentrasjonen ble renset med silikagel-kromatografi utvasket med 0 til 100 % etylacetat i diklorometan og ga produktet som et hvitt, fast stoff, l,05g (74 %). LC/MS: Rt = 1,68 min, ES<+>479 (AA-standard). [0313] 7-[(1R,3S,4S)-3-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-4-([tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]-oxymethyl)cyclopentyl]-7V-[( 1 S)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-yl]-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-tf|pyrimidin-4amine (1.66 g, 0.00280 mol) was dissolved in a mixture of tetrahydrofuran ( 6.6 mL), water (6.6 mL, 0.36 mol) and acetic acid (19 mL, 0.34 mol). The solution was then heated to 40 °C overnight. The mixture was then cooled and evaporated, azeotroped with toluene (2 x 50 mL) and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography eluting with 0 to 100% ethyl acetate in dichloromethane to give the product as a white solid, 1.05g (74%) . LC/MS: Rt = 1.68 min, ES<+>479 (AA standard).

Trinne: ( lR. 2S. 4R)- 2- rtetr- butvl( dimetvl) silvl1oksv- 4-{ 4-[( lS)- 2. 3- dihvdro- li/-inden- l- vlamino]- 7//- pyrrolo[ 2, 3- 6ripvrimidin- 7-yl] svklopentankarbaldehyd Step: ( 1R. 2S. 4R)- 2- rtetr- butvl( dimetvl) silvl1oxv- 4-{ 4-[( 1S)- 2. 3- dihvdro- li/-inden- 1- vlamino]- 7//- pyrrolo[2,3-6ripvrimidin-7-yl]cyclopentanecarbaldehyde

[0314] ((1 S,2 S,4R)-2- [tetr-butyl(dimetyl)silyl] oksy-4- {4- [(1 S)-2,3 -dihydro-1 H-inden-l-ylamino]-7i/-pyrrolo[2,3-^]pyrimidin-7-yl}syklopentyl)metanol (257,0 mg, 0,0005369 mol) ble oppløst i metylenklorid (10,0 mL) under argon. 7V-Metylmorfolin N-oksid (126 mg, 0,00107 mol), og 4Å molekylære siler (250 mg, nylig flammetørket) ble deretter tilsatt og blandingen ble rørt i 10 minutter ved romtemperatur. Tetrapropylammonium perrutenatVII (18,9 mg, 0,0000537 mol) ble deretter tilsatt, og den resulterende mørkegrønne oppløsningen ble rørt i 1 time ved romtemperatur. Reaksjonsblandingen ble filtrert gjennom en silikagel-plugg, utvasket med DCM (20 mL), etterfulgt av 50 % etylacetat i DCM (150mL). Eluatet ble evaporert for å fremstille produktet som en klar, lys grønn olje. Restkonsentrasjonen ble flyttet over til den neste reaksjonen uten videre rengjøring. [0314] ((1 S ,2 S ,4 R )-2- [tetra-butyl(dimethyl)silyl] oxy-4- {4- [(1 S )-2,3-dihydro-1 H -inden-1 -ylamino]-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-^]pyrimidin-7-yl}cyclopentyl)methanol (257.0 mg, 0.0005369 mol) was dissolved in methylene chloride (10.0 mL) under argon. 7V-Methylmorpholine N-oxide (126 mg, 0.00107 mol), and 4Å molecular sieves (250 mg, freshly flame dried) were then added and the mixture was stirred for 10 min at room temperature. Tetrapropylammonium perrutenateVII (18.9 mg, 0.0000537 mol) was then added and the resulting dark green solution was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature. The reaction mixture was filtered through a plug of silica gel, washed with DCM (20 mL), followed by 50% ethyl acetate in DCM (150 mL). The eluate was evaporated to give the product as a clear light green oil. The residual concentration was transferred to the next reaction without further cleaning.

Trinn d: Etyl ( E )- 2 (( lS. 2S. 4R)- 2- rte^ buM( dimetvl) silylloksv- 4-{ 4- r( lS)- 2. 3-dihydro- l//- inden- 1 - vlamino]- 7i/- pviTolo[ 2. 3-( i] pvrimidin- 7-svklopentyDetylensulfonat Step d: Ethyl ( E )- 2 (( 1S . 2S . 4R )- 2- rte^ buM( dimethyl ) silylloxv- 4-{ 4- r( 1S )- 2. 3-dihydro- 1//- indene- 1 - vlamino]- 7i/- pviTolo[ 2. 3-( i] pvirimidine- 7-scyclopentyDethylenesulfonate

[0315] En omrørt oppløsning med (dietoksy-fosforyl)-metansulfonsyre etylester (285 mg, 0,00110 mol) i tetrahydrofuran (5,0 mL) tilsattes i dråper, 2,5 M med n-butyllitium i heksan (440 uL, 0,00110 mol) ved -78 °C under nitrogenatmosfære. Blandingen ble deretter rørt i 30 minutter. Til denne oppløsningen tilsattes i dråper, en oppløsning bestående av (lR,2S,4R)-2-[etrt-butyl(dimetyl)silyl]oksy-4-{4-[(15)-2,3-dihydro-li/-inden-l-ylamino]-7//-pyrrolo[2,3-^]pyrimidin-7-yl}syklopentankarbaldehyd (212,0 mg, 0,0004447 mol) i tetrahydrofuran (5,0 mL) ved -78 °C. Den resulterende rosa oppløsningen ble rørt i 1,5 time ved -78 °C. Reaksjonsblandingen ble oppvarmet og avkjølt ved tilsetning av mettet NH4CI (30 mL). Den resulterende blandingen ble utvunnet med DCM (3 x 30mL). De kombinerte organiske lagene ble tørket over MgSCU, filtrert og konsentrert in vacuo. Restkonsentrasjonen ble renset med silikagel-kromatografi med 30 til 50 % etylacetat i heksan for å gi produktet som en fargeløst olje, 132 mg (51 %). LC/MS: Rt = 2,55 min, ES<+>583 (AA-standard). [0315] A stirred solution of (diethoxy-phosphoryl)-methanesulfonic acid ethyl ester (285 mg, 0.00110 mol) in tetrahydrofuran (5.0 mL) was added dropwise, 2.5 M with n-butyllithium in hexane (440 uL, 0.00110 mol) at -78 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was then stirred for 30 minutes. To this solution was added dropwise a solution consisting of (1R,2S,4R)-2-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-4-{4-[(15)-2,3-dihydro-l/ -inden-l-ylamino]-7//-pyrrolo[2,3-^]pyrimidin-7-yl}cyclopentanecarbaldehyde (212.0 mg, 0.0004447 mol) in tetrahydrofuran (5.0 mL) at -78 ° C. The resulting pink solution was stirred for 1.5 h at -78 °C. The reaction mixture was heated and cooled by the addition of saturated NH 4 Cl (30 mL). The resulting mixture was extracted with DCM (3 x 30 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography with 30 to 50% ethyl acetate in hexane to give the product as a colorless oil, 132 mg (51%). LC/MS: Rt = 2.55 min, ES<+>583 (AA standard).

Trinn e: Etyl 2- rnS. 2S. 4R)- 2- rtert- butvl( dimetvnsilyl1oksv- 4-[ 4-[ nS)- 2. 3-dihvdro- li/- inden- l- vlamino]- 7i/- pvrrolo[ 2. 3-( i] pvrimidin- 7- Step e: Ethyl 2- rnS. 2S. 4R)- 2- tert-butyl(dimethylsilyl1oxv- 4-[ 4-[ nS)- 2. 3-dihydro- li/- inden- 1- vlamino]- 7i/- pvrrolo[ 2. 3-( i] pvrimidin- 7-

yl| svklopentvDetansulfonat howl| svklopentvDetansulfonate

[0316] Etyl-2-((lS,2S,4R)-2-[tetr-butyl(dimetyl)silyl]oksy-4-(4-[(lS)-2,3-dihydro-l//-inden-l-ylamino]-7i/-pyrrolo[2,3-fr]pyrimidin-7-yl}syklopentyl)etylensulfonat (132,0 mg, 0,0002265 mol) ble oppløst i etanol (8,0 mL) og natriumborohydrid (42,8 mg, 0,00113 mol) ble tilsatt. Reaksjonsblandingen ble rørt ved romtemperatur over natten. Blandingen ble avkjølt med NH4CI-oppløsning, og blandingen ble konsentrert for å fjerne etanolen. Den vandige restkonsentrasjon ble deretter utvunnet med diklorometan, og den organiske fasen ble konsentrert. Restkonsentrasjonen ble renset med silikagel-kromatografi 15 % etylacetat i diklorometan for å gi produktet, 92 mg (69 %). LC/MS: Rt = 2,51 min, ES<+>585 (AA-standard). [0316] Ethyl-2-((1S,2S,4R)-2-[tetra-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-4-(4-[(1S)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden -1-ylamino]-7 H -pyrrolo[2,3-fr]pyrimidin-7-yl}cyclopentyl)ethylene sulfonate (132.0 mg, 0.0002265 mol) was dissolved in ethanol (8.0 mL) and sodium borohydride ( 42.8 mg, 0.00113 mol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was cooled with NH 4 Cl solution, and the mixture was concentrated to remove the ethanol. The aqueous residue was then extracted with dichloromethane, and the organic phase was concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography 15% ethyl acetate in dichloromethane to give the product, 92 mg (69%). LC/MS: Rt = 2.51 min, ES<+>585 (AA standard).

Trinn f: 7V, A^, 7V- tributylbutan- l- aminium- 2-(( lS. 2S. 4R)- 2- rtert-butvl( dimetvl) silvl1oksv- 4- r4- r( lS)- 23- dihvdro- lif- inden- l- ylamino1- 7if-pvrrolo[ 2, 3-( f1pvrimidin- 7- vl] svklopentvl) etansulfonat Step f: 7V, A^, 7V- tributylbutane- 1- aminium- 2-(( 1S. 2S. 4R)- 2- tert-butyl( dimetvl) silvl1oxv- 4- r4- r( 1S)- 23- dihydro- lif-inden-1-ylamino1-7if-pvrrolo[2,3-(f1pvirimidin-7-vl]svclopentyl)ethanesulfonate

[0317] Etyl 2-((l S,2S,4R)-2-[tert-butyl(dimetyl)silyl]oksy-4- {4-[(l S)-2,3-dihydro-li/-inden-l-ylamino]-7//-pyrrolo[2,3-(f]pyrimidin-7-yl]syklopentyl)etansulfonat (92 mg, 0,0001573 mol) og tetra-n-butylammoniumjodid (62,0 mg, 0,000168 mol) ble oppløst i aceton (2,5 mL, 0,034 mol) og blandingen ble oppvarmet ved bruk av mikrobølgebestråling ved 140 °C i 70 sekunder. Den avkjølte reaksjonsblandingen ble konsentrert til tørrhet for å gi de råproduktet, 140 mg. LC/MS: Rt =l,75min, ES<+>557 (AA-standard). [0317] Ethyl 2-((1S,2S,4R)-2-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-4-{4-[(1S)-2,3-dihydro-1H-indene -1-ylamino]-7 H -pyrrolo[2,3-(f]pyrimidin-7-yl]cyclopentyl)ethanesulfonate (92 mg, 0.0001573 mol) and tetra-n-butylammonium iodide (62.0 mg, 0 .000168 mol) was dissolved in acetone (2.5 mL, 0.034 mol) and the mixture was heated using microwave irradiation at 140 °C for 70 seconds. The cooled reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness to give the crude product, 140 mg. LC /MS: Rt =1.75min, ES<+>557 (AA standard).

Trinna: 2-(( lS. 2S. 4R)- 2-[ etrt- butvl( dimetvnsilvl1oksv- 4[ 4- r( lS)- 23- dihvdro- l//-inden- l- ylamino]- 7//- pvrrolo[ 2, 3- 6ripvrimidin- 7-yl] svklopentvDetansulfonamid Step: 2-(( 1S . 2S . 4R )- 2-[ ethrt-butyl( dimethylsilvyl 1oxv- 4[ 4- r( 1S )- 23- dihydro- 1//-inden- 1- ylamino]- 7//- pvrrolo[ 2, 3- 6ripvrimidin-7-yl] svclopentvDetanesulfonamide

[0318] 7V,AWributylbutan-l-aminium 2-((l S,2S,4R)-2-[tert-butyl(dimetyl)silyl]oksy-4-{4-[(lS)-2,3-dihydro-l//-inden-l-ylamino]-7//-pyrrolo[2,3-tf|pyrimidin-7-yl)syklopentyl)etansulfonat (66,0 mg, 0,0000744 mol) ble oppløst i metylenklorid (2,0 mL, 0,031 mol) og A^A^-dimetyldanneramid (5,50 uL, 0,0000710 mol) ble tilsatt. Blandingen ble avkjølt til 0 °C og tionylklorid (50,0 uL, 0,000685 mol) ble tilsatt i dråper. Reaksjonen ble rørt ved 0 °C i 2,5 timer. Reaksjonsblandingen ble fortynnet med toluen og konsentrert til tørrhet. Restkonsentrasjonen ble igjen azeotropert med toluen. Restkonsentrasjonen ble utvasket ned et silikainnlegg (-3 g) med 0 til 10 % THF/DCM for å gi syre-kloridintermediæren, 42 mg. Syrekloridet ble tatt opp i en 0,500 M oppløsning med ammoniakk i 1,4-dioksan (5,00 mL) og den resulterende oppløsningen ble rørt over natten ved romtemperatur under nitrogenatmosfære. Blandingen ble deretter evaporert og restkonsentrasjonen ble delt mellom DCM og vann. Den organiske fasen ble evaporert og ga råproduktet, 35 mg (85 %). LC/MS: Rt =1,64 min, ES<+>556 (AA-standard). [0318] 7V,AWributylbutane-1-aminium 2-((1S,2S,4R)-2-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-4-{4-[(1S)-2,3-dihydro -1H-inden-1-ylamino]-7H-pyrrolo[2,3-tf|pyrimidin-7-yl)cyclopentyl)ethanesulfonate (66.0 mg, 0.0000744 mol) was dissolved in methylene chloride (2 .0 mL, 0.031 mol) and A^A^-dimethyldanneramide (5.50 uL, 0.0000710 mol) were added. The mixture was cooled to 0 °C and thionyl chloride (50.0 µL, 0.000685 mol) was added dropwise. The reaction was stirred at 0 °C for 2.5 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with toluene and concentrated to dryness. The residual concentration was again azeotroped with toluene. The residue was washed down a silica pad (-3 g) with 0 to 10% THF/DCM to give the acid chloride intermediate, 42 mg. The acid chloride was taken up in a 0.500 M solution of ammonia in 1,4-dioxane (5.00 mL) and the resulting solution was stirred overnight at room temperature under a nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was then evaporated and the residual concentration was partitioned between DCM and water. The organic phase was evaporated to give the crude product, 35 mg (85%). LC/MS: Rt =1.64 min, ES<+>556 (AA standard).

Trinn h: 2-(( lS. 2S. 4R)- 4- r4- r( lS)- 2. 3- dihvdro- l//- inden- l- ylamino1- 7//pyrrolo[ 2, 3-(/ 1pvrimidin- 7- vll- 2- hvdroksvsvklopentvl) etansulfonamid Step h: 2-(( 1S. 2S. 4R)- 4- r4- r( 1S)- 2. 3- dihydro- 1//- inden- 1- ylamino1- 7//pyrrolo[ 2, 3-(/ 1-pyrimidine-7-vll-2-hydroxyvsvclopentyl)ethanesulfonamide

( forbindelse 1- 59) (connection 1-59)

[0319] 2-((l S,2S,4R)-2-[tert-butyl(dimetyl)silyl]oksy-4- {4-[(l S)-2,3-dihydro-li/-inden-l-ylamino]-7//-pyrrolo[2,3-(/]pyrimidin-7-yl)syklopentyl)etansulfonamid (32 mg, 0,000057 mol) ble oppløst i tetrahydrofuran (1,0 mL, 0,012 mol) og en 1,00 M oppløsning med tetra-n-butylammonium fluorid i tetrahydrofuran (0,100 mL) ble tilsatt. Blandingen ble rørt ved romtemperatur i 1 time. Reaksjonsblandingen ble avkjølt med litt vann og deretter konsentrert. Rengjøring av restkonsentrasjonen med silikagel-kromatografi, utvasket med 0 til 100 % av (9:lEtOAc:EtOH) i DCM, ga det ønskede produktet, (9 mg, 40 %).<*>H -NMR (400 MHz, MeOD, 5): 8,16 (s, 1H), 7,19 (m, 5H), 6,62 ( d, J= 3,6 Hz, 1H), 5,85 (t, J=l ,7 Hz, 1H), 5,43 (dddd, J= 4,2 Hz, 8,4 Hz, 8,4 Hz, 8,4 Hz, 1H), 4,35 (t, J= 3,7 Hz, 1H), 3,13 (m, 3H), 2,91 (m, 1H), 2,63 (m, 1H), 2,49 (m, 1H), 2,35 (ddd, J= 1,2 Hz, 8,1 Hz, 13,8 Hz, 1H), 2,05 (m, 6H). LC/MS: Rt = 1,07 min, ES<+>442 (AA-standard). [0319] 2-((1S,2S,4R)-2-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-4-{4-[(1S)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden- 1-ylamino]-7/-pyrrolo[2,3-(/]pyrimidin-7-yl)cyclopentyl)ethanesulfonamide (32 mg, 0.000057 mol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (1.0 mL, 0.012 mol) and a 1.00 M solution of tetra-n-butylammonium fluoride in tetrahydrofuran (0.100 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was cooled with a little water and then concentrated. Purification of the residue by silica gel chromatography eluting with 0 to 100% of (9:1EtOAc:EtOH) in DCM afforded the desired product, (9 mg, 40%).<*>H -NMR (400 MHz, MeOD, 5): 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.19 (m, 5H), 6.62 (d, J= 3.6 Hz, 1H), 5.85 (t, J=l .7 Hz, 1H), 5.43 (dddd, J= 4.2 Hz, 8.4 Hz, 8.4 Hz, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 4.35 (t, J= 3.7 Hz, 1H), 3.13 (m, 3H), 2.91 (m, 1H), 2.63 (m, 1H), 2.49 (m, 1H), 2.35 (ddd, J= 1.2 Hz, 8 .1 Hz, 13.8 Hz, 1H), 2.05 (m, 6H). LC/MS: Rt = 1.07 min, ES<+>442 (AA standard).

Eksempel 65: N-[((lS,2S,4R)-4-{4-[(lS)-2,3-dihydro-li/-inden-l-ylamino]-7i/- Example 65: N-[((1S,2S,4R)-4-{4-[(1S)-2,3-dihydro-1H-inden-1-ylamino]-7H-

pyrrolo[2,3-tf|-pyrimidin-7-yl}-2-hydroksysyklopentyl)metyl]sulfamid pyrrolo[2,3-tf|-pyrimidin-7-yl}-2-hydroxycyclopentyl)methyl]sulfamide

(forbindelse 1-56) (connection 1-56)

Trinn a: fe/ t- butyl ( aminosulfonyl)[( Yl S, 2S, 4R)- 2-[ ter?- butvl( dimetvl) silyl ] oksy- 4-{ 4-[( lS)- 2. 3- dihvdro- l/ 7- inden- l- vlamino]- 7i/- pvrrolo[ 2, 3-(/ 1pvrimidin-7yl-] syklopentvl) metyl] karbamat Step a: tert-butyl (aminosulfonyl)[(Y1S,2S,4R)-2-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-4-{4-[(1S)-2.3-dihydro - 1/ 7- inden- 1- vlamino]- 7i/- pvrrolo[ 2, 3-(/ 1pvrimidin-7yl-] cyclopentyl) methyl] carbamate

[0323] ((lS,2S,4R)-2-[fétr-butyl(dimetyl)silyl]oksy-4-{4-[(lS)-2,3-dihydro-Lf/- inden-lylamino]-7i/-pyrrolo[2,3-(i]pyrimidin-7-yl} syklopentyl)metanol (700,0 mg, 0,001462 mol), N-Boc-sulfonamid (398 mg, 0,00203 mol) og trifenylfosfm (575 mg, 0,00219 mol) ble oppløst i etylacetat (28 mL, 0,28 mol) ved 50 °C under nitrogenatmosfære. Dietylazodikarboksylat (350,0 uL, 0,002223 mol) ble tilsatt i løpet av 2-3minutter og blandingen ble rørt ved 50 °C i 30 minutter. Den avkjølte blandingen ble evaporert og restkonsentrasjonen renset med silikagel-kromatografi, utvasket med 10 til 100 % etylacetat i heksaner for å gi produktet som et hvitt, fast stoff, 636 mg (66 %). LC/MS: Rt = 2,55 min, ES<+>657 (AA-standard). [0323] ((1S,2S,4R)-2-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-4-{4-[(1S)-2,3-dihydro-Lf-indenylamino]-7i /-pyrrolo[2,3-(i]pyrimidin-7-yl}cyclopentyl)methanol (700.0 mg, 0.001462 mol), N-Boc-sulfonamide (398 mg, 0.00203 mol) and triphenylphosphine (575 mg, 0.00219 mol) was dissolved in ethyl acetate (28 mL, 0.28 mol) at 50 °C under a nitrogen atmosphere. Diethyl azodicarboxylate (350.0 uL, 0.002223 mol) was added over 2-3 minutes and the mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 30 min. The cooled mixture was evaporated and the residue purified by silica gel chromatography, eluting with 10 to 100% ethyl acetate in hexanes to give the product as a white solid, 636 mg (66%). LC /MS: Rt = 2.55 min, ES<+>657 (AA standard).

Trinn b: fert- butyl ( aminosulfonyl) rrriS. 2S. 4R)- 4{ 4- r( lS)- 2. 3- dihydro- ljy- inden- l-ylamino] - 7if- pvrrolo[ 2. 3 -^] pvrimidin- 7- vl- 2-hvdroksvsvklopentyl) metvl] karbamat Step b: tert-butyl (aminosulfonyl)rrriS. 2S. 4R)- 4{ 4- r( 1S)- 2. 3- dihydro- ljy- inden- l-ylamino] - 7if- pvrrolo[ 2. 3-^] pvrimidin- 7- vl- 2-hydroxyvsvclopentyl) metvl] carbamate

[0324] tert-Butyl (aminosulfonyl)[((lS,2S,4R)-2-[etrt-butyl(dimetyl)silyl]oksy-4-4-[(lS)-2,3-dihydro- l//-inden-1 -ylamino]-7/f-pyrrolo[2,3-<i]pyrimidin-7-yl}syklopentyl)metyl]karbamat (457 mg, 0,000696 mol) ble oppløst i fetrahydrofuran (10,0 mL), 1,00 M vandig hydroklorsyre (10,0 mL) og etanol (10,0 mL). Blandingen ble rørt ved romtemperatur over natten. Natriumbikarbonat (842 mg, 0,0100 mol) ble tilsatt blandingen, etterfulgt av vann (10 mL). Blandingen ble deretter konsentrert til -20 mL volum, og denne vandige restkonsentrasjon ble utvunnet med EtOAc (2 x 50mL). De separerte organiske emnene ble konsentrert in vacuo og restkonsentrasjonen ble renset med silikagel-kromatografi, utvasket med 100 % etylacetat for å gi produktet, 362 mg (96 %). LC/MS: Rt =l,77min, ES<+>543 (AA-standard). [0324] tert-Butyl (aminosulfonyl)[((1S,2S,4R)-2-[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy-4-4-[(1S)-2,3-dihydro-1/ -inden-1 -ylamino]-7/f-pyrrolo[2,3-<i]pyrimidin-7-yl}cyclopentyl)methyl]carbamate (457 mg, 0.000696 mol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (10.0 mL ), 1.00 M aqueous hydrochloric acid (10.0 mL) and ethanol (10.0 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Sodium bicarbonate (842 mg, 0.0100 mol) was added to the mixture, followed by water (10 mL). The mixture was then concentrated to -20 mL volume, and this aqueous residue was extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50 mL). The separated organics were concentrated in vacuo and the residue was purified by silica gel chromatography, eluting with 100% ethyl acetate to give the product, 362 mg (96%). LC/MS: Rt = 1.77min, ES<+>543 (AA standard).

Trinn C: 7V-[ r( lS. 2S. 4R)- 4-{ 4-[( lS)- 2. 3- dihvdro- li/- inden- l- vlamino1- 7i/pvrrolo] 2. 3-^ 1pvrimidin- 7- vl)- 2- hvdroksvsvklopentyl) metyl] sulfamid Step C: 7V-[ r( 1S. 2S. 4R)- 4-{ 4-[( 1S)- 2. 3- dihydro- li/- inden- 1- vlamino1- 7i/pvrrolo] 2. 3-^ 1pvrimidine - 7-(v)-2-hydroxyvsvclopentyl)methyl]sulfamide

( forbindelse 1- 56) (connection 1-56)

[0325] tert-Butyl (aminosulfonyl)[((lS,2S,4R)-4[4-[(lS)-2,3-dihydro-Lf/-inden-l-ylamino]-7i/-pyrrolo[2,3-tf|pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-hydroksysyklopentyl)metyl]karbamat (345 mg, 0,000636 mol) ble oppløst i 2:1 metylenklorid:trifluoreddiksyre (20 mL:10 mL) og fikk stå i 15 minutter ved romtemperatur. Blandingen ble fortynnet med toluen (30 mL) og evaporert til tørrhet. Restkonsentrasjonen ble deretter igjen underkastet de samme forholdene og azeotroperte med toluen etter fullføring. Restkonsentrasjonen ble renset med silikagel-kromatografi, utvasket med 5 til 10 % metanol i diklorometan for å gi produktet, 135 mg (48 %).<!>H -NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) 5 8,16 (s, 1H), 7,19 (m, 5H), 6,62 (d, 7=3,6 Hz, 1H), 5,85 (t, 7=7,8 Hz, 1H) 5,43 (ddd, 7 =4,6 Hz, 8,5 Hz, 17,8 Hz, 1H), 4,46 (t, 7=3,6 Hz, 1H), 3,15 (dd, 7=7,1 Hz, 12,9 Hz, 1H), 3,05 (ddd, 7=3,3 Hz, 8,7 Hz, 15,4 Hz, 1H), 2,91 (m, 1H), 2,63 (m, 1H), 2,33 (ddd, 7=1,5 Hz, 8,0 Hz, 13,8 Hz, 1H), 2,20 (m, 2H), 2,02 (m, 2H). LC/MS: Rt =l,45min, ES<+>443 (AA-standard). [0325] tert-Butyl (aminosulfonyl)[((1S,2S,4R)-4[4-[(1S)-2,3-dihydro-Lf/-inden-1-ylamino]-7i/-pyrrolo[2 ,3-tf|pyrimidin-7-yl]-2-hydroxycyclopentyl)methyl]carbamate (345 mg, 0.000636 mol) was dissolved in 2:1 methylene chloride:trifluoroacetic acid (20 mL:10 mL) and allowed to stand for 15 minutes at room temperature. The mixture was diluted with toluene (30 mL) and evaporated to dryness. The residue was then again subjected to the same conditions and azeotroped with toluene after completion. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography, eluting with 5 to 10% methanol in dichloromethane to give the product, 135 mg (48%). <!>H -NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) δ 8.16 (s, 1H) , 7.19 (m, 5H), 6.62 (d, 7=3.6 Hz, 1H), 5.85 (t, 7=7.8 Hz, 1H) 5.43 (ddd, 7 =4 .6 Hz, 8.5 Hz, 17.8 Hz, 1H), 4.46 (t, 7=3.6 Hz, 1H), 3.15 (dd, 7=7.1 Hz, 12.9 Hz , 1H), 3.05 (ddd, 7=3.3 Hz, 8.7 Hz, 15.4 Hz, 1H), 2.91 (m, 1H), 2.63 (m, 1H), 2, 33 (ddd, 7=1.5 Hz, 8.0 Hz, 13.8 Hz, 1H), 2.20 (m, 2H), 2.02 (m, 2H). LC/MS: Rt =1.45min, ES<+>443 (AA standard).

Eksempel 69: Enzymfremstilling Example 69: Enzyme production

[0348] Alle proteintilgangsnumre som er oppgitt her, refererer til Entrez Protein-databasen opprettholdt av National Center for Biotechnology Information (NCBI), Bethesda, MD. [0348] All protein accession numbers provided herein refer to the Entrez Protein database maintained by the National Center for Biotechnology Information (NCBI), Bethesda, MD.

Generasjon av El- enzvmer Generation of E-enzymes

[0349] Ifølge produsentinstrukser, ble baculoviruser generert med «Bac-to-Bac Expression System» (Invitrogen) for følgende proteiner: umerket NAEa (APPBP1, NP_003896.1), N-terminalt His-merket NAEB (UBE1C, NP_003959.3), umerket SAEa (SAE1, NP 005491.1), N-terminalt His-merket SAEB (UBA2, NP_005490.1), N-terminalt His-merket murin UAE (UBE1X, NP_033483). NAEa/His-NAEB og SAEa/His-SAE(3 komplekser ble generert gjennom sam-infeksjon av S/9 celler som ble høstet etter 48 timer. His-mUAE ble generert gjennom en enkel infeksjon av S/9-celler og høstet etter 72 timer. Uttrykte proteiner ble renset gjennom affinitetskromatografi (Ni-NTA agarose, Qiagen) ved bruk av standard buffere. [0349] According to manufacturer instructions, baculoviruses were generated with the "Bac-to-Bac Expression System" (Invitrogen) for the following proteins: untagged NAEa (APPBP1, NP_003896.1), N-terminally His-tagged NAEB (UBE1C, NP_003959.3) , untagged SAEa (SAE1, NP 005491.1), N-terminal His-tagged SAEB (UBA2, NP_005490.1), N-terminal His-tagged murine UAE (UBE1X, NP_033483). NAEa/His-NAEB and SAEa/His-SAE(3 complexes were generated through co-infection of S/9 cells which were harvested after 48 h. His-mUAE was generated through a single infection of S/9 cells and harvested after 72 h Expressed proteins were purified through affinity chromatography (Ni-NTA agarose, Qiagen) using standard buffers.

Generasjon av E2- enzvmer Generation of E2 enzymes

[0350] Ubcl2 (UBE2M, NP_003960.1), Ubc9 (UBE2I, NP.003336.1), Ubc2 (UBE2A, NP.003327.2) ble underklonet til pGEX (Pharmacia) og uttrykt som N-terminalt GST-merket fusjonsproteiner i E. coli. Uttrykte proteiner ble renset gjennom konvensjonell affinitetskromatografi ved bruk av standard buffere. [0350] Ubcl2 (UBE2M, NP_003960.1), Ubc9 (UBE2I, NP.003336.1), Ubc2 (UBE2A, NP.003327.2) were subcloned into pGEX (Pharmacia) and expressed as N-terminally GST-tagged fusion proteins in E. coli . Expressed proteins were purified through conventional affinity chromatography using standard buffers.

Generasjon av Ubl- proteiner Generation of Ubl proteins

[0351] Nedd8 (NP 006147), Sumo-1(NP_003343) og Ubiquitin (med optimimaliserte kodoner) ble underklonet inn i pFLAG-2 (Sigma) og uttrykt som N-terminalt flagg-merkede fusjonsproteiner i E.coli. Uttrykte proteiner ble renset ved konvensjonell kromatografi ved bruk av standard buffere. [0351] Nedd8 (NP 006147), Sumo-1(NP_003343) and Ubiquitin (with optimized codons) were subcloned into pFLAG-2 (Sigma) and expressed as N-terminally Flag-tagged fusion proteins in E.coli. Expressed proteins were purified by conventional chromatography using standard buffers.

Eksempel 70: El-enzymeanalyser. Example 70: E-enzyme assays.

Nedd8- aktiverende enzvme ( NAE) HTRF- analyse. Nedd8-activating enzyme (NAE) HTRF assay.

[0352] De NAE enzymatiske reaksjonene var tilsammen 50 uL og inneholdt 50 mM HEPES (pH 7,5), 0,05 % BSA, 5 mM MgCk, 20 uM ATP, 250 uM GSH, 0,01 uM Ubcl2-GST, 0,075 pM Nedd8-flagg og 0,28 nM rekombinant humant NAE-enzym. Den enzymatiske reaksjonsblandingen, med og uten forbindelsesinhibitor, ble inkubert ved 24 °C i 90 minutter i en 384-brønnskål før avbrudd med 25 uL av stopp/oppdagelse-buffer (0,1M HEPES pH 7,5, 0,05 % Tween20, 20 mM EDTA, 410 mM KF, 0,53 nM Europium-Cryptate-merket monoklonal anti-FLAG M2 antistoff (CisBio International) og 8,125 ug/mL PHYCOLINK gjeit anti-GST allofykocyanin (XL-APC) antistoff (Prozyme)). Etter inkubering i 3 timer ved 24 °C, ble kvantifisering av FRET utført på Analyst™ HT 96.384 (molekylære anordninger). [0352] The NAE enzymatic reactions were a total of 50 uL and contained 50 mM HEPES (pH 7.5), 0.05% BSA, 5 mM MgCk, 20 uM ATP, 250 uM GSH, 0.01 uM Ubcl2-GST, 0.075 pM Nedd8 Flag and 0.28 nM recombinant human NAE enzyme. The enzymatic reaction mixture, with and without binding inhibitor, was incubated at 24 °C for 90 min in a 384-well dish before disruption with 25 µL of stop/detect buffer (0.1 M HEPES pH 7.5, 0.05% Tween20, 20 mM EDTA, 410 mM KF, 0.53 nM Europium-Cryptate-labeled monoclonal anti-FLAG M2 antibody (CisBio International) and 8.125 ug/mL PHYCOLINK goat anti-GST allophycocyanin (XL-APC) antibody (Prozyme)). After incubation for 3 h at 24 °C, quantification of FRET was performed on Analyst™ HT 96.384 (Molecular Devices).

[0353] Forbindelser I-l til 1-54,1-56 og 1-59 utviste ICso verdier mindre enn eller tilsvarende 10 uM i denne analysen. Forbindelsene I-l, 1-2,1-3,1-4,1-6,1-7,1-8,1-12,1-13,1-14,1-15,1-16,1-17,1-18,1-19,1-21,1-22,1-23,1-24,1-25,1-26,1-27,1-28,1-29,1-30, 1-31,1-32,1-33,1-34,1-35,1-36,1-37,1-38,1-39,1-40,1-41,1-42,1-43,1-45,1-46,1-47,1- 48,1-49,1-50,1-51,1-52,1-54,1-56 og 1-59 fremviste ICS verdier mindre enn eller tilsvarende 100 nM i denne analysen. [0353] Compounds I-1 to 1-54, 1-56 and 1-59 exhibited IC 50 values less than or equal to 10 µM in this assay. Compounds I-1, 1-2,1-3,1-4,1-6,1-7,1-8,1-12,1-13,1-14,1-15,1-16,1-17 ,1-18,1-19,1-21,1-22,1-23,1-24,1-25,1-26,1-27,1-28,1-29,1-30, 1 -31,1-32,1-33,1-34,1-35,1-36,1-37,1-38,1-39,1-40,1-41,1-42,1-43 ,1-45,1-46,1-47,1- 48,1-49,1-50,1-51,1-52,1-54,1-56 and 1-59 displayed ICS values less than or corresponding to 100 nM in this assay.

Sumo- aktiverende enzvme ( SAE) HTRF- analyse. Sumo-activating enzyme (SAE) HTRF assay.

[0354] Den SAE enzymatiske reaksjonen ble utført slik som oppført ovenfor for NAE bortsett fira at Ubcl2-GST og Nedd8-flagg ble erstattet med 0,01 uM Ubc9-GST og 0,125 uM Sumo-flagg henholdsvis og konsentrasjonen til ATP var 0,5 uM. Rekombinant human SAE (0,11 nM) var enzymkilden. [0354] The SAE enzymatic reaction was performed as listed above for NAE except that Ubcl2-GST and Nedd8-Flag were replaced with 0.01 uM Ubc9-GST and 0.125 uM Sumo-Flag respectively and the concentration of ATP was 0.5 uM. Recombinant human SAE (0.11 nM) was the enzyme source.

Ubikitin- aktiverende enzvme ( UAE) HTRF- analyse. Ubiquitin-activating enzyme (UAE) HTRF assay.

[0355] Den UAE enzymatiske reaksjonen ble utført slik som oppført ovenfor for NAE bortsett for at Ubcl2-GST og Nedd8-flagg ble erstattet med henholdsvis 0,005 uM Ubc2-GST og 0,125 uM ubikitin-flagg og konsentrasjonen til ATP var 0,1 uM. Rekombinant mus UAE (0,3 nM) var enzymkilden. [0355] The UAE enzymatic reaction was performed as listed above for NAE except that Ubcl2-GST and Nedd8 Flag were replaced with 0.005 µM Ubc2-GST and 0.125 µM Ubiquitin Flag, respectively, and the concentration of ATP was 0.1 µM. Recombinant mouse UAE (0.3 nM) was the enzyme source.

Eksempel 71: Celleanalyser Example 71: Cell analyses

[0356] Utvalgte forbindelser tilknyttet formel ( I) ble testet i celleanalyser: [0356] Selected compounds associated with formula (I) were tested in cell assays:

Anti- prolifereringsanalyse ( WST) Anti-proliferation assay (WST)

[0357] Calu-6 (2400/brønn) eller andre tumorceller i 80 uL med passende cellekulturstoff (MEM for Calu6, Invitrogen) supplementert med 10 % kvegfosterserum (Invitrogen) ble sådd i brønner tilhørende en 96-brønn cellekulturskål og inkubert i 24 timer i en vevkulturinkubator. Forbindelsesinhibitorer ble tilsatt i 20 uL kulturstoff til brønnene og skålene ble inkubert i 72 timer ved 37 °C. 10 % endelig konsentrasjon med WST-1-reagens (Roche) ble tilsatt hver brønn og inkubert i 3,5 timer (for Calu6) ved 37 °C. Den optiske tettheten for hver brønn ble avlest ved 450 nm ved bruk av et spektrofotometer (molekylære anordninger). Prosent hemming ble kalkulert ved bruk av verdiene fra en DMSO-kontroll innstilt til 100 % levedyktighet. [0357] Calu-6 (2400/well) or other tumor cells in 80 uL of appropriate cell culture medium (MEM for Calu6, Invitrogen) supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum (Invitrogen) were seeded into wells of a 96-well cell culture dish and incubated for 24 hours in a tissue culture incubator. Binding inhibitors were added in 20 µL of culture medium to the wells and the dishes were incubated for 72 hours at 37 °C. 10% final concentration of WST-1 reagent (Roche) was added to each well and incubated for 3.5 h (for Calu6) at 37 °C. The optical density of each well was read at 450 nm using a spectrophotometer (Molecular Devices). Percent inhibition was calculated using the values from a DMSO control set to 100% viability.

Anti- prolifereringsanalyse ( ATPLite) Anti-proliferation assay (ATPLite)

[0358] Calu-6 (1500 celler/brønn) eller andre tumorceller ble sådd i 72 uL med egnede cellekulturstoff (MEM for Calu6, Invitrogen) supplementert med 10 % kvegfosterserum (Invitrogen) i brønner tilhørende en 384-brønn Poly-D-Lysin-bedekket cellekulturplate. Forbindelsesinhibitorene ble tilsatt i 8 uL 10 % DMSO/PBS til brønnene og skålene ble inkubert i 72 timer ved 37 °C. Cellekulturstoffet ble aspirert og etterlot 25 uL i hver brønn. 25 uL med ATP lite 1 step™-reagens (Perkin Eimer) ble tilsatt hver brønn. Luminescensen for hver brønn ble avlest ved bruk av LeadSeeker Microplate Reader (molekylære anordninger). Prosent hemming ble kalkulert fra en DMSO-kontrollanordning innstilt til 100 % levedyktighet. [0358] Calu-6 (1500 cells/well) or other tumor cells were seeded in 72 uL of appropriate cell culture medium (MEM for Calu6, Invitrogen) supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum (Invitrogen) in wells belonging to a 384-well Poly-D-Lysin -coated cell culture plate. The splicing inhibitors were added in 8 µL of 10% DMSO/PBS to the wells and the dishes were incubated for 72 hours at 37°C. The cell culture medium was aspirated leaving 25 uL in each well. 25 µL of ATP lite 1 step™ reagent (Perkin Eimer) was added to each well. The luminescence for each well was read using the LeadSeeker Microplate Reader (Molecular Devices). Percent inhibition was calculated from a DMSO control set at 100% viability.

Eksempel 72: In vivo-analyser Example 72: In Vivo Assays

[0359] Utvalgte forbindelser tilknyttet formel ( I) ble testet i in vivo-analyser. [0359] Selected compounds associated with formula (I) were tested in in vivo assays.

In vivo- tumoreffektivitetsmodell In vivo tumor efficacy model

[0360] Calu6 (5 x IO<6>celler), HCT116 (2 x IO<6>celler) eller andre tumorceller i 100 uL fosfatbufret saltvann ble aseptisk innsprøytet i et subkutanøst område i den høyre dorsale flanken på en hun Ner naken mus (5-8 uker gammel, Charles River) ved bruk av en 26-gauge nål. Fra og med 7. dag etter vaksinen, ble tumorer målt to ganger i uken ved bruk av en skyvelære. Tumorvolumene ble beregnet ved bruk av standard fremgangsmåter (0,5 x (lengde x bredde<2>)). Når tumorene nådde et volum på ca. 200 mm<3>ble mus randomisert inn i grupper og innsprøytet intravenøst i halevenen med forbindelsesinhibitorer (100 uL) ved forskjellige doser og tidsplaner. Som et annet alternativt kan forbindelseinhibitorer gis til mus gjennom intraperitoneal eller subkutan innsprøytning eller oral administrasjon. Alle kontrollgrupper mottok bare bindemidlet. Tumorstørrelse og kroppsvekt ble målt to ganger per uke og studien ble avsluttet når kontrolltumorene nådde ca. 2000 mm<3>. [0360] Calu6 (5 x 10<6> cells), HCT116 (2 x 10<6> cells) or other tumor cells in 100 uL of phosphate buffered saline were aseptically injected into a subcutaneous area in the right dorsal flank of a female Ner nude mouse (5-8 weeks old, Charles River) using a 26-gauge needle. Beginning on day 7 post-vaccination, tumors were measured twice a week using a caliper. Tumor volumes were calculated using standard procedures (0.5 x (length x width<2>)). When the tumors reached a volume of approx. 200 mm<3> mice were randomized into groups and injected intravenously in the tail vein with compound inhibitors (100 uL) at different doses and schedules. As another alternative, compound inhibitors can be administered to mice by intraperitoneal or subcutaneous injection or oral administration. All control groups received only the binder. Tumor size and body weight were measured twice per week and the study ended when the control tumors reached approx. 2000 mm<3>.

[0361] Patent- og vitenskapelig litteratur henvist til her etablerer kunnskaper som er tilgjengelig til dem som har ferdigheter i faget. Med mindre dette er definert på annen måte, har alle de tekniske og vitenskapelige betegnelsene som brukes her samme mening slik som vanligvis forstås av en person med vanlige ferdigheter i det faget som denne oppfinnelsen tilhører. [0361] Patent and scientific literature referenced herein establish knowledge available to those skilled in the art. Unless otherwise defined, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by a person of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention pertains.

[0362] Selv om en hel rekke utforminger tilknyttet denne oppfinnelsen er beskrevet, er det tydelig at de fremstilte grunnleggende eksemplene kan endres for å visee andre utforminger som bruker forbindelsene og metodene tilknyttet denne oppfinnelsen. Det vil derfor bli forstått at omfanget av denne oppfinnelsen vises her gjennom eksempeler og defineres av de vedlagte kravene. [0362] Although a number of embodiments associated with this invention have been described, it is apparent that the basic examples provided may be modified to show other embodiments using the compounds and methods associated with this invention. It will therefore be understood that the scope of this invention is shown here through examples and is defined by the appended claims.

Claims (8)

1. Forbindelse med formel ( I) : 1. Compound with formula (I): eller et farmasøytisk godtatt salt av det der: stereokjemiske konfigurasjoner avbildet ved posisjoner med stjernetegn viser relativ stereokjemi, ring A velges fra gruppen som består av: or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof wherein: stereochemical configurations depicted at positions with asterisks show relative stereochemistry, ring A is selected from the group consisting of: der ett ringnitrogenatom i ring A valgfritt oksideres, X er -O-, Y er -CH2-, Ra er hydrogen eller OH, R<b>er hydrogen, fluoro eller Ci-4alifatisk gruppe, R° er hydrogen, fluoro eller OH Rd er hydrogen, fluoro eller Ci-4alifatisk gruppe, Re er hydrogen eller Ci-4alifatisk gruppe, Re er hydrogen, hver Rf er hydrogen, R<g>er hydrogen, halogen, -OR<5>, -SR<6>, -N(R<4>)2, -NR<4>C(0)R<5>eller en valgfritt substituert alifatisk gruppe, hver Rh er hydrogen, Rj er hydrogen, R<k>er hydrogen eller halogen, hver R<4>er hver for seg hydrogen eller en valgfritt substituert alifat-, aryl-, heteroaryl- eller heterosyklylgruppe, hver R<5>er hver for seg hydrogen eller en valgfritt substituert alifat-, aryl-, heteroaryl- eller heterosyklylgruppe, hver R<6>er hver for seg er en valgfritt substituert alifat-, aryl- eller heteroarylgruppe, og m er 1, og hvor den eventuelle substituenten er halogen, Ci-4alifatisk gruppe, Ci-4alkoksyl, Ci-4halogenalifatisk gruppe, Ci-4halogenalkoksyl, fenyl, eller fenyl substituert med halogen, Ci-4alifatisk gruppe, Ci-4alkoksyl, Ci-4halogen alifatisk gruppe, Ci-4halogenalkoksyl.where one ring nitrogen atom in ring A is optionally oxidized, X is -O-, Y is -CH2-, Ra is hydrogen or OH, R<b>is hydrogen, fluoro or Ci-4 aliphatic group, R° is hydrogen, fluoro or OH Rd is hydrogen, fluoro or Ci-4 aliphatic group, Re is hydrogen or C1-4 aliphatic group, Re is hydrogen, each Rf is hydrogen, R<g>is hydrogen, halogen, -OR<5>, -SR<6>, -N(R<4>)2, -NR<4>C(0)R<5>or an optionally substituted aliphatic group, each Rh is hydrogen, Rj is hydrogen, R<k>is hydrogen or halogen, each R<4> is independently hydrogen or an optionally substituted aliphatic, aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl group, each R<5> is independently hydrogen or an optionally substituted aliphatic, aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl group, each R<6> is individually an optionally substituted aliphatic, aryl or heteroaryl group, and m is 1, and where the optional substituent is halogen, C1-4aliphatic group, C1-4alkyl, C1-4halogenaliphatic group, C1-4halogenalkoxy, phenyl, or phenyl substituted with halogen, C1-4aliphatic group, C1-4alkyl, C1-4halogenaliphatic group, C1-4 4halogenoalkyl. 2. Forbindelse i krav 1 kjennetegnet av følgende egenskaper (a) X er -O-, (b) Y er -CH2-, (c) Ra er -OH, (d)R<b>og Rd er hydrogen, (e) R<c>er hydrogen, (f) Re og Re er hver hydrogen, (g) hver Rf er hydrogen, (h) hver Rh er hydrogen, (i) Rj er hydrogen, (j) R<k>er hydrogen, (k) m er 1, og (1) stereokjemisk konfigurasjoner avbildet som posisjoner med stjernetegn viser absolutt stereokjemi.2. Compound in claim 1 characterized by the following properties (a) X is -O-, (b) Y is -CH2-, (c) Ra is -OH, (d) R<b>and Rd are hydrogen, (e ) R<c>is hydrogen, (f) Re and Re are each hydrogen, (g) each Rf is hydrogen, (h) each Rh is hydrogen, (i) Rj is hydrogen, (j) R<k>is hydrogen , (k) m is 1, and (1) stereochemical configurations depicted as positions with asterisks show absolute stereochemistry. 3. Forbindelse i krav 1 kjennetegnet ved formel ( VII) : 3. Compound in claim 1 characterized by formula (VII): eller et farmasøytisk godtatt salt av det der: Q er =N eller =C(R<k>)- hvorR<k>er hydrogen, R<8>er hydrogen eller Ci-4alifat, og ring D er valgfritt, et substituert mono-, bi- eller trisyklisk ringsystem hvor ring D velges fra gruppen som består av furanyl, tienyl, pyrrolyl, oksazolyl, tiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isoksazolyl, isotiazolyl, oksadiazolyl, triazolyl, tiadiazolyl, fenyl, naftyl, pyranyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, indolizinyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benztiazolyl, benzotienyl, benzofuranyl, purinyl, kinolyl, isokinolyl, kinnolinyl, ftalazinyl, kinazolinyl, kinoksalinyl, naftyridinyl, pteridinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrotienyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolidonyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolinyl, tetrahydrokinolinyl, tetrahydroisokinolinyl, dekahydrokinolinyl, oksazolidinyl, piperazinyl, dioksanyl, dioksolanyl, diazepinyl, oksazepinyl, tiazepinyl, morfolinyl, kinuklidinyl, tetrahydrokinolinyl, tetrahydroisokinolinyl, indanyl, penantridinyl, tetrahydronaftyl, indolinyl, benzodioksanyl, benzodioksolyl, kromanyl, syklopropyl, syklobutyl, syklopentyl, syklopentenyl, sykloheksyl, sykloheksenyl, sykloheptyl, sykloheptenyl, syklooktyl, syklooktenyl, syklooktadienyl, bisykloheptanyl og bisyklooktanyl, og hvor den eventuelle substituenten er halogen, Ci-4alifatisk gruppe, Ci-4alkoksyl, Ci-4halogenalifatisk gruppe, Ci-4eller halogenalkoksyl.or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof wherein: Q is =N or =C(R<k>)- where R<k> is hydrogen, R<8> is hydrogen or C 1-4 aliphate, and ring D is optional, a substituted mono-, bi- or tricyclic ring system wherein ring D is selected from the group consisting of furanyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, thiadiazolyl, phenyl, naphthyl, pyranyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, triazinyl, indolizinyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzthiazolyl, benzothienyl, benzofuranyl, purinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, quinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinyl, naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothienyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolidonyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, decahydroquinolinyl, oxazolidinyl, piperazinyl, dioxanyl, dioxolanyl, diazepinyl, oxazepinyl, thiazepinyl, morpholinyl, quinuclidinyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, indanyl, penanthridinyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indolinyl, benzodioxanyl, cromanyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclope ntenyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptyl, cycloheptenyl, cyclooctyl, cyclooctenyl, cyclooctadienyl, bicycloheptanyl and bicyclooctanyl, and where the optional substituent is halogen, C 1-4 aliphatic group, C 1-4 alkoxy, C 1-4 haloaliphatic group, C 1-4 or halogeno alkoxy. 4. Forbindelse i krav 3 der ring D er valgfritt en substituert indanyl, tetrahydronaftyl eller kromanyl.4. Compound in claim 3 wherein ring D is optionally a substituted indanyl, tetrahydronaphthyl or chromanyl. 5. Forbindelse i krav 4 der: 5. Compound in claim 4 where: ring D velges fra gruppen som består av: ring D is selected from the group consisting of: hver R<p>som hver for seg velges fra gruppen som består av halogen, -OR<5x>og en C1-4 alifatisk gruppe, hver R<8p>som hver for seg velges fra gruppen som består av fluoro, -OR<5x>, og en C1-4 alifatisk gruppe, forutsatt at R<8P>er noe annet enn -OR<5x>når det befinner seg ved en posisjon tilstøtende et ringoksygenatom og videre forutsatt at når to R<8P>er festet til det samme karbonatomet, må et velges fra gruppen som består av fluoro, hver R<5x>er valgfritt hydrogen eller C1-4alkyl, serO, 1,2,3 eller 4, t er 0, 1 eller 2.each R<p>which is individually selected from the group consisting of halogen, -OR<5x>and a C1-4 aliphatic group, each R<8p>which is individually selected from the group consisting of fluoro, -OR<5x>, and a C1-4 aliphatic group, provided that R<8P> is other than -OR<5x> when located at a position adjacent to a ring oxygen atom and provided further that when two R<8P>s are attached to the same carbon atom, one must be selected from the group which consists of fluoro, each R<5x>is optionally hydrogen or C1-4alkyl, serO, 1,2,3 or 4, t is 0, 1 or 2. 6. Forbindelse i krav 5 kjennetegnet ved formel ( Villa) : 6. Compound in claim 5 characterized by formula (Villa): eller et farmasøytisk godtatt salt av det der: Ra er -OH,R<b>og Rd er hydrogen, R° er hydrogen, fluoro eller OH, R<8>er hydrogen, Q er =N- eller =C(R<k>) hvor R<k>er hydrogen, hver R<p>er hver for seg velges fira gruppen som består av fluoro og -OR<5x>, hver R<8p>hver for seg velges fira gruppen som består av fluoro og -OR<5x>, hver R<5x>hver for seg er hydrogen og Ci-4alifatisk gruppe, s er 0, 1 eller 2, og t er 0, 1 eller 2.or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof wherein: Ra is -OH, R<b>and Rd is hydrogen, R° is hydrogen, fluoro or OH, R<8>is hydrogen, Q is =N- or =C(R< k>) where R<k>is hydrogen, each R<p>is individually selected from the group consisting of fluoro and -OR<5x>, each R<8p>individually selected from the group consisting of fluoro and -OR<5x>, each R<5x> individually is hydrogen and C1-4 aliphatic group, s is 0, 1 or 2, and t is 0, 1 or 2. 7. Forbindelse ifølge krav 1 hvor forbindelsen er 7. Compound according to claim 1, wherein the compound is 8. Forbindelse ifølge krav 1 som er eller et farmasøytisk akseptabelt salt derav. 8. A compound according to claim 1 which is or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
NO20083581A 2006-02-02 2008-08-19 Inhibitors of E1-activating enzyme NO342745B1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US76448706P 2006-02-02 2006-02-02
PCT/US2007/002560 WO2007092213A2 (en) 2006-02-02 2007-01-31 Inhibitors of e1 activating enzyme

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
NO20083581L NO20083581L (en) 2008-08-19
NO342745B1 true NO342745B1 (en) 2018-08-06

Family

ID=38180115

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
NO20083581A NO342745B1 (en) 2006-02-02 2008-08-19 Inhibitors of E1-activating enzyme

Country Status (28)

Country Link
US (6) US8207177B2 (en)
EP (2) EP1989206B1 (en)
JP (6) JP5231251B2 (en)
KR (2) KR101450533B1 (en)
CN (4) CN103288835A (en)
AR (1) AR059308A1 (en)
AU (1) AU2007212648C1 (en)
BR (1) BRPI0707493B8 (en)
CA (1) CA2639924C (en)
CY (1) CY1113114T1 (en)
DK (1) DK1989206T3 (en)
EA (2) EA024006B1 (en)
ES (2) ES2390921T3 (en)
HK (2) HK1166308A1 (en)
HR (1) HRP20120786T1 (en)
IL (2) IL193141A (en)
MY (2) MY171289A (en)
NO (1) NO342745B1 (en)
NZ (1) NZ570084A (en)
PH (1) PH12013501772A1 (en)
PL (1) PL1989206T3 (en)
PT (1) PT1989206E (en)
RS (1) RS52437B (en)
SG (1) SG169369A1 (en)
SI (1) SI1989206T1 (en)
TW (2) TWI510486B (en)
WO (1) WO2007092213A2 (en)
ZA (1) ZA200806402B (en)

Families Citing this family (68)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GT200500281A (en) * 2004-10-22 2006-04-24 Novartis Ag ORGANIC COMPOUNDS.
GB0500785D0 (en) * 2005-01-14 2005-02-23 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
EP1989206B1 (en) * 2006-02-02 2012-07-04 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Inhibitors of e1 activating enzyme
RU2457209C2 (en) 2006-04-21 2012-07-27 Новартис Аг Purine derivatives applicable as adenosine receptor a2a agonists
GB0607944D0 (en) * 2006-04-21 2006-05-31 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
GB0607950D0 (en) * 2006-04-21 2006-05-31 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
GB0607945D0 (en) * 2006-04-21 2006-05-31 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
GB0607953D0 (en) * 2006-04-21 2006-05-31 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
GB0607948D0 (en) * 2006-04-21 2006-05-31 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
EP1889846A1 (en) 2006-07-13 2008-02-20 Novartis AG Purine derivatives as A2a agonists
EP2049491B1 (en) * 2006-08-08 2010-10-20 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heteroaryl compounds useful as inhibitors of e1 activating enzymes
US8008307B2 (en) 2006-08-08 2011-08-30 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heteroaryl compounds useful as inhibitors of E1 activating enzymes
EP1903044A1 (en) * 2006-09-14 2008-03-26 Novartis AG Adenosine Derivatives as A2A Receptor Agonists
WO2008055874A1 (en) * 2006-11-10 2008-05-15 Novartis Ag Cyclopentene diol monoacetate derivatives
EP2540727B1 (en) 2007-08-02 2018-07-25 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Sulfamoylating reagent
AU2013204618B2 (en) * 2007-08-02 2015-11-05 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Process for the synthesis of E1 activating enzyme inhibitors
WO2009050199A1 (en) * 2007-10-17 2009-04-23 Novartis Ag Purine derivatives as adenosine al receptor ligands
JP2012503651A (en) * 2008-09-26 2012-02-09 エージェンシー フォー サイエンス,テクノロジー アンド リサーチ 3-deazaneplanocin derivative
UA104010C2 (en) * 2008-12-18 2013-12-25 Эли Лилли Энд Компани Purine compounds
RU2562245C2 (en) * 2009-05-14 2015-09-10 Милленниум Фармасьютикалз, Инк. (1S,2S,4R)-4-{4-[(1S)-2,3-DIHYDRO-1H-INDEN-1-YLAMINO]-7H-PYRROLO[2,3-d]PYRIMIDIN-7-YL}-2-HYDROXYCYCLOPENTYL)METHYL SULPHAMATE HYDROCHLORIDE
JP2013541587A (en) * 2010-11-05 2013-11-14 ミレニアム ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレイテッド Administration of NEDD8 activating enzyme inhibitor
RU2606514C2 (en) 2010-12-03 2017-01-10 Эпизайм, Инк. Substituted purine and 7-deazapurine compounds
RU2013130253A (en) 2010-12-03 2015-01-10 Эпизайм, Инк. 7-DEAZAPURINE HISTONIC METHYL TRANSFERASES AND WAYS OF THEIR APPLICATION
WO2012075492A2 (en) * 2010-12-03 2012-06-07 Epizyme, Inc. Carbocycle-substituted purine and 7-deazapurine compounds
KR20140058402A (en) 2011-01-07 2014-05-14 레오 파마 에이/에스 Novel sulfamide piperazine derivatives as protein tyrosine kinase inhibitors and pharmaceutical use thereof
US9447156B2 (en) 2011-05-17 2016-09-20 St. Jude Children's Research Hospital Methods and compositions for inhibiting neddylation of proteins
KR101230678B1 (en) 2011-06-22 2013-02-07 이화여자대학교 산학협력단 A preparation method of MLN4924 as an E1 activating inhibitor
SG10201601023UA (en) * 2011-08-24 2016-03-30 Millennium Pharm Inc Inhibitors of nedd8-activating enzyme
EP2764121A4 (en) * 2011-10-07 2015-09-02 Millennium Pharm Inc E1 enzyme mutants and uses thereof
JP6238900B2 (en) 2011-10-28 2017-11-29 ミレニアム ファーマシューティカルズ, インコーポレイテッドMillennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Biomarkers of response to NAE inhibitors
EP2773360B1 (en) 2011-11-03 2018-02-28 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Administration of nedd8-activating enzyme inhibitor and hypomethylating agent
ES2739150T3 (en) 2012-02-17 2020-01-29 Millennium Pharm Inc Ubiquitin activating enzyme pyrazolopyrimidinyl inhibitors
CA2880813A1 (en) * 2012-08-03 2014-02-06 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Indole-substituted pyrrolopyrimidinyl inhibitors of uba6
WO2014026198A1 (en) 2012-08-10 2014-02-13 Epizyme, Inc. Inhibitors of protein methyltransferase dot1l and methods of use thereof
US9597348B2 (en) 2012-09-06 2017-03-21 Epizyme, Inc. Method of treating leukemia
CA2886783A1 (en) 2012-10-01 2014-04-10 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Biomarkers and methods to predict response to inhibitors and uses thereof
AU2014239520A1 (en) 2013-03-15 2015-09-10 Epizyme, Inc. Methods of synthesizing substituted purine compounds
US20160074404A1 (en) 2013-05-14 2016-03-17 Millennium Pharmaceutcals, Inc. Administration of nedd8-activating enzyme inhibitor and chemotherapeutic agents
CN105492429A (en) * 2013-07-02 2016-04-13 米伦纽姆医药公司 Heteroaryl inhibitors of SUMO activating enzyme
US20160168185A1 (en) * 2013-07-22 2016-06-16 Baylor College Of Medicine Non-ribose containing inhibitors of histone methyltransferase dot1l for cancer treatment
JP6192741B2 (en) 2014-06-24 2017-09-06 大鵬薬品工業株式会社 Novel pyrrolopyrimidine compound or salt thereof, and pharmaceutical composition containing the same, particularly preventive and / or therapeutic agent for tumors and the like based on NAE inhibitory action
LT3164130T (en) 2014-07-01 2019-11-25 Millennium Pharm Inc Heteroaryl compounds useful as inhibitors of sumo activating enzyme
EP3212650B1 (en) * 2014-10-29 2021-02-17 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Administration of ubiquitin-activating enzyme inhibitor and chemotherapeutic agents
TW202204345A (en) 2015-01-16 2022-02-01 美商通用醫院公司 COMPOUNDS FOR IMPROVING mRNA SPLICING
MA41677A (en) 2015-03-13 2021-06-02 Forma Therapeutics Inc ALPHA-CINNAMIDE COMPOUNDS AND COMPOSITIONS AS HDAC8 INHIBITORS
CN105541810B (en) * 2016-03-04 2019-05-17 南京工业大学 Coumarin NEDD8 activating enzyme inhibitor and preparation method and application thereof
KR101927375B1 (en) * 2016-04-20 2018-12-11 한국화학연구원 Novel heterocyclic compound, preparation method thereof, and pharmaceutical composition for use in preventing or treating cancer containing the same as an active ingredient
CN106008394B (en) * 2016-05-23 2018-12-04 中国人民解放军第二军医大学 Mercaptobenzothiazoler amides compound and its preparation and the purposes as drug
CN106854208B (en) * 2016-11-25 2019-04-09 成都柏睿泰生物科技有限公司 The synthetic method of tumor inhibitor MLN4924
WO2019060536A1 (en) * 2017-09-21 2019-03-28 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Cocrystal forms of ((1s,2s,4r)-4-{4-[(1s)-2,3-dihydro-1h-inden-1-ylamino]-7h-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl}-2-hydroxycyclopentyl) methyl sulfamate, formulations and uses thereof
US20200377958A1 (en) 2017-12-01 2020-12-03 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Biomarkers and methods for treatment with nae inhibitors
US11931361B2 (en) 2018-05-03 2024-03-19 Her Majesty the Queen in the Right of Canada as represented by the Minister of Health Poxvirus host range protein K3 as a positive selection marker for generation of recombinant poxviruses, a therapeutic target for poxvirus infection and a therapeutic agent for PKR related diseases
US12097199B2 (en) 2018-07-09 2024-09-24 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Administration of SUMO-activating enzyme inhibitor and anti-CD20 antibodies
JP2021533183A (en) * 2018-07-13 2021-12-02 アイエル−2アールエックス インコーポレイテッド Compounds, compositions, methods and uses for the treatment of cancer and immune disorders
CN110229067A (en) * 2019-06-05 2019-09-13 南京焕然生物科技有限公司 A kind of 2- amino indenes preparation method
CN112079836B (en) * 2019-06-13 2022-12-13 中国科学院上海药物研究所 Triazolopyrimidine compound, salt, composition and application thereof
KR20220158290A (en) * 2020-02-21 2022-11-30 미토키닌, 인크. Compositions for the treatment of neurodegenerative and mitochondrial diseases and methods of using the same
CR20230130A (en) 2020-08-18 2023-07-13 Incyte Corp Process and intermediates for preparing a jak1 inhibitor
WO2022040180A1 (en) 2020-08-18 2022-02-24 Incyte Corporation Process and intermediates for preparing a jak inhibitor
WO2022112951A1 (en) 2020-11-25 2022-06-02 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Solid state forms of hydrochloride salt of ((1s,2s,4r)-4-{4-[(1s)-2,3-dihydro-1h-inden-1-ylamino]-7h-pyrrolo[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-yl}-2-hydroxycyclopentyl)methyl sulfamate
CN112679505B (en) * 2020-12-25 2022-04-22 杭州澳赛诺生物科技有限公司 Synthesis method of 4-methyl-7H-pyrrolo [2,3-d ] pyrimidine
CN112851671B (en) * 2021-02-08 2022-03-29 南京思聚生物医药有限公司 4-substituted pyrido [2,3-d ] pyrimidine-7-ketone compound and preparation method and application thereof
CN112939971B (en) * 2021-02-08 2023-01-24 南京易腾药物研究院有限公司 Coumarin compound and preparation method and application thereof
CA3226714A1 (en) 2021-07-12 2023-01-19 Incyte Corporation Process and intermediates for preparing baricitinib
WO2023023671A1 (en) * 2021-08-20 2023-02-23 Mitokinin, Inc. Compositions and methods for treatment of neurodegenerative and mitochondrial disease
WO2023025668A1 (en) 2021-08-25 2023-03-02 Asociación Centro De Investigación Cooperativa En Biociencias-Cic Biogune Methods for the generation of stem cell memory t cells for adoptive t cell therapy
WO2024067676A1 (en) * 2022-09-30 2024-04-04 微境生物医药科技(上海)有限公司 Compound as inhibitor for sumo activating enzyme
WO2024099438A1 (en) * 2022-11-11 2024-05-16 微境生物医药科技(上海)有限公司 Compounds as sumo activating enzyme inhibitors

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2005007621A2 (en) * 2003-05-30 2005-01-27 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Ubiquitin ligase inhibitors
WO2006002284A1 (en) * 2004-06-22 2006-01-05 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Ubiquitin ligase inhibitors
WO2006084281A1 (en) * 2005-02-04 2006-08-10 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Inhibitors of e1 activating enzymes

Family Cites Families (23)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3622561A (en) * 1969-08-18 1971-11-23 Univ Utah Nucleoside sugar esters of sulfamic acid and method for preparation of the same
JPS62108897A (en) 1985-11-05 1987-05-20 Rikagaku Kenkyusho Ascamycin derivatives and their synthesis methods and anticancer agents
GB8813148D0 (en) 1988-06-03 1988-07-06 Glaxo Group Ltd Chemical compounds
GB8826205D0 (en) * 1988-11-09 1988-12-14 Wellcome Found Heterocyclic compounds
US5864033A (en) * 1989-09-15 1999-01-26 Metabasis Therapeutics, Inc. Adenosine kinase inhibitors
US5763596A (en) * 1989-09-15 1998-06-09 Metabasis Therapeutics, Inc. C-4' modified adenosine kinase inhibitors
US5726302A (en) * 1989-09-15 1998-03-10 Gensia Inc. Water soluble adenosine kinase inhibitors
US5721356A (en) 1989-09-15 1998-02-24 Gensia, Inc. Orally active adenosine kinase inhibitors
US5674998A (en) 1989-09-15 1997-10-07 Gensia Inc. C-4' modified adenosine kinase inhibitors
GB9325809D0 (en) 1993-12-17 1994-02-23 Zeneca Ltd Herbicidal composition
GB9325810D0 (en) 1993-12-17 1994-02-23 Zeneca Ltd Herbicidal composition
US6210917B1 (en) * 1993-12-29 2001-04-03 The Regents Of The University Of California Method for suppressing multiple drug resistance in cancer cells
US5767097A (en) * 1996-01-23 1998-06-16 Icn Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Specific modulation of Th1/Th2 cytokine expression by ribavirin in activated T-lymphocytes
US5973161A (en) * 1996-03-18 1999-10-26 The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill Enantioselective synthesis of cyclopentenes
US5824657A (en) * 1997-03-18 1998-10-20 Cubist Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Aminoacyl sulfamides for the treatment of hyperproliferative disorders
US6734283B1 (en) * 1997-12-19 2004-05-11 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Human proteins responsible for NEDD8 activation and conjugation
JPH11228446A (en) 1998-02-16 1999-08-24 Mitsubishi Chemical Corp Antimalarial agent
JPH11228422A (en) 1998-02-16 1999-08-24 Mitsubishi Chemical Corp Antimalarial agent
KR20090089922A (en) 2000-10-18 2009-08-24 파마셋 인코포레이티드 Modified nucleosides for the treatment of viral infections and abnormal cell proliferation
AU2002364536B2 (en) 2001-12-07 2008-10-23 Vertex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Pyrimidine-based compounds useful as GSK-3 inhibitors
WO2003106477A1 (en) 2002-06-01 2003-12-24 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligomeric compounds that include carbocyclic nucleosides and their use in gene modulation
US20050130974A1 (en) 2003-10-17 2005-06-16 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Benzothiazole compositions and their use as ubiquitin ligase inhibitors
EP1989206B1 (en) * 2006-02-02 2012-07-04 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Inhibitors of e1 activating enzyme

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2005007621A2 (en) * 2003-05-30 2005-01-27 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Ubiquitin ligase inhibitors
WO2006002284A1 (en) * 2004-06-22 2006-01-05 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Ubiquitin ligase inhibitors
WO2006084281A1 (en) * 2005-02-04 2006-08-10 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Inhibitors of e1 activating enzymes

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP5231251B2 (en) 2013-07-10
US20130165457A9 (en) 2013-06-27
AU2007212648B2 (en) 2013-04-04
CN103288835A (en) 2013-09-11
AU2007212648C1 (en) 2017-02-23
WO2007092213A2 (en) 2007-08-16
CY1113114T1 (en) 2016-04-13
BRPI0707493B1 (en) 2021-01-05
US20070191293A1 (en) 2007-08-16
JP2018027986A (en) 2018-02-22
WO2007092213A3 (en) 2007-10-11
ES2390921T3 (en) 2012-11-19
BRPI0707493B8 (en) 2021-05-25
AR059308A1 (en) 2008-03-26
ES2593433T3 (en) 2016-12-09
IL193141A (en) 2017-10-31
KR20080091260A (en) 2008-10-09
EP1989206A2 (en) 2008-11-12
HK1166308A1 (en) 2012-10-26
TWI510486B (en) 2015-12-01
SI1989206T1 (en) 2012-11-30
CN110003216A (en) 2019-07-12
US20170136024A1 (en) 2017-05-18
US20190255052A1 (en) 2019-08-22
NO20083581L (en) 2008-08-19
MY158106A (en) 2016-08-30
EA031335B1 (en) 2018-12-28
EP1989206B1 (en) 2012-07-04
IL232786A0 (en) 2014-07-31
CA2639924C (en) 2017-01-10
PL1989206T3 (en) 2012-11-30
EP2402334A1 (en) 2012-01-04
PT1989206E (en) 2012-10-15
TW201509938A (en) 2015-03-16
HRP20120786T1 (en) 2012-11-30
US20120258927A1 (en) 2012-10-11
SG169369A1 (en) 2011-03-30
KR101450535B1 (en) 2014-10-14
CN101379061B (en) 2016-06-15
IL193141A0 (en) 2009-02-11
EA024006B1 (en) 2016-08-31
JP2020055841A (en) 2020-04-09
HK1124609A1 (en) 2009-07-17
US20130289037A1 (en) 2013-10-31
TW200800994A (en) 2008-01-01
JP2016147913A (en) 2016-08-18
JP6199851B2 (en) 2017-09-20
KR101450533B1 (en) 2014-10-16
US8207177B2 (en) 2012-06-26
IL232786A (en) 2017-10-31
JP2013103941A (en) 2013-05-30
PH12013501772A1 (en) 2014-08-27
MY171289A (en) 2019-10-07
BRPI0707493A2 (en) 2011-05-03
ZA200806402B (en) 2009-12-30
NZ570084A (en) 2011-07-29
RS52437B (en) 2013-02-28
KR20140058655A (en) 2014-05-14
EA201500769A1 (en) 2016-05-31
EP2402334B1 (en) 2016-06-29
CN106008512A (en) 2016-10-12
JP2015083573A (en) 2015-04-30
AU2007212648A1 (en) 2007-08-16
CA2639924A1 (en) 2007-08-16
DK1989206T3 (en) 2012-10-08
CN101379061A (en) 2009-03-04
US20120258977A1 (en) 2012-10-11
CN106008512B (en) 2019-03-12
EA200801784A1 (en) 2009-04-28
JP2009528986A (en) 2009-08-13

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
NO342745B1 (en) Inhibitors of E1-activating enzyme
AU2006210422B2 (en) Inhibitors of E1 activating enzymes
EP2049491B1 (en) Heteroaryl compounds useful as inhibitors of e1 activating enzymes
AU2013203433B2 (en) Heteroaryl compounds useful as inhibitors of E1 activating enzymes
AU2013201909A1 (en) Inhibitors of E1 activating enzymes

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
CHAD Change of the owner's name or address (par. 44 patent law, par. patentforskriften)

Owner name: TAKEDA PHARMACEUTICAL COMPANY LIMITED, JP

CREP Change of representative
CREP Change of representative

Representative=s name: BRYN AARFLOT AS, STORTINGSGATA 8, 0161 OSLO, NORGE

MM1K Lapsed by not paying the annual fees